(7131,'Content type where this field is in use.','','none'),
(7132,'File Validation','Validation','none'),
(7133,'Determines the content language from a request parameter.','','none'),
(7134,'The alias %alias could not be added because it is already in use in this language with different capitalization: %stored_alias.','','none'),
(7135,'No error logged yet.','','none'),
(7136,'There are no changes to import.','','none'),
(7137,'Another request may be importing configuration already.','','none'),
(7138,'Importing configuration','','none'),
(7139,'Starting configuration import.','','none'),
(7140,'Configuration import has encountered an error.','','none'),
(7141,'The configuration import failed for the following reasons:','','none'),
(7142,'BigPipe','','none'),
(7143,'The following changes were detected in the entity type and field definitions. @updates','','none'),
(7144,'Show &mdash; @configuration.label','','8.9.7'),
(7145,'Hide &mdash; @configuration.label','','8.9.7'),
(7146,'BigPipe no-JS check','','none'),
(7147,'Session exists','','none'),
(7148,'Default configuration hash','','none'),
(7149,'Label of the action','','none'),
(7150,'The first mlid in the materialized path. If N = depth, then pN must equal the mlid. If depth > 1 then p(N-1) must equal the parent link mlid. All pX where X > depth must equal zero. The columns p1 .. p9 are also called the parents.','','none'),
(7151,'Authored on @date','','10.5.4'),
(7152,'Enter the value for the sizes attribute, for example: %example_sizes.','','none'),
(7153,'Unique machine name of the vocabulary.','','none'),
(7154,'Add @entity-type','','11.4.0'),
(7155,'The moderation state of this piece of content.','','none'),
(7156,'Moderation control','','none'),
(7157,'The moderation state has been updated.','','none'),
(7158,'When content reaches this state it should be published.','','none'),
(7159,'Default revision','','11.3.6'),
(7160,'Scale','decimal places','10.6.2'),
(7161,'If this style is in use on the site, you may select another style to replace it. All images that have been generated for this style will be permanently deleted. If no replacement style is selected, the dependent configurations might need manual reconfiguration.','','none'),
(7162,'All images that have been generated for this style will be permanently deleted. The dependent configurations might need manual reconfiguration.','','none'),
(7163,'- No replacement -','','none'),
(7164,'The BigPipe module sends pages with dynamic content in a way that allows browsers to show them much faster. For more information, see the <a href=\":big_pipe-documentation\">online documentation for the BigPipe module</a>.','','none'),
(7165,'The module requires no configuration. Every part of the page contains metadata that allows BigPipe to figure this out on its own.','','none'),
(7166,'Size of email field','','none'),
(7167,'The new size setting for email widgets has been added.','','none'),
(7168,'A boolean indicating whether the node is visible on the front page.','','10.5.4'),
(7169,'A boolean indicating whether the node should sort to the top of content lists.','','10.5.4'),
(7170,'The %handler_type %handler uses a relationship that has been removed.','','none'),
(7171,'Operations on Unicode strings are emulated on a best-effort basis. Install the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring extension</a> for improved Unicode support.','','none'),
(7172,'Multibyte string function overloading in PHP is active and must be disabled. Check the php.ini <em>mbstring.func_overload</em> setting. Please refer to the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),
(7173,'Multibyte string input conversion in PHP is active and must be disabled. Check the php.ini <em>mbstring.encoding_translation</em> setting. Please refer to the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),
(7174,'Multibyte string input conversion in PHP is active and must be disabled. Check the php.ini <em>mbstring.http_input</em> setting. Please refer to the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),
(7175,'Multibyte string output conversion in PHP is active and must be disabled. Check the php.ini <em>mbstring.http_output</em> setting. Please refer to the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),
(7176,'The %entity_type entity type needs to be installed.','','10.6.2'),
(7177,'The %entity_type entity type needs to be updated.','','10.6.2'),
(7178,'The %field_name field needs to be installed.','','10.6.2'),
(7179,'The %field_name field needs to be updated.','','11.3.6'),
(7180,'The %field_name field needs to be uninstalled.','','10.6.2'),
(7181,'Custom text: @true_label / @false_label','','none'),
(7182,'See <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.date.php\" target=\"_blank\">the documentation for PHP date formats</a>.','','10.6.2'),
(7183,'An icon that links to the feed URL','','none'),
(7184,'Check my spelling as I type','','none'),
(7185,'By default, CKEditor is configured to leverage your browser\'s spell check capability. Make sure your browser\'s spell checker is enabled in your browser\'s settings. To access suggested corrections for misspelled words, it may be necessary to hold the <em>Control</em> or <em>command</em> (Mac) key while right-clicking the misspelling.','','none'),
(7186,'Language list ID','','none'),
(7187,'United Nations\' official languages','','9.5.11'),
(7188,'All @count languages','','9.5.11'),
(7189,'The list of languages to show in the language dropdown. The basic list will only show the <a href=\":url\">six official languages of the UN</a>. The extended list will show all @count languages that are available in Drupal.','','9.5.11'),
(7190,'There is not enough memory available to PHP to change this theme\'s color scheme. You need at least %size more. Check the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/ini.core.php#ini.sect.resource-limits\">PHP documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),
(7191,'The GD library for PHP is enabled, but was compiled without PNG support. Check the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/ref.image.php\">PHP image documentation</a> for information on how to correct this.','','none'),
(7192,'The GD library for PHP is missing or outdated. Check the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/book.image.php\">PHP image documentation</a> for information on how to correct this.','','none'),
(7193,'Completed step @current of @total.','','none'),
(7194,'A user-defined date format. See the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.date.php\">PHP manual</a> for available options.','','8.9.7'),
(7195,'This site has only a single language enabled. <a href=\":language_url\">Add at least one more language</a> in order to translate content.','','none'),
(7196,'The type of the log entry, for example \"user\" or \"page not found\".','','none'),
(7197,'The %field_type_label field type is used in the following field: @fieldsThe %field_type_label field type is used in the following fields: @fields','','10.6.6'),
(7198,'File MIME Type','','none'),
(7199,'This module is experimental. <a href=\":url\">Experimental modules</a> are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','none'),
(7200,'The maximum allowed image size expressed as WIDTH×HEIGHT (e.g. 640×480). Leave blank for no restriction. If a larger image is uploaded, it will be resized to reflect the given width and height. Resizing images on upload will cause the loss of <a href=\"http://wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format\">EXIF data</a> in the image.','','8.9.7'),
(7201,'URL fragment','','none'),
(7202,'Operation stopped by request','','none'),
(7203,'Operation on @migration failed','','none'),
(7204,'Operation on @migration skipped due to unfulfilled dependencies','','none'),
(7205,'Currently upgrading @migration (@current of @max total tasks)','','none'),
(7206,'Upgrade process not completed','','none'),
(7207,'Congratulations, you upgraded Drupal!','','none'),
(7208,'Source ID @source_id: @message','','none'),
(7209,'Completed 1 upgrade task successfullyCompleted @count upgrade tasks successfully','','none'),
(7210,'1 upgrade failed@count upgrades failed','','none'),
(7211,'Put this site into <a href=\":url\">maintenance mode</a>.','','none'),
(7212,'Source database','','none'),
(7213,'Provide credentials for the database of the Drupal site you want to upgrade.','','none'),
(7214,'Source files','','none'),
(7215,'Perform upgrade','','none'),
(7216,'Running upgrade','','none'),
(7217,'Control which roles can \"View the administration theme\" on the <a href=\":permissions\">Permissions page</a>.','','11.3.6'),
(7218,'Create and manage fields, forms, and display settings for your content.','','11.4.0'),
(7219,'The language code of the URL alias.','','none'),
(7220,'Experimental modules found: %module_list. <a href=\":url\">Experimental modules</a> are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','none'),
(7221,'PHP OPcode caching can improve your site\'s performance considerably. It is <strong>highly recommended</strong> to have <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/opcache.installation.php\" target=\"_blank\">OPcache</a> installed on your server.','','none'),
(7222,'Protection disabled','','11.3.6'),
(7223,'Experimental modules','','none'),
(7224,'Are you sure you wish to enable experimental modules?','','none'),
(7225,'<a href=\":url\">Experimental modules</a> are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','none'),
(7226,'The following modules are experimental: @modules','','none'),
(7227,'The GD Library for PHP is enabled, but was compiled without support for functions used by the rotate and desaturate effects. It was probably compiled using the official GD libraries from http://www.libgd.org instead of the GD library bundled with PHP. You should recompile PHP --with-gd using the bundled GD library. See <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/book.image.php\">the PHP manual</a>.','','none'),
(7228,'The vocabulary name.','','none'),
(7229,'Name (autocomplete)','','10.6.2'),
(7230,'The user or author name. Uses an autocomplete widget to find a user name, the actual filter uses the resulting user ID.','','10.6.2'),
(7231,'Bundle assigned to the auto-created entities.','','none'),
(7232,'Add a new @entity_type.','','8.9.7'),
(7233,'There is no @entity_type yet. @add_link','','8.9.7'),
(7234,'Store new items in','','8.9.7'),
(7235,'Each block type has its own fields and display settings. Create blocks of each type on the <a href=\":block-library\">Blocks</a> page in the custom block library.','','none'),
(7236,'For more information, refer to the help listed on this page or to the <a href=\":docs\">online documentation</a> and <a href=\":support\">support</a> pages at <a href=\":drupal\">drupal.org</a>.','','none'),
(7237,'There is currently nothing in this section.','','none'),
(7238,'Module overviews','','none'),
(7239,'Module overviews are provided by modules. Overviews available for your installed modules:','','none'),
(7240,'A serialized array of options to set on the URL, such as a query string or HTML attributes.','','none'),
(7241,'Source database does not contain a recognizable Drupal version.','','none'),
(7242,'Basic site settings','','11.4.0'),
(7243,'Select and configure themes.','','11.4.0'),
(7244,'Configure the location of uploaded files and how they are accessed.','','11.4.0'),
(7245,'Configure the site description, the number of items per feed, and whether feeds should be titles/teasers/full-text.','','10.6.6'),
(7246,'Configure and use development tools.','','11.4.0'),
(7247,'Take the site offline for updates and other maintenance tasks.','','11.4.0'),
(7248,'Configure caching and bandwidth optimization.','','11.4.0'),
(7249,'Configure the display of error messages and database logging.','','11.4.0'),
(7250,'Configure regional settings, localization, and translation.','','11.4.0'),
(7251,'Configure the locale and timezone settings.','','11.4.0'),
(7252,'Configure how dates and times are displayed.','','11.4.0'),
(7253,'Configure site search, metadata, and search engine optimization.','','11.4.0'),
(7254,'Configure basic site settings, actions, and cron.','','11.4.0'),
(7255,'Configure the administrative user interface.','','11.4.0'),
(7256,'Manage the content workflow.','','11.4.0'),
(7257,'Get a status report about your site\'s operation.','','11.4.0'),
(7258,'Tours','','none'),
(7259,'Delete @entity_type','','none'),
(7260,'Changed year + month','','none'),
(7261,'Changed year','','none'),
(7262,'Changed month','','none'),
(7263,'Changed day','','none'),
(7264,'Changed week','','none'),
(7265,'Sends pages using the BigPipe technique that allows browsers to show them much faster.','','11.3.6'),
(7266,'Provides a user interface for migrating from older Drupal versions.','','11.3.6'),
(7267,'Selected combination of day and month is not valid.','','none'),
(7268,'Numeric values from the statistics module','','none'),
(7269,'The specified file %file could not be moved/copied because no file by that name exists. Please check that you supplied the correct filename.','','none'),
(7270,'The specified file %file could not be moved/copied because the destination directory is not properly configured. This may be caused by a problem with file or directory permissions. More information is available in the system log.','','none'),
(7271,'The file %file could not be moved/copied because a file by that name already exists in the destination directory.','','none'),
(7272,'File %file (%realpath) could not be moved/copied because it does not exist.','','none'),
(7273,'File %file could not be moved/copied because it does not exist.','','none'),
(7274,'File %file could not be moved/copied because the destination directory %destination is not configured correctly.','','none'),
(7275,'File %file could not be moved/copied because a file by that name already exists in the destination directory (%destination)','','none'),
(7276,'File %file could not be moved/copied because it would overwrite itself.','','none'),
(7277,'Multilingual support.','','none'),
(7278,'Lock language.','','none'),
(7279,'Starting execution of @module_cron().','','none'),
(7280,'Execution of @module_previous_cron() took @time.','','none'),
(7281,'Each style must have a unique label.','','none'),
(7282,'@name: @langcode','','none'),
(7283,'The path should start with /.','','none'),
(7284,'Datetime Range','','none'),
(7285,'Provides the ability to store end dates.','','11.3.6'),
(7286,'Date range settings','','none'),
(7287,'Default start date type','','none'),
(7288,'Default start date value','','none'),
(7289,'Default end date type','','none'),
(7290,'Default end date value','','none'),
(7291,'Date separator','','none'),
(7292,'Separator: %separator','','none'),
(7293,'Default start date','','none'),
(7294,'Set a default value for the end date.','','none'),
(7295,'The relative start date value entered is invalid.','','none'),
(7296,'The relative end date value entered is invalid.','','none'),
(7297,'Start date value','','none'),
(7298,'Computed start date','','none'),
(7299,'End date value','','none'),
(7300,'Computed end date','','none'),
(7301,'Date and time range','','none'),
(7302,'The @title end date cannot be before the start date','','none'),
(7303,'The field ID.','','none'),
(7304,'A boolean indicating the published state.','','none'),
(7305,'Recipient email address','','none'),
(7306,'The @entity-type %label has been removed.','','none'),
(7307,'comment type','','none'),
(7308,'comment types','','none'),
(7309,'A server error has occurred.','','none'),
(7310,'The destination directory could not be created.','','none'),
(7311,'Language for this field.','','none'),
(7312,'The %field date is incomplete.','','none'),
(7313,'The watchdog view has been created.','','none'),
(7314,'The field type.','','none'),
(7315,'The field status.','','none'),
(7316,'The image is too small. The minimum dimensions are %dimensions pixels and the image size is %widthx%height pixels.','','none'),
(7317,'One or more files could not be uploaded.','','none'),
(7318,'The default language','','none'),
(7319,'Configuration validation','','none'),
(7320,'The \"%plugin_id\" was not found','','none'),
(7321,'You must have the pdo_sqlite PHP extension installed. See core/INSTALL.sqlite.txt for instructions.','','none'),
(7322,'The entity does not support fields.','','none'),
(7323,'Use existing configuration','','none'),
(7324,'The default theme.','','none'),
(7325,'custom blocks','','none'),
(7326,'Block property','','none'),
(7327,'Block title translation.','','none'),
(7328,'Block body.','','none'),
(7329,'contact forms','','none'),
(7330,'A boolean indicating whether this block is reusable.','','none'),
(7331,'The comment language.','','none'),
(7332,'Multilingual mode','','none'),
(7333,'Temporary file \'%temp_name\' could not be created.','','none'),
(7334,'[site:name]: The name of your web site.','','none'),
(7335,'[site:url]: The URL of your web site.','','none'),
(7336,'[site:login-url]: The URL where users can log in to your site.','','11.3.6'),
(7337,'[user:display-name]: The user\'s displayed name.','','11.3.6'),
(7338,'[user:account-name]: The users\'s account name.','','none'),
(7339,'Imported %langcode translation for %project.','','11.3.6'),
(7340,'Antigua & Barbuda','','8.9.7'),
(7341,'Wallis & Futuna','','8.9.7'),
(7342,'St. Vincent & Grenadines','','8.9.7'),
(7343,'Trinidad & Tobago','','8.9.7'),
(7344,'French Southern Territories','','8.9.7'),
(7345,'Bosnia & Herzegovina','','8.9.7'),
(7346,'St. Barthélemy','','8.9.7'),
(7347,'Turks & Caicos Islands','','8.9.7'),
(7348,'Eswatini','','8.9.7'),
(7349,'São Tomé & Príncipe','','8.9.7'),
(7350,'Svalbard & Jan Mayen','','8.9.7'),
(7351,'St. Pierre & Miquelon','','8.9.7'),
(7352,'Czechia','','8.9.7'),
(7353,'Macao SAR China','','8.9.7'),
(7354,'Ceuta & Melilla','','8.9.7'),
(7355,'North Macedonia','','8.9.7'),
(7356,'St. Martin','','8.9.7'),
(7357,'St. Kitts & Nevis','','8.9.7'),
(7358,'South Georgia & South Sandwich Islands','','8.9.7'),
(7359,'Heard & McDonald Islands','','8.9.7'),
(7360,'Africa/Abidjan','','11.3.6'),
(7361,'Africa/Accra','','11.3.6'),
(7362,'Africa/Addis Ababa','','11.3.6'),
(7363,'Africa/Algiers','','11.3.6'),
(7364,'Africa/Asmara','','11.3.6'),
(7365,'Africa/Bamako','','11.3.6'),
(7366,'Africa/Bangui','','11.3.6'),
(7367,'Africa/Banjul','','11.3.6'),
(7368,'Africa/Bissau','','11.3.6'),
(7369,'Africa/Blantyre','','11.3.6'),
(7370,'Africa/Brazzaville','','11.3.6'),
(7371,'Africa/Bujumbura','','11.3.6'),
(7372,'Africa/Cairo','','11.3.6'),
(7373,'Africa/Casablanca','','11.3.6'),
(7374,'Africa/Ceuta','','11.3.6'),
(7375,'Africa/Conakry','','11.3.6'),
(7376,'Africa/Dakar','','11.3.6'),
(7377,'Africa/Dar es Salaam','','11.3.6'),
(7378,'Africa/Djibouti','','11.3.6'),
(7379,'Africa/Douala','','11.3.6'),
(7380,'Africa/El Aaiun','','11.3.6'),
(7381,'Africa/Freetown','','11.3.6'),
(7382,'Africa/Gaborone','','11.3.6'),
(7383,'Africa/Harare','','11.3.6'),
(7384,'Africa/Johannesburg','','11.3.6'),
(7385,'Africa/Juba','','11.3.6'),
(7386,'Africa/Kampala','','11.3.6'),
(7387,'Africa/Khartoum','','11.3.6'),
(7388,'Africa/Kigali','','11.3.6'),
(7389,'Africa/Kinshasa','','11.3.6'),
(7390,'Africa/Lagos','','11.3.6'),
(7391,'Africa/Libreville','','11.3.6'),
(7392,'Africa/Lome','','11.3.6'),
(7393,'Africa/Luanda','','11.3.6'),
(7394,'Africa/Lubumbashi','','11.3.6'),
(7395,'Africa/Lusaka','','11.3.6'),
(7396,'Africa/Malabo','','11.3.6'),
(7397,'Africa/Maputo','','11.3.6'),
(7398,'Africa/Maseru','','11.3.6'),
(7399,'Africa/Mbabane','','11.3.6'),
(7400,'Africa/Mogadishu','','11.3.6'),
(7401,'Africa/Monrovia','','11.3.6'),
(7402,'Africa/Nairobi','','11.3.6'),
(7403,'Africa/Ndjamena','','11.3.6'),
(7404,'Africa/Niamey','','11.3.6'),
(7405,'Africa/Nouakchott','','11.3.6'),
(7406,'Africa/Ouagadougou','','11.3.6'),
(7407,'Africa/Porto-Novo','','11.3.6'),
(7408,'Africa/Sao Tome','','11.3.6'),
(7409,'Africa/Tripoli','','11.3.6'),
(7410,'Africa/Tunis','','11.3.6'),
(7411,'Africa/Windhoek','','11.3.6'),
(7412,'America/Adak','','11.3.6'),
(7413,'America/Anchorage','','11.3.6'),
(7414,'America/Anguilla','','11.3.6'),
(7415,'America/Antigua','','11.3.6'),
(7416,'America/Araguaina','','11.3.6'),
(7417,'America/Argentina/Buenos Aires','','11.3.6'),
(7418,'America/Argentina/Catamarca','','11.3.6'),
(7419,'America/Argentina/Cordoba','','11.3.6'),
(7420,'America/Argentina/Jujuy','','11.3.6'),
(7421,'America/Argentina/La Rioja','','11.3.6'),
(7422,'America/Argentina/Mendoza','','11.3.6'),
(7423,'America/Argentina/Rio Gallegos','','11.3.6'),
(7424,'America/Argentina/Salta','','11.3.6'),
(7425,'America/Argentina/San Juan','','11.3.6'),
(7426,'America/Argentina/San Luis','','11.3.6'),
(7427,'America/Argentina/Tucuman','','11.3.6'),
(7428,'America/Argentina/Ushuaia','','11.3.6'),
(7429,'America/Aruba','','11.3.6'),
(7430,'America/Asuncion','','11.3.6'),
(7431,'America/Atikokan','','11.3.6'),
(7432,'America/Bahia','','11.3.6'),
(7433,'America/Bahia Banderas','','11.3.6'),
(7434,'America/Barbados','','11.3.6'),
(7435,'America/Belem','','11.3.6'),
(7436,'America/Belize','','11.3.6'),
(7437,'America/Blanc-Sablon','','11.3.6'),
(7438,'America/Boa Vista','','11.3.6'),
(7439,'America/Bogota','','11.3.6'),
(7440,'America/Boise','','11.3.6'),
(7441,'America/Cambridge Bay','','11.3.6'),
(7442,'America/Campo Grande','','11.3.6'),
(7443,'America/Cancun','','11.3.6'),
(7444,'America/Caracas','','11.3.6'),
(7445,'America/Cayenne','','11.3.6'),
(7446,'America/Cayman','','11.3.6'),
(7447,'America/Chicago','','11.3.6'),
(7448,'America/Chihuahua','','11.3.6'),
(7449,'America/Costa Rica','','11.3.6'),
(7450,'America/Creston','','11.3.6'),
(7451,'America/Cuiaba','','11.3.6'),
(7452,'America/Curacao','','11.3.6'),
(7453,'America/Danmarkshavn','','11.3.6'),
(7454,'America/Dawson','','11.3.6'),
(7455,'America/Dawson Creek','','11.3.6'),
(7456,'America/Denver','','11.3.6'),
(7457,'America/Detroit','','11.3.6'),
(7458,'America/Dominica','','11.3.6'),
(7459,'America/Edmonton','','11.3.6'),
(7460,'America/Eirunepe','','11.3.6'),
(7461,'America/El Salvador','','11.3.6'),
(7462,'America/Fort Nelson','','11.3.6'),
(7463,'America/Fortaleza','','11.3.6'),
(7464,'America/Glace Bay','','11.3.6'),
(7465,'America/Goose Bay','','11.3.6'),
(7466,'America/Grand Turk','','11.3.6'),
(7467,'America/Grenada','','11.3.6'),
(7468,'America/Guadeloupe','','11.3.6'),
(7469,'America/Guatemala','','11.3.6'),
(7470,'America/Guayaquil','','11.3.6'),
(7471,'America/Guyana','','11.3.6'),
(7472,'America/Halifax','','11.3.6'),
(7473,'America/Havana','','11.3.6'),
(7474,'America/Hermosillo','','11.3.6'),
(7475,'America/Indiana/Indianapolis','','11.3.6'),
(7476,'America/Indiana/Knox','','11.3.6'),
(7477,'America/Indiana/Marengo','','11.3.6'),
(7478,'America/Indiana/Petersburg','','11.3.6'),
(7479,'America/Indiana/Tell City','','11.3.6'),
(7480,'America/Indiana/Vevay','','11.3.6'),
(7481,'America/Indiana/Vincennes','','11.3.6'),
(7482,'America/Indiana/Winamac','','11.3.6'),
(7483,'America/Inuvik','','11.3.6'),
(7484,'America/Iqaluit','','11.3.6'),
(7485,'America/Jamaica','','11.3.6'),
(7486,'America/Juneau','','11.3.6'),
(7487,'America/Kentucky/Louisville','','11.3.6'),
(7488,'America/Kentucky/Monticello','','11.3.6'),
(7489,'America/Kralendijk','','11.3.6'),
(7490,'America/La Paz','','11.3.6'),
(7491,'America/Lima','','11.3.6'),
(7492,'America/Los Angeles','','11.3.6'),
(7493,'America/Lower Princes','','11.3.6'),
(7494,'America/Maceio','','11.3.6'),
(7495,'America/Managua','','11.3.6'),
(7496,'America/Manaus','','11.3.6'),
(7497,'America/Marigot','','11.3.6'),
(7498,'America/Martinique','','11.3.6'),
(7499,'America/Matamoros','','11.3.6'),
(7500,'America/Mazatlan','','11.3.6'),
(7501,'America/Menominee','','11.3.6'),
(7502,'America/Merida','','11.3.6'),
(7503,'America/Metlakatla','','11.3.6'),
(7504,'America/Mexico City','','11.3.6'),
(7505,'America/Miquelon','','11.3.6'),
(7506,'America/Moncton','','11.3.6'),
(7507,'America/Monterrey','','11.3.6'),
(7508,'America/Montevideo','','11.3.6'),
(7509,'America/Montserrat','','11.3.6'),
(7510,'America/Nassau','','11.3.6'),
(7511,'America/New York','','11.3.6'),
(7512,'America/Nipigon','','8.9.11'),
(7513,'America/Nome','','11.3.6'),
(7514,'America/Noronha','','11.3.6'),
(7515,'America/North Dakota/Beulah','','11.3.6'),
(7516,'America/North Dakota/Center','','11.3.6'),
(7517,'America/North Dakota/New Salem','','11.3.6'),
(7518,'America/Nuuk','','11.3.6'),
(7519,'America/Ojinaga','','11.3.6'),
(7520,'America/Panama','','11.3.6'),
(7521,'America/Pangnirtung','','8.9.11'),
(7522,'America/Paramaribo','','11.3.6'),
(7523,'America/Phoenix','','11.3.6'),
(7524,'America/Port of Spain','','11.3.6'),
(7525,'America/Port-au-Prince','','11.3.6'),
(7526,'America/Porto Velho','','11.3.6'),
(7527,'America/Puerto Rico','','11.3.6'),
(7528,'America/Punta Arenas','','11.3.6'),
(7529,'America/Rainy River','','8.9.11'),
(7530,'America/Rankin Inlet','','11.3.6'),
(7531,'America/Recife','','11.3.6'),
(7532,'America/Regina','','11.3.6'),
(7533,'America/Resolute','','11.3.6'),
(7534,'America/Rio Branco','','11.3.6'),
(7535,'America/Santarem','','11.3.6'),
(7536,'America/Santiago','','11.3.6'),
(7537,'America/Santo Domingo','','11.3.6'),
(7538,'America/Sao Paulo','','11.3.6'),
(7539,'America/Scoresbysund','','11.3.6'),
(7540,'America/Sitka','','11.3.6'),
(7541,'America/St Barthelemy','','11.3.6'),
(7542,'America/St Johns','','11.3.6'),
(7543,'America/St Kitts','','11.3.6'),
(7544,'America/St Lucia','','11.3.6'),
(7545,'America/St Thomas','','11.3.6'),
(7546,'America/St Vincent','','11.3.6'),
(7547,'America/Swift Current','','11.3.6'),
(7548,'America/Tegucigalpa','','11.3.6'),
(7549,'America/Thule','','11.3.6'),
(7550,'America/Thunder Bay','','8.9.11'),
(7551,'America/Tijuana','','11.3.6'),
(7552,'America/Toronto','','11.3.6'),
(7553,'America/Tortola','','11.3.6'),
(7554,'America/Vancouver','','11.3.6'),
(7555,'America/Whitehorse','','11.3.6'),
(7556,'America/Winnipeg','','11.3.6'),
(7557,'America/Yakutat','','11.3.6'),
(7558,'America/Yellowknife','','8.9.11'),
(7559,'Antarctica/Casey','','11.3.6'),
(7560,'Antarctica/Davis','','11.3.6'),
(7561,'Antarctica/DumontDUrville','','11.3.6'),
(7562,'Antarctica/Macquarie','','11.3.6'),
(7563,'Antarctica/Mawson','','11.3.6'),
(7564,'Antarctica/McMurdo','','11.3.6'),
(7565,'Antarctica/Palmer','','11.3.6'),
(7566,'Antarctica/Rothera','','11.3.6'),
(7567,'Antarctica/Syowa','','11.3.6'),
(7568,'Antarctica/Troll','','11.3.6'),
(7569,'Antarctica/Vostok','','11.3.6'),
(7570,'Arctic/Longyearbyen','','11.3.6'),
(7571,'Asia/Aden','','11.3.6'),
(7572,'Asia/Almaty','','11.3.6'),
(7573,'Asia/Amman','','11.3.6'),
(7574,'Asia/Anadyr','','11.3.6'),
(7575,'Asia/Aqtau','','11.3.6'),
(7576,'Asia/Aqtobe','','11.3.6'),
(7577,'Asia/Ashgabat','','11.3.6'),
(7578,'Asia/Atyrau','','11.3.6'),
(7579,'Asia/Baghdad','','11.3.6'),
(7580,'Asia/Bahrain','','11.3.6'),
(7581,'Asia/Baku','','11.3.6'),
(7582,'Asia/Bangkok','','11.3.6'),
(7583,'Asia/Barnaul','','11.3.6'),
(7584,'Asia/Beirut','','11.3.6'),
(7585,'Asia/Bishkek','','11.3.6'),
(7586,'Asia/Brunei','','11.3.6'),
(7587,'Asia/Chita','','11.3.6'),
(7588,'Asia/Choibalsan','','8.9.11'),
(7589,'Asia/Colombo','','11.3.6'),
(7590,'Asia/Damascus','','11.3.6'),
(7591,'Asia/Dhaka','','11.3.6'),
(7592,'Asia/Dili','','11.3.6'),
(7593,'Asia/Dubai','','11.3.6'),
(7594,'Asia/Dushanbe','','11.3.6'),
(7595,'Asia/Famagusta','','11.3.6'),
(7596,'Asia/Gaza','','11.3.6'),
(7597,'Asia/Hebron','','11.3.6'),
(7598,'Asia/Ho Chi Minh','','11.3.6'),
(7599,'Asia/Hong Kong','','11.3.6'),
(7600,'Asia/Hovd','','11.3.6'),
(7601,'Asia/Irkutsk','','11.3.6'),
(7602,'Asia/Jakarta','','11.3.6'),
(7603,'Asia/Jayapura','','11.3.6'),
(7604,'Asia/Jerusalem','','11.3.6'),
(7605,'Asia/Kabul','','11.3.6'),
(7606,'Asia/Kamchatka','','11.3.6'),
(7607,'Asia/Karachi','','11.3.6'),
(7608,'Asia/Kathmandu','','11.3.6'),
(7609,'Asia/Khandyga','','11.3.6'),
(7610,'Asia/Kolkata','','11.3.6'),
(7611,'Asia/Krasnoyarsk','','11.3.6'),
(7612,'Asia/Kuala Lumpur','','11.3.6'),
(7613,'Asia/Kuching','','11.3.6'),
(7614,'Asia/Kuwait','','11.3.6'),
(7615,'Asia/Macau','','11.3.6'),
(7616,'Asia/Magadan','','11.3.6'),
(7617,'Asia/Makassar','','11.3.6'),
(7618,'Asia/Manila','','11.3.6'),
(7619,'Asia/Muscat','','11.3.6'),
(7620,'Asia/Nicosia','','11.3.6'),
(7621,'Asia/Novokuznetsk','','11.3.6'),
(7622,'Asia/Novosibirsk','','11.3.6'),
(7623,'Asia/Omsk','','11.3.6'),
(7624,'Asia/Oral','','11.3.6'),
(7625,'Asia/Phnom Penh','','11.3.6'),
(7626,'Asia/Pontianak','','11.3.6'),
(7627,'Asia/Pyongyang','','11.3.6'),
(7628,'Asia/Qatar','','11.3.6'),
(7629,'Asia/Qostanay','','11.3.6'),
(7630,'Asia/Qyzylorda','','11.3.6'),
(7631,'Asia/Riyadh','','11.3.6'),
(7632,'Asia/Sakhalin','','11.3.6'),
(7633,'Asia/Samarkand','','11.3.6'),
(7634,'Asia/Seoul','','11.3.6'),
(7635,'Asia/Shanghai','','11.3.6'),
(7636,'Asia/Singapore','','11.3.6'),
(7637,'Asia/Srednekolymsk','','11.3.6'),
(7638,'Asia/Taipei','','11.3.6'),
(7639,'Asia/Tashkent','','11.3.6'),
(7640,'Asia/Tbilisi','','11.3.6'),
(7641,'Asia/Tehran','','11.3.6'),
(7642,'Asia/Thimphu','','11.3.6'),
(7643,'Asia/Tokyo','','11.3.6'),
(7644,'Asia/Tomsk','','11.3.6'),
(7645,'Asia/Ulaanbaatar','','11.3.6'),
(7646,'Asia/Urumqi','','11.3.6'),
(7647,'Asia/Ust-Nera','','11.3.6'),
(7648,'Asia/Vientiane','','11.3.6'),
(7649,'Asia/Vladivostok','','11.3.6'),
(7650,'Asia/Yakutsk','','11.3.6'),
(7651,'Asia/Yangon','','11.3.6'),
(7652,'Asia/Yekaterinburg','','11.3.6'),
(7653,'Asia/Yerevan','','11.3.6'),
(7654,'Atlantic/Azores','','11.3.6'),
(7655,'Atlantic/Bermuda','','11.3.6'),
(7656,'Atlantic/Canary','','11.3.6'),
(7657,'Atlantic/Cape Verde','','11.3.6'),
(7658,'Atlantic/Faroe','','11.3.6'),
(7659,'Atlantic/Madeira','','11.3.6'),
(7660,'Atlantic/Reykjavik','','11.3.6'),
(7661,'Atlantic/South Georgia','','11.3.6'),
(7662,'Atlantic/St Helena','','11.3.6'),
(7663,'Atlantic/Stanley','','11.3.6'),
(7664,'Australia/Adelaide','','11.3.6'),
(7665,'Australia/Brisbane','','11.3.6'),
(7666,'Australia/Broken Hill','','11.3.6'),
(7667,'Australia/Currie','','8.9.11'),
(7668,'Australia/Darwin','','11.3.6'),
(7669,'Australia/Eucla','','11.3.6'),
(7670,'Australia/Hobart','','11.3.6'),
(7671,'Australia/Lindeman','','11.3.6'),
(7672,'Australia/Lord Howe','','11.3.6'),
(7673,'Australia/Melbourne','','11.3.6'),
(7674,'Australia/Perth','','11.3.6'),
(7675,'Australia/Sydney','','11.3.6'),
(7676,'Europe/Amsterdam','','11.3.6'),
(7677,'Europe/Andorra','','11.3.6'),
(7678,'Europe/Astrakhan','','11.3.6'),
(7679,'Europe/Athens','','11.3.6'),
(7680,'Europe/Belgrade','','11.3.6'),
(7681,'Europe/Berlin','','11.3.6'),
(7682,'Europe/Bratislava','','11.3.6'),
(7683,'Europe/Brussels','','11.3.6'),
(7684,'Europe/Bucharest','','11.3.6'),
(7685,'Europe/Budapest','','11.3.6'),
(7686,'Europe/Busingen','','11.3.6'),
(7687,'Europe/Chisinau','','11.3.6'),
(7688,'Europe/Copenhagen','','11.3.6'),
(7689,'Europe/Dublin','','11.3.6'),
(7690,'Europe/Gibraltar','','11.3.6'),
(7691,'Europe/Guernsey','','11.3.6'),
(7692,'Europe/Helsinki','','11.3.6'),
(7693,'Europe/Isle of Man','','11.3.6'),
(7694,'Europe/Istanbul','','11.3.6'),
(7695,'Europe/Jersey','','11.3.6'),
(7696,'Europe/Kaliningrad','','11.3.6'),
(7697,'Europe/Kiev','','8.9.11'),
(7698,'Europe/Kirov','','11.3.6'),
(7699,'Europe/Lisbon','','11.3.6'),
(7700,'Europe/Ljubljana','','11.3.6'),
(7701,'Europe/London','','11.3.6'),
(7702,'Europe/Luxembourg','','11.3.6'),
(7703,'Europe/Madrid','','11.3.6'),
(7704,'Europe/Malta','','11.3.6'),
(7705,'Europe/Mariehamn','','11.3.6'),
(7706,'Europe/Minsk','','11.3.6'),
(7707,'Europe/Monaco','','11.3.6'),
(7708,'Europe/Moscow','','11.3.6'),
(7709,'Europe/Oslo','','11.3.6'),
(7710,'Europe/Paris','','11.3.6'),
(7711,'Europe/Podgorica','','11.3.6'),
(7712,'Europe/Prague','','11.3.6'),
(7713,'Europe/Riga','','11.3.6'),
(7714,'Europe/Rome','','11.3.6'),
(7715,'Europe/Samara','','11.3.6'),
(7716,'Europe/San Marino','','11.3.6'),
(7717,'Europe/Sarajevo','','11.3.6'),
(7718,'Europe/Saratov','','11.3.6'),
(7719,'Europe/Simferopol','','11.3.6'),
(7720,'Europe/Skopje','','11.3.6'),
(7721,'Europe/Sofia','','11.3.6'),
(7722,'Europe/Stockholm','','11.3.6'),
(7723,'Europe/Tallinn','','11.3.6'),
(7724,'Europe/Tirane','','11.3.6'),
(7725,'Europe/Ulyanovsk','','11.3.6'),
(7726,'Europe/Uzhgorod','','8.9.11'),
(7727,'Europe/Vaduz','','11.3.6'),
(7728,'Europe/Vatican','','11.3.6'),
(7729,'Europe/Vienna','','11.3.6'),
(7730,'Europe/Vilnius','','11.3.6'),
(7731,'Europe/Volgograd','','11.3.6'),
(7732,'Europe/Warsaw','','11.3.6'),
(7733,'Europe/Zagreb','','11.3.6'),
(7734,'Europe/Zaporozhye','','8.9.11'),
(7735,'Europe/Zurich','','11.3.6'),
(7736,'Indian/Antananarivo','','11.3.6'),
(7737,'Indian/Chagos','','11.3.6'),
(7738,'Indian/Christmas','','11.3.6'),
(7739,'Indian/Cocos','','11.3.6'),
(7740,'Indian/Comoro','','11.3.6'),
(7741,'Indian/Kerguelen','','11.3.6'),
(7742,'Indian/Mahe','','11.3.6'),
(7743,'Indian/Maldives','','11.3.6'),
(7744,'Indian/Mauritius','','11.3.6'),
(7745,'Indian/Mayotte','','11.3.6'),
(7746,'Indian/Reunion','','11.3.6'),
(7747,'Pacific/Apia','','11.3.6'),
(7748,'Pacific/Auckland','','11.3.6'),
(7749,'Pacific/Bougainville','','11.3.6'),
(7750,'Pacific/Chatham','','11.3.6'),
(7751,'Pacific/Chuuk','','11.3.6'),
(7752,'Pacific/Easter','','11.3.6'),
(7753,'Pacific/Efate','','11.3.6'),
(7754,'Pacific/Enderbury','','8.9.11'),
(7755,'Pacific/Fakaofo','','11.3.6'),
(7756,'Pacific/Fiji','','11.3.6'),
(7757,'Pacific/Funafuti','','11.3.6'),
(7758,'Pacific/Galapagos','','11.3.6'),
(7759,'Pacific/Gambier','','11.3.6'),
(7760,'Pacific/Guadalcanal','','11.3.6'),
(7761,'Pacific/Guam','','11.3.6'),
(7762,'Pacific/Honolulu','','11.3.6'),
(7763,'Pacific/Kiritimati','','11.3.6'),
(7764,'Pacific/Kosrae','','11.3.6'),
(7765,'Pacific/Kwajalein','','11.3.6'),
(7766,'Pacific/Majuro','','11.3.6'),
(7767,'Pacific/Marquesas','','11.3.6'),
(7768,'Pacific/Midway','','11.3.6'),
(7769,'Pacific/Nauru','','11.3.6'),
(7770,'Pacific/Niue','','11.3.6'),
(7771,'Pacific/Norfolk','','11.3.6'),
(7772,'Pacific/Noumea','','11.3.6'),
(7773,'Pacific/Pago Pago','','11.3.6'),
(7774,'Pacific/Palau','','11.3.6'),
(7775,'Pacific/Pitcairn','','11.3.6'),
(7776,'Pacific/Pohnpei','','11.3.6'),
(7777,'Pacific/Port Moresby','','11.3.6'),
(7778,'Pacific/Rarotonga','','11.3.6'),
(7779,'Pacific/Saipan','','11.3.6'),
(7780,'Pacific/Tahiti','','11.3.6'),
(7781,'Pacific/Tarawa','','11.3.6'),
(7782,'Pacific/Tongatapu','','11.3.6'),
(7783,'Pacific/Wake','','11.3.6'),
(7784,'Pacific/Wallis','','11.3.6'),
(7785,'UTC','','11.3.6'),
(7786,'When checking for updates, anonymous information about your site is sent to <a href=\"@drupal\">Drupal.org</a>.','','8.9.7'),
(7787,'Recommendations to make your password stronger:','','11.3.6'),
(7788,'Footer menu','','8.9.7'),
(7789,'Secondary tabs','','11.3.6'),
(7790,'Website feedback','','8.9.7'),
(7791,'Full','','8.9.7'),
(7792,'Thumbnail (100×100)','','8.9.7'),
(7793,'Fallback date format','','8.9.7'),
(7794,'HTML Yearless date','','8.9.7'),
(7795,'l, F j, Y - H:i','PHP date format','8.9.7'),
(7796,'D, m/d/Y - H:i','PHP date format','8.9.7'),
(7797,'m/d/Y - H:i','PHP date format','8.9.7'),
(7798,'Links related to the active user account','','8.9.7'),
(7799,'Administrative task links','','8.9.7'),
(7800,'Site information links','','8.9.7'),
(7801,'Site section links','','8.9.7'),
(7802,'User tool links, often added by modules','','8.9.7'),
(7803,'Publish taxonomy term','','8.9.7'),
(7804,'Unpublish taxonomy term','','8.9.7'),
(7805,'[user:display-name],\n\nA request to cancel your account has been made at [site:name].\n\nYou may now cancel your account on [site:url-brief] by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:cancel-url]\n\nNOTE: The cancellation of your account is not reversible.\n\nThis link expires in one day and nothing will happen if it is not used.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.7'),
(7806,'[user:display-name],\n\nThank you for registering at [site:name]. You may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:one-time-login-url]\n\nThis link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page where you can set your password.\n\nAfter setting your password, you will be able to log in at [site:login-url] in the future using:\n\nusername: [user:name]\npassword: Your password\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.7'),
(7807,'[user:display-name],\n\nThank you for registering at [site:name]. Your application for an account is currently pending approval. Once it has been approved, you will receive another email containing information about how to log in, set your password, and other details.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.7'),
(7808,'[user:display-name] has applied for an account.\n\n[user:edit-url]','','8.9.7'),
(7809,'[user:display-name],\n\nYour account at [site:name] has been activated.\n\nYou may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:one-time-login-url]\n\nThis link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page where you can set your password.\n\nAfter setting your password, you will be able to log in at [site:login-url] in the future using:\n\nusername: [user:account-name]\npassword: Your password\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.7'),
(7810,'[user:display-name],\n\nYour account on [site:name] has been blocked.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.7'),
(7811,'There are no custom blocks available.','','8.9.7'),
(7812,'Find and manage comments.','','8.9.7'),
(7813,'Comments published','','8.9.7'),
(7814,'The approved comments listing.','','8.9.7'),
(7815,'Comments unapproved','','8.9.7'),
(7816,'The unapproved comments listing.','','8.9.7'),
(7817,'{{ message }}','','8.9.7'),
(7818,'Fid','','8.9.11'),
(7819,'1 place@count places','','8.9.11'),
(7820,'1@count','','8.9.7'),
(7821,'File usage information for {{ arguments.fid }}','','8.9.11'),
(7822,'<p>This page provides the ability to add common languages to your site.</p><p>If the desired language is not available, you can add a custom language.</p>','','8.9.7'),
(7823,'<p>Choose a language from the list, or choose \"Custom language...\" at the end of the list.</p><p>Click the \"Add language\" button when you are done choosing your language.</p><p>When adding a custom language, you will get an additional form where you can provide the name, code, and direction of the language.</p>','','8.9.7'),
(7824,'Continuing on','','8.9.7'),
(7825,'<p>Now that you have an overview of the \"Add languages\" feature, you can continue by:<ul><li>Adding a language</li><li>Adding a custom language</li><li><a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language\">Viewing configured languages</a></li></ul></p>','','8.9.7'),
(7826,'<p>The language name is used throughout the site for all users and is written in English. Names of built-in languages can be translated using the Interface Translation module, and names of both built-in and custom languages can be translated using the Configuration Translation module.</p>','','8.9.7'),
(7827,'<p>Now that you have an overview of the \"Edit language\" feature, you can continue by:<ul><li>Editing a language</li><li><a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language\">Viewing configured languages</a></li></ul></p>','','8.9.7'),
(7828,'<p>To add more languages to your site, click the \"Add language\" button.</p><p>Added languages will be displayed in the language list and can then be edited or deleted.</p>','','8.9.7'),
(7829,'<p>To reorder the languages on your site, use the drag icons next to each language.</p><p>The order shown here is the display order for language lists on the site such as in the language switcher blocks provided by the Interface Translation and Content Translation modules.</p><p>When you are done with reordering the languages, click the \"Save configuration\" button for the changes to take effect.</p>','','8.9.7'),
(7830,'<p>You can change the default language of the site by choosing one of your configured languages as default. The site will use the default language in situations where no choice is made but a language should be set, for example as the language of the displayed interface.</p>','','8.9.7'),
(7831,'<p>Operations are provided for editing and deleting your languages.</p><p>You can edit the name and the direction of the language.</p><p>Deleted languages can be added back at a later time. Deleting a language will remove all interface translations associated with it, and content in this language will be set to be language neutral. Note that you cannot delete the default language of the site.</p>','','8.9.7'),
(7832,'<p>Now that you have an overview of the \"Languages\" page, you can continue by:<ul><li><a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language/add\">Adding a language</a></li><li>Reordering languages</li><li>Editing a language</li><li>Deleting a language</li></ul></p>','','8.9.7'),
(7833,'This page allows you to translate the user interface or modify existing translations. If you have installed your site initially in English, you must first add another language on the <a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language\">Languages page</a>, in order to use this page.','','8.9.7'),
(7834,'You can search for untranslated strings if you want to translate something that isn\'t translated yet. If you want to modify an existing translation, you might want to search only for translated strings.','','8.9.7'),
(7835,'You can write your own translation in the text fields of the right column. Try to figure out in which context the text will be used in order to translate it in the appropriate way.','','8.9.7'),
(7836,'When you have finished your translations, click on the <em>Save translations</em> button. You must save your translations, each time before changing the page or making a new search.','','8.9.7'),
(7837,'The translations you have made here will be used on your site\'s user interface. If you want to use them on another site or modify them on an external translation editor, you can <a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/translate/export\">export them</a> to a .po file and <a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/translate/import\">import them</a> later.','','8.9.7'),
(7838,'{{ arguments.created_year_month }}','','8.9.7'),
(7839,'No front page content has been created yet.<br/>Follow the <a target=\"_blank\" href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/index.html\">User Guide</a> to start building your site.','','8.9.7'),
(7840,'Content belonging to a certain taxonomy term.','','8.9.7'),
(7841,'View edit page','','8.9.7'),
(7842,'Perform administrative tasks, including adding a description and creating a clone. Click the drop-down button to view the available options.','','8.9.7'),
(7843,'Choose how to output results. E.g., choose <em>Content</em> to output each item completely, using your configured display settings. Or choose <em>Fields</em>, which allows you to output only specific fields for each result. Additional formats can be added by installing modules to <em>extend</em> Drupal\'s base functionality.','','8.9.7'),
(7844,'Add filters to limit the results in the output. E.g., to only show content that is <em>published</em>, you would add a filter for <em>Published</em> and select <em>Yes</em>.','','8.9.7'),
(7845,'Filter actions','','8.9.7'),
(7846,'Control the order in which the results are output. Click on an active sort rule to configure it.','','8.9.7'),
(7847,'Show a preview of the view output.','','8.9.7'),
(7848,'Manage custom form modes.','','11.4.0'),
(7849,'Configure content formatting and authoring.','','11.4.0'),
(7850,'Add and modify shortcut sets.','','11.4.0'),
(7851,'Tray orientation changed to @orientation.','','11.4.0'),
(7852,'Tray \"@tray\" @action.','','11.4.0'),
(7853,'Tray @action.','','11.4.0'),
(7854,'RedHen','','8.9.20'),
(7855,'Chaos tool suite','','11.3.6'),
(7856,'Chaos tool suite (Experimental)','','11.3.6'),
(7857,'Config','','8.9.20'),
(7858,'Allows configuration of tasks to be executed in response to events.','','10.6.6'),
(7859,'Gathers and displays syndicated content (RSS, RDF, and Atom feeds) from external sources.','','9.5.11'),
(7860,'Allows administrators to ban visits from specific IP addresses.','','9.5.11'),
(7861,'Manages breakpoints and breakpoint groups for responsive designs.','','11.3.6'),
(7862,'Allows users to change the color scheme of compatible themes.','','9.5.11'),
(7863,'Allows users to comment on content.','','11.3.6'),
(7864,'Allows administrators to import and export configuration changes.','','9.5.11'),
(7865,'Provides site-wide contact forms and forms to contact individual users.','','11.3.6'),
(7866,'Provides moderation states for content.','','9.5.11'),
(7867,'Provides contextual links to directly access tasks related to page elements.','','11.3.6'),
(7868,'Allows the creation of custom blocks and block types.','','9.5.11'),
(7869,'Allows users to create menu links.','','11.3.6'),
(7870,'Logs system events in the database.','','11.3.6'),
(7871,'Provides a user interface for the Field module.','','11.3.6'),
(7872,'Places error messages adjacent to form inputs, for improved usability and accessibility.','','11.3.6'),
(7873,'Caches pages, including those with dynamic content, for all users.','','11.3.6'),
(7874,'Caches pages for anonymous users and can be used when external page cache is not available.','','11.3.6'),
(7875,'Allows users to add and arrange blocks and content fields directly on the content.','','11.3.6'),
(7876,'Provides a way for modules or themes to register layouts.','','11.3.6'),
(7877,'Manages the creation, configuration, and display of media items.','','11.3.6'),
(7878,'Enhances the media list with additional features to more easily find and use existing media items.','','11.3.6'),
(7879,'In-place content editing.','','9.5.11'),
(7880,'Provides an image formatter and breakpoint mappings to output responsive images using the HTML5 picture tag.','','9.5.11'),
(7881,'Allows users to create search pages based on plugins provided by other modules.','','11.3.6'),
(7882,'Allows users to directly edit the configuration of blocks on the current page.','','11.3.6'),
(7883,'Displays guided tours of the site interface.','','10.6.6'),
(7884,'Provides a user interface for creating and managing views.','','11.3.6'),
(7885,'Provides an interface to create workflows with transitions between different states (for example publication or user status) provided by other modules.','','11.3.6'),
(7886,'Allows assigning the classes to Blocks.','','11.3.6'),
(7887,'Provides blocks for Contact form module.','','10.6.6'),
(7888,'Allows an entity type to borrow the fields and display configuration of another entity type.','','11.3.6'),
(7889,'Allows privileged users to masquerade as another user.','','11.3.6'),
(7890,'Provides a mechanism for modules to automatically generate aliases for the content they manage.','','11.3.6'),
(7891,'Provides a user interface for the Token API and some missing core tokens.','','11.3.6'),
(7892,'The Unique Field module allows administrators to require that content supplied for specified fields is unique.','','11.3.6'),
(7893,'Global views field that provides site\'s base url','','8.9.20'),
(7894,'Provides an improved drop-down menu interface to the site Toolbar.','','11.3.6'),
(7895,'Adds menu links like Flush cache, Run cron, Run updates, and Logout under Drupal icon.','','11.3.6'),
(7896,'Provides a workaround for the common problem that users with \'Use the administration pages and help\' permission see menu links they don\'t have access permission for. Once the issue <a href=\'https://www.drupal.org/node/296693\'>https://www.drupal.org/node/296693</a> be solved, this module will be deprecated.','','8.9.20'),
(7897,'Provides search of Admin Toolbar items.','','10.5.4'),
(7898,'Define dependencies between fields based on their states and values.','','11.3.6'),
(7899,'Provides a number of utility and helper APIs for Drupal developers and site builders.','','11.3.6'),
(7900,'Provides improvements to blocks that will one day be added to Drupal core.','','11.3.6'),
(7901,'A set of improvements to the core Views code that allows for greater control over Blocks.','','11.3.6'),
(7902,'Config Filter allows other modules to interact with a ConfigStorage through filter plugins.','','8.9.11'),
(7903,'Configuration filter for importing and exporting split config','','8.9.20'),
(7904,'Allows users to configure the display and form display by arranging fields in several columns.','','11.3.6'),
(7905,'Displays help topics provided by themes and modules.','','10.6.6'),
(7906,'Allows users to stage content or preview a full site by using multiple workspaces on a single site.','','10.6.6'),
(7907,'Provides a HTML 5 date popup for all views filters.','','11.3.6'),
(7908,'Use field labels as placeholders for all elements in chosen form.','','8.9.20'),
(7909,'Allows users to translate configuration text.','','11.3.6'),
(7910,'Allows users to translate content.','','11.3.6'),
(7911,'Allows users to configure available languages.','','11.3.6'),
(7912,'@module_name (<span class=\"admin-missing\">missing</span>)','','10.6.2'),
(7913,'Defines basic functionality common to all parts of the RedHen CRM.','','8.9.20'),
(7914,'Defines the base Connection entity and features.','','8.9.20'),
(7915,'Defines the base contact entity and features.','','8.9.20'),
(7916,'Provides RedHen contact deduping functionality.','','8.9.20'),
(7917,'Defines the base organization entity and features.','','8.9.20'),
(7918,'Various blocks, pages, and functions for developers.','','11.3.6'),
(7919,'Provides developers an API and drush command to perform automatic entity updates.','','11.3.6'),
(7920,'Generate dummy users, nodes, menus, taxonomy terms...','','8.9.20'),
(7921,'Drupal Web Profiler.','','8.9.11'),
(7922,'Defines a field type for files.','','9.5.11'),
(7923,'Defines a field type for image media and provides display configuration tools.','','11.3.6'),
(7924,'Provides advanced options (e.g. links, checkboxes, or other widgets) to exposed Views elements.','','11.3.6'),
(7925,'Allows conditional views output.','','11.3.6'),
(7926,'Add entity form field widgets to a view.','','11.3.6'),
(7927,'Views Arguments based on session, cookie or token.','','8.9.20'),
(7928,'Shows views rows as fieldset','','8.9.20'),
(7929,'Supplies an HTTP Basic authentication provider.','','9.5.11'),
(7930,'Exposes entities as a JSON:API-specification-compliant web API.','','11.3.6'),
(7931,'Provides a service for (de)serializing data to/from formats such as JSON and XML.','','9.5.11'),
(7932,'Primary tabs display toggle','','10.5.4'),
(7933,'Token','','11.3.6'),
(7934,'Conditional fields','','11.4.0'),
(7935,'Uninstall module','','11.4.0'),
(7936,'Flush CSS and Javascript','','9.5.11'),
(7937,'Flush plugins cache','','11.4.0'),
(7938,'Flush static cache','','11.4.0'),
(7939,'Flush routing and links cache','','11.4.0'),
(7940,'Flush twig cache','','11.4.0'),
(7941,'Flush render cache','','11.4.0'),
(7942,'Rebuild theme registry','','11.4.0'),
(7943,'Flush views cache','','11.4.0'),
(7944,'Flush all caches','','11.4.0'),
(7945,'Logout','','11.4.0'),
(7946,'List Conditional fields','','11.4.0'),
(7947,'Add form mode','','11.4.0'),
(7948,'Checked %langcode translation for %project.','','11.3.6'),
(7949,'Date Popup','','none'),
(7950,'Previous','','none'),
(7951,'Region','','10.6.2'),
(7952,'Order','','none'),
(7953,'Hidden','','10.6.2'),
(7954,'Information','','none'),
(7955,'Finish','','none'),
(7956,'Context type','','none'),
(7957,'@description','','none'),
(7958,'Parents','','11.3.6'),
(7959,'The name of the menu.','','8.9.11'),
(7960,'Last','','11.3.6'),
(7961,'Root','','11.3.6'),
(7962,'Tokens','','10.5.4'),
(7963,'Available tokens','','10.5.4'),
(7964,'First','','11.3.6'),
(7965,'Keys','','11.3.6'),
(7966,'Root term','','11.3.6'),
(7967,'Menu links','','11.3.6'),
(7968,'Array','','11.3.6'),
(7969,'Link ID','','11.3.6'),
(7970,'Base name','','11.3.6'),
(7971,'No tokens available.','','none'),
(7972,'Click a token to insert it into the field you\'ve last clicked.','','10.5.4'),
(7973,'Translation source node','','11.3.6'),
(7974,'Insert this token into your form','','11.3.6'),
(7975,'First click a text field to insert your tokens into.','','11.3.6'),
(7976,'The explanation of the most recent changes made to the node.','','8.9.11'),
(7977,'The title of the current page.','','10.5.4'),
(7978,'The URL of the current page.','','10.5.4'),
(7979,'The page number of the current page when viewing paged lists.','','10.5.4'),
(7980,'The source node for this current node\'s translation set.','','8.9.11'),
(7981,'Account cancellation URL','','11.3.6'),
(7982,'The URL of the confirm delete page for the user account.','','none'),
(7983,'One-time login URL','','11.3.6'),
(7984,'The URL of the one-time login page for the user account.','','none'),
(7985,'Tokens related to menu links.','','none'),
(7986,'The unique ID of the menu link.','','8.9.11'),
(7987,'The title of the menu link.','','8.9.11'),
(7988,'The URL of the menu link.','','8.9.11'),
(7989,'The menu link\'s parent.','','8.9.11'),
(7990,'Tokens related to the current page request.','','10.5.4'),
(7991,'Page number','','11.3.6'),
(7992,'The book page associated with the node.','','none'),
(7993,'The menu link for this node.','','8.9.11'),
(7994,'The menu link\'s root.','','8.9.11'),
(7995,'Tokens related to the current date and time.','','10.5.4'),
(7996,'The URL of the @entity.','','none'),
(7997,'The content type of the node.','','8.9.11'),
(7998,'Tokens related to content types.','','none'),
(7999,'The name of the content type.','','8.9.11'),
(8000,'The unique machine-readable name of the content type.','','8.9.11'),
(8001,'The optional description of the content type.','','8.9.11'),
(8002,'The number of nodes belonging to the content type.','','8.9.11'),
(8003,'The URL of the content type\'s edit page.','','8.9.11'),
(8004,'The URL of the taxonomy term\'s edit page.','','8.9.11'),
(8005,'The unique machine-readable name of the vocabulary.','','none'),
(8006,'The URL of the vocabulary\'s edit page.','','none'),
(8007,'The specific argument of the current page (e.g. \'arg:1\' on the page \'node/1\' returns \'1\').','','10.5.4'),
(8008,'Tokens related to URLs.','','none'),
(8009,'Relative URL','','11.3.6'),
(8010,'The relative URL.','','10.5.4'),
(8011,'Absolute URL','','11.3.6'),
(8012,'The absolute URL.','','10.5.4'),
(8013,'Tokens related to menus.','','none'),
(8014,'The unique machine-readable name of the menu.','','8.9.11'),
(8015,'The optional description of the menu.','','8.9.11'),
(8016,'Menu link count','','11.3.6'),
(8017,'The number of menu links belonging to the menu.','','8.9.11'),
(8018,'The URL of the menu\'s edit page.','','8.9.11'),
(8019,'The menu of the menu link.','','8.9.11'),
(8020,'The URL of the menu link\'s edit page.','','8.9.11'),
(8021,'The user roles associated with the user account.','','10.5.4'),
(8022,'Brief URL','','11.3.6'),
(8023,'The URL without the protocol and trailing backslash.','','10.5.4'),
(8024,'Tokens related to arrays of strings.','','none'),
(8025,'The first element of the array.','','10.5.4'),
(8026,'The last element of the array.','','10.5.4'),
(8027,'The number of elements in the array.','','10.5.4'),
(8028,'The array reversed.','','10.5.4'),
(8029,'The array of keys of the array.','','10.5.4'),
(8030,'Imploded','','11.3.6'),
(8031,'The values of the array joined together with a custom string in-between each value.','','10.5.4'),
(8032,'A date in \'@type\' format. (%date)','','10.5.4'),
(8033,'The root term of the taxonomy term.','','8.9.11'),
(8034,'File byte size','','11.3.6'),
(8035,'The size of the file, in bytes.','','10.5.4'),
(8036,'Query string value','','11.3.6'),
(8037,'The value of a specific query string field of the current page.','','10.5.4'),
(8038,'A random number from 0 to @max.','','10.5.4'),
(8039,'A random hash. The possible hashing algorithms are: @hash-algos.','','10.5.4'),
(8040,'Attempting to perform token replacement for token type %type without required data','','none'),
(8041,'@type field.','','10.5.4'),
(8042,'No tokens available','','none'),
(8043,'Token registry caches cleared.','','none'),
(8044,'The path component of the URL.','','10.5.4'),
(8045,'Unaliased URL','','11.3.6'),
(8046,'The unaliased URL.','','10.5.4'),
(8047,'The specific value of the array.','','10.5.4'),
(8048,'The list of available tokens that can be used in e-mails is provided below.','','11.3.6'),
(8049,'An array of all the term\'s parents, starting with the root.','','8.9.11'),
(8050,'An array of all the menu link\'s parents, starting with the root.','','8.9.11'),
(8051,'Original @entity','','11.3.6'),
(8052,'The original @entity data if the @entity is being updated or saved.','','10.5.4'),
(8053,'The base name of the file.','','10.5.4'),
(8054,'Browse available tokens.','','11.3.6'),
(8055,'Devel','','11.4.0'),
(8056,'All types','','9.5.11'),
(8057,'Theme registry','','11.4.0'),
(8058,'Normal','','10.5.4'),
(8059,'Step','','none'),
(8060,'Hide submit button','','10.5.4'),
(8061,'Usage','','8.9.11'),
(8062,'Visible','','8.9.11'),
(8063,'Conditions','','8.9.11'),
(8064,'Collapsed','','8.9.11'),
(8065,'Checked','','11.3.6'),
(8066,'Empty field','','none'),
(8067,'Widget settings','','10.5.4'),
(8068,'Woobiweb','','11.3.6'),
(8069,'Woobiweb Contab Module','','11.3.6'),
(8070,'Oplog list','','10.6.2'),
(8071,'List Oplog entities','','10.6.2'),
(8072,'oplog','','10.6.2'),
(8073,'Oplog ID','','10.6.2'),
(8074,'There are no @label yet.','','10.6.2'),
(8075,'@label entities','','11.3.6'),
(8076,'Add Oplog','','10.6.2'),
(8077,'The Operation Name.','','8.9.7'),
(8078,'The Operation LOG number.','','8.9.7'),
(8079,'Operation LOG Number','','8.9.7'),
(8080,'oplog type','','10.6.2'),
(8081,'Label for Oplog type.','','8.9.7'),
(8082,'Users with sufficient access rights will be able to override these options.','','10.5.4'),
(8083,'Explanation of the language options is found on the <a href=\":languages_list_page\">languages list page</a>.','','10.5.4'),
(8084,'Manage Dependencies','','11.3.6'),
(8085,'Region for @title','','10.6.2'),
(8086,'Autocomplete suggestion list size: @size','','10.6.2'),
(8087,'Content items can be edited using different form modes. Here, you can define which fields are shown and hidden when %type content is edited in each form mode, and define how the field form widgets are displayed in each form mode.','','10.5.4'),
(8088,'Shortcut link','','11.4.0'),
(8089,'Views: Filter by an entity reference view','','10.6.2'),
(8090,'Revision create time','','11.3.6'),
(8091,'Revision user','','11.3.6'),
(8092,'format','','11.3.6'),
(8093,'Indicates whether the menu link should be rediscovered','','11.3.6'),
(8094,'Parent plugin ID','','11.3.6'),
(8095,'Image with image style','','11.3.6'),
(8096,'List of @type values','','11.3.6'),
(8097,'Display Name','','11.3.6'),
(8098,'@type type with delta @delta','','11.3.6'),
(8099,'Describe a time by reference to the current day, like \'+90 days\' (90 days from the day the field is created) or \'+1 Saturday\' (the next Saturday). See <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.strtotime.php\">strtotime</a> for more details.','','10.6.2'),
(8100,'Menu links with lower weights are displayed before links with higher weights.','','10.5.4'),
(8101,'Specify an alternative path by which this data can be accessed. For example, type \"/about\" when writing an about page.','','11.3.6'),
(8102,'Term language','','8.9.7'),
(8103,'Short description of the image used by screen readers and displayed when the image is not loaded. This is important for accessibility.','','8.9.7'),
(8104,'Short description of the image used by screen readers and displayed when the image is not loaded. Enabling this field is recommended.','','8.9.7'),
(8105,'A local file system path where temporary files will be stored. This directory should not be accessible over the web. This must be changed in settings.php.','','8.9.11'),
(8106,'Delete temporary files after','','8.9.11'),
(8107,'Temporary files are not referenced, but are in the file system and therefore may show up in administrative lists. <strong>Warning:</strong> If enabled, temporary files will be permanently deleted and may not be recoverable.','','8.9.11'),
(8108,'Pubblicato','','11.3.6'),
(8109,'Non pubblicato','','8.9.11'),
(8110,'Apply to selected items','','11.4.0'),
(8111,'Page display settings','','10.6.2'),
(8112,'Is Latest Revision','','10.5.4'),
(8113,'Is Latest Translation Affected Revision','','10.5.4'),
(8114,'Rearrange <span class=\"visually-hidden\">@type</span>','','10.6.2'),
(8115,'And/Or Rearrange <span class=\"visually-hidden\">filter criteria</span>','','10.6.2'),
(8116,'Node operations bulk form','','10.5.4'),
(8117,'Form field: @label','','10.6.2'),
(8118,'Views Conditional','','10.6.2'),
(8119,'Renders an entity in a view mode.','','10.6.2'),
(8120,'Provide a view link to the @entity_type_label.','','10.6.2'),
(8121,'Provide a delete link to the @entity_type_label.','','10.6.2'),
(8122,'Provide an edit link to the @entity_type_label.','','10.6.2'),
(8123,'The user who created the revision.','','8.9.7'),
(8124,'A flag indicating whether this was a default revision when it was saved.','','10.5.4'),
(8125,'Output data based off of certain criteria.','','10.6.2'),
(8126,'You must add some additional fields to this display before using this field. These fields may be marked as <em>Exclude from display</em> if you prefer. Note that due to rendering order, you cannot use fields that come after this field; if you need a field not listed here, rearrange your fields.','','10.6.2'),
(8127,'The following replacement tokens are available for this field. Note that due to rendering order, you cannot use fields that come after this field; if you need a field not listed here, rearrange your fields.','','10.6.2'),
(8128,'Global replacement patterns (for description field only)','','10.6.2'),
(8129,'If checked, field api classes will be added by field templates. This is not recommended unless your CSS depends upon these classes. If not checked, template will not be used.','','10.6.2'),
(8130,'The text to display for this field. You may enter data from this view as per the \"Replacement patterns\" below. You may include <a href=\"@twig_docs\">Twig</a> or the following allowed HTML tags: <code>@tags</code>','','10.6.2'),
(8131,'When printing URL paths, how to transform the case of the filter value.','','10.6.2'),
(8132,'Any text to display before this link. You may include HTML.','','10.6.2'),
(8133,'Add a read-more link if output is trimmed','','10.6.2'),
(8134,'You may use the \"Replacement patterns\" above.','','10.6.2'),
(8135,'This can be an internal Drupal path such as node/add or an external URL such as \"https://www.drupal.org\". You may use the \"Replacement patterns\" above.','','10.6.2'),
(8136,'An HTML corrector will be run to ensure HTML tags are properly closed after trimming.','','10.6.2'),
(8137,'Provide text to display if this field contains an empty result. You may include HTML. You may enter data from this view as per the \"Replacement patterns\" in the \"Rewrite Results\" section above.','','10.6.2'),
(8138,'Output the URL as text','','8.9.7'),
(8139,'Enable this option to output an absolute link. Required if you want to use the path as a link destination.','','8.9.7'),
(8140,'Enter a part of the view name, machine name, description, or display path to filter by.','','10.6.2'),
(8141,'Filter by view name, machine name, description, or display path','','10.6.2'),
(8142,'Specify which display or custom URL this display will link to.','','10.6.2'),
(8143,'Combine multiple fields together and search by them.','','10.6.2'),
(8144,'Restrict the view to only revisions that are the latest revision of their entity.','','10.5.4'),
(8145,'Restrict the view to only revisions that are the latest translation affected revision of their entity.','','10.5.4'),
(8146,'This display has one or more validation errors.','','8.9.7'),
(8147,'@label@column (@argument)','','10.5.4'),
(8148,'User ID from route context','','10.6.2'),
(8149,'Fixed value','','10.6.2'),
(8150,'Override the view and other argument titles. You may use Twig syntax in this field as well as the \"arguments\" and \"raw_arguments\" arrays.','','10.6.2'),
(8151,'Validate user has access to the %name','','10.6.2'),
(8152,'A flexible, recolorable theme with many regions and a responsive, mobile-first layout.','','9.5.11'),
(8153,'administration theme','','11.3.6'),
(8154,'Drupal administration theme with modern minimalist design.','','10.6.6'),
(8155,'experimental theme','','8.9.20'),
(8156,'A clean, accessible, and powerful Drupal administration theme.','','11.3.6'),
(8157,'Mediteran administrator is responsive theme for Drupal 8 with clean and modern design.','','8.9.11'),
(8158,'An intentionally plain theme with no styling to demonstrate default Drupal’s HTML and CSS. Learn how to build a custom theme from Stark in the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/theming\">Theming Guide</a>.','','10.6.6'),
(8159,'Page element display','','11.3.6'),
(8160,'Use the logo supplied by the theme','','11.3.6'),
(8161,'Logo image','','11.3.6'),
(8162,'Use the favicon supplied by the theme','','11.3.6'),
(8163,'Upload favicon image','','11.3.6'),
(8164,'Your shortcut icon, or favicon, is displayed in the address bar and bookmarks of most browsers.','','11.3.6'),
(8165,'Control default display settings for your site, across all themes. Use theme-specific settings to override these defaults.','','10.5.4'),
(8166,'Woobiweb subtheme Mediteran','','8.9.20'),
(8167,'Provides some extra Twig functions and filters.','','11.3.6'),
(8168,'Responsive setting for @field','','10.6.2'),
(8169,'Add the default row classes like @classes to the output. You can use this to quickly reduce the amount of markup the view provides by default, at the cost of making it more difficult to apply CSS.','','10.6.2'),
(8170,'Per default the table is hidden for an empty view. With this option it is possible to show an empty table with the text in it.','','10.6.2'),
(8171,'Comment Permalink','','10.6.2'),
(8172,'Administer block classes','','11.4.0'),
(8173,'Delete Conditional fields','','11.4.0'),
(8174,'Edit Conditional fields','','11.4.0'),
(8175,'View Conditional fields','','11.4.0'),
(8176,'Access the Files overview page','','11.4.0'),
(8177,'Translate interface text','','11.4.0'),
(8178,'Access the Content overview page','','11.4.0'),
(8179,'Access in-place editing','','8.9.7'),
(8180,'Use shortcuts','','11.4.0'),
(8181,'%vocabulary: Create terms','','11.4.0'),
(8182,'%vocabulary: Delete terms','','11.4.0'),
(8183,'%vocabulary: Edit terms','','11.4.0'),
(8184,'Access the taxonomy vocabulary overview page','','11.4.0'),
(8185,'Use the toolbar','','11.4.0'),
(8186,'Access tours','','8.9.7'),
(8187,'To delete a revision, you also need permission to delete the content item.','','10.6.2'),
(8188,'To revert a revision, you also need permission to edit the content item.','','10.6.2'),
(8189,'To view a revision, you also need permission to view the content item.','','10.6.2'),
(8190,'Promote, change ownership, edit revisions, and perform other tasks across all content types.','','10.6.2'),
(8191,'Get an overview of all taxonomy vocabularies.','','10.6.2'),
(8192,'Configure site-wide settings and behavior for user accounts and registration. This includes account cancellation methods, the content of user emails and fields attached to users.','','10.6.2'),
(8193,'Persone','','8.9.7'),
(8194,'view','View entity type','10.6.2'),
(8195,'Hide widget title','','10.5.4'),
(8196,'Hide widget description','','10.5.4'),
(8197,'Use field label instead of the \"On\" label as the label.','','10.5.4'),
(8198,'Pre-content','','10.6.2'),
(8199,'First sidebar','','8.9.7'),
(8200,'1 block is available in the modified list.@count blocks are available in the modified list.','','10.6.2'),
(8201,'Entity view (@label)','','10.5.4'),
(8202,'This field supports tokens. @browse_tokens_link','','10.5.4'),
(8203,'Initial visibility level','','10.5.4'),
(8204,'The menu is only visible if the menu item for the current page is at this level or below it. Use level 1 to always display this menu.','','8.9.11'),
(8205,'Number of levels to display','','10.5.4'),
(8206,'This maximum number includes the initial level.','','10.5.4'),
(8207,'Expand all menu items','','8.9.11'),
(8208,'Override the option found on each menu link used for expanding children and instead display the whole menu tree as expanded.','','10.5.4'),
(8209,'Specify pages by using their paths. Enter one path per line. The \'*\' character is a wildcard. An example path is %user-wildcard for every user page. %front is the front page.','','10.5.4'),
(8210,'CSS class(es)','','10.5.4'),
(8211,'Customize the styling of this block by adding CSS classes. Separate multiple classes by spaces.','','10.5.4'),
(8212,'If selected and this menu link has children, the menu will always appear expanded. This option may be overridden for the entire menu tree when placing a menu block.','','10.5.4'),
(8213,'Start typing the title of a piece of content to select it. You can also enter an internal path such as %add-node or an external URL such as %url. Enter %front to link to the front page. Enter %nolink to display link text only.','','8.9.11'),
(8214,'no field selected','','8.9.7'),
(8215,'If this field...','','8.9.7'),
(8216,'Is...','','8.9.7'),
(8217,'This value','','8.9.7'),
(8218,'Input a value to compare the field against.  Replacement variables may be used','','8.9.7'),
(8219,'Then output this...','','8.9.7'),
(8220,'Input what should be output.  Replacement variables may be used.','','8.9.7'),
(8221,'Otherwise, output this...','','8.9.7'),
(8222,'Input what should be output if the above conditions do NOT evaluate to true.','','8.9.7'),
(8223,'Strip html tags from the output','','8.9.7'),
(8224,'Replacement Variables','','8.9.7'),
(8225,'+100.00','','8.9.7'),
(8226,'-100.00','','8.9.7'),
(8227,'This view will be displayed by visiting this path on your site. You may use \"%\" in your URL to represent values that will be used for contextual filters: For example, \"node/%/feed\". If needed you can even specify named route parameters like taxonomy/term/%taxonomy_term','','8.9.7'),
(8228,'Are you sure you want to delete this @item?Are you sure you want to delete these @items?','','8.9.7'),
(8229,'content items','','10.6.6'),
(8230,'Contenuto','','8.9.7'),
(8231,'Deleted @count content item.Deleted @count content items.','','8.9.7'),
(8232,'Is greater than','','10.6.2'),
(8233,'Tokens are allowed in this field. Replacement options can be found in the \"Global replacement patterns\" section, below.','','10.6.2'),
(8234,'Limit the available operators','','10.5.4'),
(8235,'Limit the available operators to be shown on the exposed filter.','','10.5.4'),
(8236,'Restrict operators to','','10.5.4'),
(8237,'Selecting none will make all of them available.','','10.5.4'),
(8238,'This will appear in the URL after the ? to identify this filter. Cannot be blank. Only letters, digits and the dot (\".\"), hyphen (\"-\"), underscore (\"_\"), and tilde (\"~\") characters are allowed.','','8.9.7'),
(8239,'Min placeholder','','10.5.4'),
(8240,'Hint text that appears inside the Min field when empty.','','10.5.4'),
(8241,'Max placeholder','','10.5.4'),
(8242,'Hint text that appears inside the Max field when empty.','','10.5.4'),
(8243,'Hint text that appears inside the field when empty.','','10.5.4'),
(8244,'Relate each @entity with a @field_name set to the @label.','','10.5.4'),
(8245,'Relate nodes to taxonomy terms, specifying which vocabulary or vocabularies to use. This relationship will cause duplicated records if there are multiple terms.','','10.5.4'),
(8246,'CET','','10.5.4'),
(8247,'Downloaded %langcode translation for %project.','','11.3.6'),
(8248,'Table with aggregation options','','10.6.2'),
(8249,'Column aggregation functions may be enabled independently of group aggregation functions. Every group aggregation function, except <em>Filter rows (by regexp)</em>, requires exactly <strong>one</strong> field to be assigned the <em>Group and compress</em> function. With that done, select any of the other aggregation functions for some or all of the fields. Functions marked with an asterisk take an optional parameter. For the aggregation functions <em>Enumerate, Range</em> and <em>Tally</em> the optional parameter is a delimiter to separate items. <br/>If you rewrite the results of a field, the aggregation functions will still use the original value. You can use a Global:Custom text field and Twig syntax instead to rewrite the results and apply aggregation functions on it. The Twig number_format() filter can be applied as last filter, its settings for decimal and thousand separator will be respected by the aggregation functions.<br/>You may combine multiple fields into the same render column. If you do, the separator specified will be used to separate the fields. You can control column order and field labels in the Fields section of the main configuration page.','','8.9.7'),
(8250,'Group aggregation','','8.9.7'),
(8251,'Column aggregation','','8.9.7'),
(8252,'Render column','','8.9.7'),
(8253,'Apply group function','','8.9.7'),
(8254,'Average *','','8.9.7'),
(8255,'Count (having regexp) *','','8.9.7'),
(8256,'Count unique (having regexp) *','','8.9.7'),
(8257,'Enumerate (sort, no dupl.) *','','8.9.7'),
(8258,'Enumerate *','','8.9.7'),
(8259,'Display first member','','8.9.7'),
(8260,'Group and compress','','8.9.7'),
(8261,'Median','','8.9.7'),
(8262,'Range *','','8.9.7'),
(8263,'Label (enter below) *','','8.9.7'),
(8264,'Filter rows (by regexp) *','','8.9.7'),
(8265,'Tally members *','','8.9.7'),
(8266,'Apply column function','','8.9.7'),
(8267,'results will be aggregated with one row per group','','8.9.7'),
(8268,'no aggregation, results will be shown after each group (like subtotals)','','8.9.7'),
(8269,'Aggregation results per group','','8.9.7'),
(8270,'Select the second option, if you want to show subtotals','','8.9.7'),
(8271,'Grouping field cell class','','8.9.7'),
(8272,'The CSS class to provide on each cell of the column/field that is being <em>Grouped and compressed</em>.','','8.9.7'),
(8273,'Label prefix','','8.9.7'),
(8274,'<em>If no aggregation selected: </em>Attach this <em>before</em> the label in the column/field that is being <em>Grouped and compressed</em>.','','8.9.7'),
(8275,'Label suffix','','8.9.7'),
(8276,'<em>If no aggregation selected: </em>Attach this <em>after</em> the label in the column/field that is being <em>Grouped and compressed</em>.','','8.9.7'),
(8277,'Grouping row class','','8.9.7'),
(8278,'<em>If no aggregation selected: </em>The CSS class to provide on each subtotals result row.','','8.9.7'),
(8279,'Group aggregation options','','8.9.7'),
(8280,'in the table header','','8.9.7'),
(8281,'in the table footer','','8.9.7'),
(8282,'Column aggregation row position','','8.9.7'),
(8283,'the page shown, if a pager is enabled','','8.9.7'),
(8284,'the entire result set (CAUTION: To enable this, create a copy of this view display, disable the pager there, set the <i>machine name</i> to <i>DISPLAY_NAME_no_pager</i> (e.g. page_1_no_pager) and give it a different path.)','','8.9.7'),
(8285,'Column aggregation row applies to','','8.9.7'),
(8286,'If your view does not have a pager, then the two options are equivalent.','','8.9.7'),
(8287,'Column aggregation row default numeric precision','','8.9.7'),
(8288,'The number of decimals to use for column aggregations whose precisions are not defined elsewhere.','','8.9.7'),
(8289,'Column aggregation row class','','8.9.7'),
(8290,'The CSS class to provide on the row containing the column aggregations.','','8.9.7'),
(8291,'Column aggregation options','','8.9.7'),
(8292,'Go to page @key','','11.3.6'),
(8293,'RSS enclosure','','8.9.7'),
(8294,'Use description as link text','','8.9.7'),
(8295,'Replace the file name by its description when available','','8.9.7'),
(8296,'Coffee','','8.9.20'),
(8297,'Select what menus coffee should search.','','8.9.20'),
(8298,'Use alt+d to start Coffee and search for a page to go to','','8.9.20'),
(8299,'Go to','','8.9.20'),
(8300,'Go to front page','','8.9.20'),
(8301,'Menus to include','','8.9.7'),
(8302,'Select the menus that should be used by Coffee to search.','','8.9.7'),
(8303,'Max results','','8.9.7'),
(8304,'Maximum number of items to show in the search results.','','8.9.7'),
(8305,'Coffee configuration','','8.9.7'),
(8306,'Display: @true_label / @false_label','','10.6.2'),
(8307,'Use custom display settings for the following @display_context modes','','10.5.4'),
(8308,'Manage view modes','','10.5.4'),
(8309,'+0.25','','8.9.7'),
(8310,'-0.25','','8.9.7'),
(8311,'+0.10','','8.9.7'),
(8312,'-0.10','','8.9.7'),
(8313,'+62.74','','8.9.7'),
(8314,'-62.74','','8.9.7'),
(8315,'+18.76','','8.9.7'),
(8316,'-18.76','','8.9.7'),
(8317,'+10.00','','8.9.7'),
(8318,'-10.00','','8.9.7'),
(8319,'+26.06','','8.9.7'),
(8320,'-26.06','','8.9.7'),
(8321,'+20.00','','8.9.7'),
(8322,'-20.00','','8.9.7'),
(8323,'+30.00','','8.9.7'),
(8324,'-30.00','','8.9.7'),
(8325,'+9.40','','8.9.7'),
(8326,'-9.40','','8.9.7'),
(8327,'+50.00','','8.9.7'),
(8328,'-50.00','','8.9.7'),
(8329,'+13.64','','8.9.7'),
(8330,'-13.64','','8.9.7'),
(8331,'+15.00','','8.9.7'),
(8332,'-15.00','','8.9.7'),
(8333,'+60.00','','8.9.7'),
(8334,'-60.00','','8.9.7'),
(8335,'+24.00','','8.9.7'),
(8336,'-24.00','','8.9.7'),
(8337,'+59.34','','8.9.7'),
(8338,'-59.34','','8.9.7'),
(8339,'+125.30','','8.9.7'),
(8340,'-125.30','','8.9.7'),
(8341,'+96.80','','8.9.7'),
(8342,'-96.80','','8.9.7'),
(8343,'+200.00','','8.9.7'),
(8344,'-200.00','','8.9.7'),
(8345,'+49.50','','8.9.7'),
(8346,'-49.50','','8.9.7'),
(8347,'+14.00','','8.9.7'),
(8348,'-14.00','','8.9.7'),
(8349,'+9.50','','8.9.7'),
(8350,'-9.50','','8.9.7'),
(8351,'+179.43','','8.9.7'),
(8352,'-179.43','','8.9.7'),
(8353,'+24.81','','8.9.7'),
(8354,'-24.81','','8.9.7'),
(8355,'+250.00','','8.9.7'),
(8356,'-250.00','','8.9.7'),
(8357,'+350.00','','8.9.7'),
(8358,'-350.00','','8.9.7'),
(8359,'+44.77','','8.9.7'),
(8360,'-44.77','','8.9.7'),
(8361,'+22.45','','8.9.7'),
(8362,'-22.45','','8.9.7'),
(8363,'+80.00','','8.9.7'),
(8364,'-80.00','','8.9.7'),
(8365,'+21.50','','8.9.7'),
(8366,'-21.50','','8.9.7'),
(8367,'+226.95','','8.9.7'),
(8368,'-226.95','','8.9.7'),
(8369,'+0.15','','8.9.7'),
(8370,'-0.15','','8.9.7'),
(8371,'+21.24','','8.9.7'),
(8372,'-21.24','','8.9.7'),
(8373,'If sort order is not exposed, the sort criteria settings for each sort will determine its order.','','8.9.7'),
(8374,'Better Exposed Filters','','10.5.4'),
(8375,'Manually entered paths should start with one of the following characters: / ? #','','8.9.7'),
(8376,'+43.26','','8.9.7'),
(8377,'-43.26','','8.9.7'),
(8378,'+17.30','','8.9.7'),
(8379,'-17.30','','8.9.7'),
(8380,'+116.40','','8.9.7'),
(8381,'-116.40','','8.9.7'),
(8382,'Leave empty to show all pages.','','10.6.2'),
(8383,'Filled','','8.9.11'),
(8384,'Touched','','8.9.11'),
(8385,'Untouched','','8.9.11'),
(8386,'Focused','','8.9.11'),
(8387,'Unfocused','','8.9.11'),
(8388,'Unchecked','','11.3.6'),
(8389,'Add new dependency','','8.9.11'),
(8390,'Target field','','8.9.11'),
(8391,'Controlled by','','8.9.11'),
(8392,'Control field','','8.9.11'),
(8393,'Invisible','','8.9.11'),
(8394,'Filled with a value','','8.9.11'),
(8395,'Emptied','','8.9.11'),
(8396,'Unchanged (no state)','','8.9.11'),
(8397,'The target field is','','8.9.11'),
(8398,'is @label','','8.9.11'),
(8399,'has value...','','8.9.11'),
(8400,'when the control field','','8.9.11'),
(8401,'Add dependency','','8.9.11'),
(8402,'The values of the dependee %field that trigger the dependency.','','8.9.11'),
(8403,'Enter one value per line. Note: if the dependee has allowed values, these are actually the keys, not the labels, of those values.','','8.9.11'),
(8404,'The dependency is triggered when all the values of the dependee %field match the regular expression. The expression should be valid both in PHP and in Javascript. Do not include delimiters.','','8.9.11'),
(8405,'Note: If the dependee has allowed values, these are actually the keys, not the labels, of those values.','','8.9.11'),
(8406,'When this target field has more than one control field, how should this condition be evaluated against the others?','','8.9.11'),
(8407,'Note that sets will be grouped this way: (ANDs) AND (ORs) AND (XORs).','','8.9.11'),
(8408,'You can use the following placeholders:','','8.9.11'),
(8409,'Only use if you know what you are doing, otherwise leave the field empty to let the dependency use an automatically generated selector.','','8.9.11'),
(8410,'%lang: current language of the field.','','8.9.11'),
(8411,'%key: part identifier for fields composed of multiple form elements, like checkboxes.','','8.9.11'),
(8412,'The condition that should be met by the control field %field to trigger the dependency.','','8.9.11'),
(8413,'Insert value from widget...','','8.9.11'),
(8414,'Regular expression...','','8.9.11'),
(8415,'All these values (AND)...','','8.9.11'),
(8416,'Any of these values (OR)...','','8.9.11'),
(8417,'Only one of these values (XOR)...','','8.9.11'),
(8418,'None of these values (NOT)...','','8.9.11'),
(8419,'Values input mode','','8.9.11'),
(8420,'The input mode of the values that trigger the dependency.','','8.9.11'),
(8421,'Insert value from widget','','8.9.11'),
(8422,'The dependency is triggered when the field has exactly the same value(s) inserted in the widget below.','','8.9.11'),
(8423,'Set of values','','8.9.11'),
(8424,'Interaction with other dependencies','','8.9.11'),
(8425,'Form state','','8.9.11'),
(8426,'The Javascript form state that is applied to the target field when the condition is met. Note: this has no effect on server-side logic and validation.','','8.9.11'),
(8427,'Show/Hide','','8.9.7'),
(8428,'Fade in/Fade out','','8.9.7'),
(8429,'Slide down/Slide up','','8.9.7'),
(8430,'The effect that is applied to the target field when its state is changed.','','8.9.7'),
(8431,'@effect effect option: @effect_option','','8.9.11'),
(8432,'The speed at which the animation is performed, in milliseconds.','','8.9.7'),
(8433,'Custom jQuery selector for control field','','8.9.11'),
(8434,'Advanced edit context settings','','8.9.11'),
(8435,'Edit context settings','','8.9.11'),
(8436,'These settings apply when the @entity is being added or edited in a form.','','8.9.11'),
(8437,'Fill field with a value','','8.9.11'),
(8438,'The value that should be given to the field when automatically filled.','','8.9.11'),
(8439,'Restore previous value when untriggered','','8.9.11'),
(8440,'Are you sure you want to delete the %field_name condition?','','8.9.7'),
(8441,'All caches cleared.','','11.3.6'),
(8442,'Select pager','','10.5.4'),
(8443,'Tokens related to random data.','','10.5.4'),
(8444,'Deprecated: Use account-name or display-name instead.','','10.5.4'),
(8445,'The IP address of the current user.','','10.5.4'),
(8446,'Represents the image in the given image style.','','10.5.4'),
(8447,'The height the image, in pixels.','','10.5.4'),
(8448,'The file size of the image.','','10.5.4'),
(8449,'The width of the image, in pixels.','','10.5.4'),
(8450,'The MIME type (image/png, image/bmp, etc.) of the image.','','10.5.4'),
(8451,'The URI to the image.','','10.5.4'),
(8452,'The URL to the image.','','10.5.4'),
(8453,'A client error happened','','8.9.7'),
(8454,'Client error','','8.9.7'),
(8455,'A flexible Booststrap based theme, with many regions and a responsive, mobile-first layout.','','11.3.6'),
(8456,'Basic structure for a Bootstrap Barrio SubTheme.','','11.3.6'),
(8457,'SASS starter kit for a Bootstrap Barrio SubTheme.','','11.3.6'),
(8458,'production','','8.9.7'),
(8459,'both','','8.9.7'),
(8460,'navbar-toggleable-lg','','8.9.7'),
(8461,'navbar-toggleable-md','','8.9.7'),
(8462,'navbar-dark','','8.9.7'),
(8463,'bg-secondary','','8.9.7'),
(8464,'bg-primary','','8.9.7'),
(8465,'toasts','','8.9.7'),
(8466,'custom','','8.9.7'),
(8467,'switch','','8.9.7'),
(8468,'messages_white','','8.9.7'),
(8469,'table-striped','','8.9.7'),
(8470,'Site header','','10.5.4'),
(8471,'Top header','','10.5.4'),
(8472,'Top header form','','10.5.4'),
(8473,'Header form','','10.5.4'),
(8474,'Primary menu','','10.6.2'),
(8475,'Secondary menu','','10.6.2'),
(8476,'Featured top','','10.5.4'),
(8477,'Sidebar first','','10.5.4'),
(8478,'Sidebar second','','10.5.4'),
(8479,'Featured bottom first','','10.5.4'),
(8480,'Featured bottom second','','10.5.4'),
(8481,'Featured bottom third','','10.5.4'),
(8482,'Footer first','','10.5.4'),
(8483,'Footer second','','10.5.4'),
(8484,'Footer third','','10.5.4'),
(8485,'Footer fourth','','10.5.4'),
(8486,'Footer fifth','','10.5.4'),
(8487,'@label (disabled)','','10.6.2'),
(8488,'php','','8.9.11'),
(8489,'Messaggi di log recenti','','8.9.11'),
(8490,'For more detailed information, see the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/upgrade\">upgrading handbook</a>. If you are unsure what these terms mean you should probably contact your hosting provider.','','8.9.11'),
(8491,'Review log','','8.9.11'),
(8492,'Provides an Alfred like search box to navigate within your site.','','8.9.20'),
(8493,'Allows prepopulation of og reference fields.','','8.9.20'),
(8494,'Allows form elements to be prepopulated from the URL.','','8.9.20'),
(8495,'A Views plugin that operates on the results <em>after</em> the database query has run, thus offering aggregation functions not otherwise possible.','','11.3.6'),
(8496,'Adds more aggregation functions for Views Aggregator Plus','','11.3.6'),
(8497,'User Interface','','8.9.11'),
(8498,'User Interface','','8.9.11'),
(8499,'File type','','8.9.11'),
(8500,'Alt Text','','8.9.11'),
(8501,'Alternative text is used by screen readers, search engines, and when the image cannot be loaded. By adding alt text you improve accessibility and search engine optimization.','','8.9.11'),
(8502,'Title Text','','8.9.11'),
(8503,'Title text is used in the tool tip when a user hovers their mouse over the image. Adding title text makes it easier to understand the context of an image and improves usability.','','8.9.11'),
(8504,'An <em>Audio</em> file is a sound recording.','','8.9.11'),
(8505,'A <em>Document</em> file is written information.','','8.9.11'),
(8506,'An <em>Image</em> file is a still visual.','','8.9.11'),
(8507,'A <em>Video</em> file is a moving visual recording.','','8.9.11'),
(8508,'Delete file','','8.9.11'),
(8509,'Set file status to permanent','','8.9.11'),
(8510,'Set file status to temporary','','8.9.11'),
(8511,'File Entity Files','','8.9.11'),
(8512,'With selection','','8.9.11'),
(8513,'Mime type','','8.9.11'),
(8514,'This file is not currently used.','','8.9.11'),
(8515,'Overview content that uses this file','','8.9.11'),
(8516,'This table lists all of the places where <em>{{ arguments.fid }}</em> is used.','','8.9.11'),
(8517,'Display links','','none'),
(8518,'Destination','','none'),
(8519,'Add file','','none'),
(8520,'File types','','8.9.11'),
(8521,'Delete link','','none'),
(8522,'Edit link','','none'),
(8523,'The name of the file.','','8.9.11'),
(8524,'Cannot extract %file, not a valid archive.','','none'),
(8525,'Upload a new file','','none'),
(8526,'%title has been created.','','none'),
(8527,'%title has been updated.','','none'),
(8528,'When a file is uploaded to this website, it is assigned one of the following types, based on what kind of file it is.','','none'),
(8529,'Manage file types','','none'),
(8530,'Extends Drupal file entities to be fieldable and viewable.','','11.3.6'),
(8531,'File view mode','','none'),
(8532,'Manage settings for the type of files used on your site.','','8.9.11'),
(8533,'Configure allowed file extensions, default alt and title sources, and the file upload wizard.','','8.9.11'),
(8534,'The <em>From</em> address in automated emails sent during registration and new password requests, and other notifications. (Use an address ending in your site\'s domain to help prevent this email being flagged as spam.)','','11.3.6'),
(8535,'Download URL','','8.9.11'),
(8536,'File count','','8.9.11'),
(8537,'Update URL alias','','8.9.11'),
(8538,'Verbose','','none'),
(8539,'Display alias changes (except during bulk updates).','','none'),
(8540,'Replace by separator','','none'),
(8541,'Maximum alias length','','none'),
(8542,'Maximum component length','','none'),
(8543,'Update action','','none'),
(8544,'Strings to Remove','','none'),
(8545,'Period','','none'),
(8546,'Asterisk','','none'),
(8547,'The automatically generated alias %original_alias conflicted with an existing alias. Alias changed to %alias.','','none'),
(8548,'Delete aliases','','8.9.11'),
(8549,'Automatic alias','','10.5.4'),
(8550,'Character used to separate words in titles. This will replace any spaces and punctuation characters. Using a space or + character can cause unexpected results.','','none'),
(8551,'Character case','','none'),
(8552,'Do nothing. Leave the old alias intact.','','none'),
(8553,'Create a new alias. Leave the existing alias functioning.','','none'),
(8554,'Create a new alias. Delete the old alias.','','none'),
(8555,'Transliterate prior to creating alias','','none'),
(8556,'Filters the new alias to only letters and numbers found in the ASCII-96 set.','','none'),
(8557,'No action (do not replace)','','none'),
(8558,'Delete all aliases. Number of aliases which will be deleted: %count.','','none'),
(8559,'Delete aliases for all @label. Number of aliases which will be deleted: %count.','','none'),
(8560,'Delete aliases now!','','none'),
(8561,'All of your path aliases have been deleted.','','none'),
(8562,'Patterns','','8.9.11'),
(8563,'Colon','','none'),
(8564,'Context definitions','','none'),
(8565,'Semicolon','','none'),
(8566,'Slash','','none'),
(8567,'Punctuation','','none'),
(8568,'What should Pathauto do when updating an existing content item which already has an alias?','','none'),
(8569,'Reduce strings to letters and numbers','','none'),
(8570,'Words to strip out of the URL alias, separated by commas. Do not use this to remove punctuation.','','none'),
(8571,'Choose aliases to delete','','none'),
(8572,'All aliases','','none'),
(8573,'Ignoring alias %alias because it is the same as the internal path.','','none'),
(8574,'Created new alias %alias for %source, replacing %old_alias.','','none'),
(8575,'Created new alias %alias for %source.','','none'),
(8576,'Administer pathauto','','11.4.0'),
(8577,'Allows a user to configure patterns for automated aliases and bulk delete URL-aliases.','','none'),
(8578,'Notify of Path Changes','','11.4.0'),
(8579,'Determines whether or not users are notified.','','10.6.2'),
(8580,'Bulk updating URL aliases','','8.9.11'),
(8581,'An error occurred while processing @operation with arguments : @args','','none'),
(8582,'Generated 1 URL alias.Generated @count URL aliases.','','8.9.11'),
(8583,'Underscore','','none'),
(8584,'No new URL aliases to generate.','','none'),
(8585,'Double quotation marks','','none'),
(8586,'Single quotation marks (apostrophe)','','none'),
(8587,'Back tick','','none'),
(8588,'Hyphen','','none'),
(8589,'Vertical bar (pipe)','','none'),
(8590,'Left curly bracket','','none'),
(8591,'Left square bracket','','none'),
(8592,'Right curly bracket','','none'),
(8593,'Right square bracket','','none'),
(8594,'Plus sign','','none'),
(8595,'Equal sign','','none'),
(8596,'Percent sign','','none'),
(8597,'Caret','','none'),
(8598,'Dollar sign','','none'),
(8599,'Number sign (pound sign, hash)','','none'),
(8600,'At sign','','none'),
(8601,'Exclamation mark','','none'),
(8602,'Tilde','','none'),
(8603,'Left parenthesis','','none'),
(8604,'Right parenthesis','','none'),
(8605,'Question mark','','none'),
(8606,'Less-than sign','','none'),
(8607,'Greater-than sign','','none'),
(8608,'Backslash','','none'),
(8609,'Generate automatic URL alias','','10.5.4'),
(8610,'Uncheck this to create a custom alias below.','','none'),
(8611,'Joined path','','11.3.6'),
(8612,'The array values each cleaned by Pathauto and then joined with the slash into a string that resembles an URL.','','10.5.4'),
(8613,'Bulk generate','','8.9.11'),
(8614,'Pathauto pattern','','11.4.0'),
(8615,'Pattern type','','8.9.11'),
(8616,'This page provides a list of all patterns on the site and allows you to edit and reorder them.','','8.9.11'),
(8617,'Add Pathauto pattern','','8.9.11'),
(8618,'A short name to help you identify this pattern in the patterns list.','','8.9.11'),
(8619,'You need to select a pattern type, then a pattern and filter, and a label. Additional types can be enabled on the <a href=\":settings\">Settings</a> page.','','8.9.11'),
(8620,'Path pattern','','8.9.11'),
(8621,'Check to which types this pattern should be applied. Leave empty to allow any.','','8.9.11'),
(8622,'@type field. Also known as %labels.','','8.9.11'),
(8623,'The unique ID of the content item, or \"node\".','','8.9.11'),
(8624,'The name of the user posting the last comment.','','8.9.11'),
(8625,'The URL to download the file directly.','','8.9.11'),
(8626,'The file type of the file.','','8.9.11'),
(8627,'Pattern %label saved.','','8.9.11'),
(8628,'Select the types of paths for which to generate URL aliases','','8.9.11'),
(8629,'Generate a URL alias for un-aliased paths only','','8.9.11'),
(8630,'Update the URL alias for paths having an old URL alias','','8.9.11'),
(8631,'Regenerate URL aliases for all paths','','8.9.11'),
(8632,'Select which URL aliases to generate','','8.9.11'),
(8633,'Bulk generation can be used to generate URL aliases for items that currently have no aliases. This is typically used when installing Pathauto on a site that has existing un-aliased content that needs to be aliased in bulk.','','8.9.11'),
(8634,'It can also be used to regenerate URL aliases for items that have an old alias and for which the Pathauto pattern has been changed.','','8.9.11'),
(8635,'Note that this will only affect items which are configured to have their URL alias automatically set. Items whose URL alias is manually set are not affected.','','8.9.11'),
(8636,'Updated alias for %label @id.','','8.9.11'),
(8637,'Operazioni','','11.4.0'),
(8638,'Requires Drupal core:','','11.4.0'),
(8639,'@low_version_number to @high_version_number','','11.3.6'),
(8640,'Uncheck this to create a custom alias below. <a href=\"@admin_link\">Configure URL alias patterns.</a>','','10.5.4'),
(8641,'There is content for the entity type: @entity_type. <a href=\":url\">Remove @entity_type_plural</a>.','','10.6.6'),
(8642,'custom menu links','','10.6.6'),
(8643,'shortcut links','','10.6.6'),
(8644,'Media type','','11.4.0'),
(8645,'media item','','10.6.2'),
(8646,'Video URL','','8.9.11'),
(8647,'A locally hosted audio file.','','8.9.11'),
(8648,'An uploaded file or document, such as a PDF.','','8.9.11'),
(8649,'Use local images for reusable media.','','8.9.11'),
(8650,'Remote video','','8.9.11'),
(8651,'A remotely hosted video from YouTube or Vimeo.','','8.9.11'),
(8652,'A locally hosted video file.','','8.9.11'),
(8653,'Delete media','','8.9.11'),
(8654,'Publish media','','8.9.11'),
(8655,'Save media','','8.9.11'),
(8656,'Unpublish media','','8.9.11'),
(8657,'Find and manage media.','','8.9.11'),
(8658,'Media name','','8.9.11'),
(8659,'Start','','none'),
(8660,'Class','','none'),
(8661,'Process','','none'),
(8662,'Property','','none'),
(8663,'Gender','','none'),
(8664,'Countries','','none'),
(8665,'Delimiter','','none'),
(8666,'Constants','','none'),
(8667,'Source type','','none'),
(8668,'Product','','none'),
(8669,'Image path','','none'),
(8670,'Examples','','11.3.6'),
(8671,'Node comments','','none'),
(8672,'Dependency','','none'),
(8673,'Source IDs','','none'),
(8674,'Key column','','none'),
(8675,'Unique key','','none'),
(8676,'Static Map','','none'),
(8677,'Default destination','','none'),
(8678,'Column type','','none'),
(8679,'Default source','','none'),
(8680,'Required dependencies','','none'),
(8681,'Optional dependencies','','none'),
(8682,'The migration database target','','none'),
(8683,'Empty source','','none'),
(8684,'Data rows','','none'),
(8685,'Data row','','none'),
(8686,'Properties to overwrite','','none'),
(8687,'Default process','','none'),
(8688,'Postfix','','none'),
(8689,'Source key','','none'),
(8690,'Machine name process','','none'),
(8691,'Migration process','','none'),
(8692,'Source keys','','none'),
(8693,'Skip on Empty','','none'),
(8694,'Total','','none'),
(8695,'Operation','','none'),
(8696,'Description:','','none'),
(8697,'Execute','','none'),
(8698,'example','','8.9.20'),
(8699,'migrate','','8.9.11'),
(8700,'Examples of how Drupal 8+ migration compares to previous versions.','','11.3.6'),
(8701,'Specialized examples of Drupal 8+ migration.','','11.3.6'),
(8702,'Simple JSON Migration example','','11.3.6'),
(8703,'Migrate file fields to media fields.','','11.3.6'),
(8704,'Enhancements to core migration support','','11.3.6'),
(8705,'Tools to assist in developing and running migrations.','','11.3.6'),
(8706,'Add media','','11.4.0'),
(8707,'Add media type','','11.4.0'),
(8708,'Media types','','11.4.0'),
(8709,'Migrations','','8.9.20'),
(8710,'Media settings','','11.4.0'),
(8711,'Manage media types.','','11.4.0'),
(8712,'Manage migration processes.','','11.4.0'),
(8713,'Manage media settings.','','11.4.0'),
(8714,'Media library','','11.4.0'),
(8715,'Media Library thumbnail (220×220)','','8.9.11'),
(8716,'Name (A-Z)','','8.9.11'),
(8717,'Name (Z-A)','','8.9.11'),
(8718,'Edit {{ name }}','','8.9.11'),
(8719,'Delete {{ name }}','','8.9.11'),
(8720,'Widget (table)','','8.9.11'),
(8721,'Media Library settings','','11.4.0'),
(8722,'Manage Media Library settings.','','11.4.0'),
(8723,'Compatible','','11.3.6'),
(8724,'Not compatible','','8.9.11'),
(8725,'Bootstrap settings','','10.5.4'),
(8726,'Fluid container','','8.9.11'),
(8727,'Use <code>.container-fluid</code> class. See @bootstrap_fluid_containers_link.','','8.9.11'),
(8728,'Clean wrapper for @description region','','10.5.4'),
(8729,'Classes for @description region','','10.5.4'),
(8730,'Page top','','10.5.4'),
(8731,'Both sides','','10.5.4'),
(8732,'Sidebars position','','10.5.4'),
(8733,'1 cols','','10.5.4'),
(8734,'2 cols','','10.5.4'),
(8735,'Content offset','','10.5.4'),
(8736,'Sidebar position','','10.5.4'),
(8737,'Sidebar collapse','','10.5.4'),
(8738,'3 cols','','10.5.4'),
(8739,'4 cols','','10.5.4'),
(8740,'Sidebar first width','','10.5.4'),
(8741,'Sidebar first offset','','10.5.4'),
(8742,'Sidebar First Layout','','10.5.4'),
(8743,'Sidebar second width','','10.5.4'),
(8744,'Sidebar second offset','','10.5.4'),
(8745,'Sidebar second layout','','10.5.4'),
(8746,'Convert input submit to button element','','10.5.4'),
(8747,'There is a known issue where Ajax exposed filters do not if this setting is enabled.','','10.5.4'),
(8748,'Small','','10.5.4'),
(8749,'Large','','10.5.4'),
(8750,'Default button size','','10.5.4'),
(8751,'Button with outline format','','10.5.4'),
(8752,'Use <code>.btn-default-outline</code> class. See @bootstrap_outline_buttons_link.','','10.5.4'),
(8753,'Apply img-fluid style to all content images','','10.5.4'),
(8754,'Adds a img-fluid style to all \".content img\" elements','','10.5.4'),
(8755,'Images','','10.5.4'),
(8756,'Navbar width container','','10.5.4'),
(8757,'Check if navbar width will be inside container or fluid width.','','10.5.4'),
(8758,'Extra Large','','10.5.4'),
(8759,'Extra small','','10.5.4'),
(8760,'All screens','','10.5.4'),
(8761,'Navbar toggle size','','10.5.4'),
(8762,'Select size for navbar to collapse.','','10.5.4'),
(8763,'Navbar top is navbar','','10.5.4'),
(8764,'Check if navbar top .navbar class should be added.','','10.5.4'),
(8765,'Fixed top','','10.5.4'),
(8766,'Fixed bottom','','10.5.4'),
(8767,'Sticky top','','10.5.4'),
(8768,'Navbar top position','','10.5.4'),
(8769,'Select your navbar top position.','','10.5.4'),
(8770,'Light','','10.5.4'),
(8771,'Dark','','10.5.4'),
(8772,'Navbar top link color','','10.5.4'),
(8773,'Primary','','10.5.4'),
(8774,'Secondary','','10.5.4'),
(8775,'White','','10.5.4'),
(8776,'Transparent','','10.5.4'),
(8777,'Navbar top background color','','10.5.4'),
(8778,'Navbar position','','10.5.4'),
(8779,'Navbar link color','','10.5.4'),
(8780,'Navbar background color','','10.5.4'),
(8781,'Custom classes for Navbar Top','','10.5.4'),
(8782,'Custom classes for Navbar','','10.5.4'),
(8783,'Navbar structure','','10.5.4'),
(8784,'Flyout style main menu','','10.5.4'),
(8785,'Sliding navbar','','10.5.4'),
(8786,'Collapsed navbar will slide left to right','','8.9.11'),
(8787,'Navbar behaviour','','10.5.4'),
(8788,'Full width blocks','','10.5.4'),
(8789,'Pills','','10.5.4'),
(8790,'Tabs style','','10.5.4'),
(8791,'Tabs (local tasks)','','10.5.4'),
(8792,'Alerts classic','','10.5.4'),
(8793,'Alerts bottom','','10.5.4'),
(8794,'Toasts','','10.5.4'),
(8795,'Messages widget','','10.5.4'),
(8796,'Radio widget','','8.9.11'),
(8797,'Checkbox widget','','8.9.11'),
(8798,'Select widget','','8.9.11'),
(8799,'File widget','','8.9.11'),
(8800,'Affix navbar top','','10.5.4'),
(8801,'Affix navbar','','10.5.4'),
(8802,'Affix sidebar first','','10.5.4'),
(8803,'Affix sidebar second','','10.5.4'),
(8804,'Affix','','10.5.4'),
(8805,'Scrollspy element ID','','10.5.4'),
(8806,'Specify a valid jQuery ID for the element containing a .nav that will behave with scrollspy.','','10.5.4'),
(8807,'Scroll Spy','','10.5.4'),
(8808,'Roboto Condensed, Roboto','','10.5.4'),
(8809,'Monserrat, Lato','','10.5.4'),
(8810,'Alegreya, Roboto Condensed, Roboto','','10.5.4'),
(8811,'Dancing Script, EB Garamond','','10.5.4'),
(8812,'Amatic SC, Josefin Sans','','10.5.4'),
(8813,'Oswald, Droid Serif','','10.5.4'),
(8814,'Playfair Display, Alice','','10.5.4'),
(8815,'Dosis, Open Sans','','10.5.4'),
(8816,'Lato, Grand Hotel','','10.5.4'),
(8817,'Medula One, Abel','','10.5.4'),
(8818,'Fjalla One, Cantarell','','10.5.4'),
(8819,'Coustard Ultra, Leckerli One','','10.5.4'),
(8820,'Philosopher, Muli','','10.5.4'),
(8821,'Vollkorn, Exo','','10.5.4'),
(8822,'Google Fonts combination','','10.5.4'),
(8823,'Fonts','','10.5.4'),
(8824,'Use Bootstrap icons','','10.5.4'),
(8825,'Bootstrap icons','','10.5.4'),
(8826,'Material Design Icons','','10.5.4'),
(8827,'Font Awesome','','10.5.4'),
(8828,'Icon set','','10.5.4'),
(8829,'Icons','','10.5.4'),
(8830,'Fonts & icons','','10.5.4'),
(8831,'Gray','','10.5.4'),
(8832,'Light color','','10.5.4'),
(8833,'Dark color','','10.5.4'),
(8834,'System messages color scheme','','10.5.4'),
(8835,'Replace the standard color scheme for system messages with a Google Material Design color scheme.','','10.5.4'),
(8836,'System messages','','10.5.4'),
(8837,'Striped','','10.5.4'),
(8838,'Bordered','','10.5.4'),
(8839,'Table cell style','','10.5.4'),
(8840,'Hover effect over table cells','','10.5.4'),
(8841,'Table header color scheme','','10.5.4'),
(8842,'Tables','','10.5.4'),
(8843,'Colors','','10.5.4'),
(8844,'Local','','10.5.4'),
(8845,'CDN','','10.5.4'),
(8846,'Bootswatch Cerulean','','10.5.4'),
(8847,'Bootswatch Cosmo','','10.5.4'),
(8848,'Bootswatch Cyborg','','10.5.4'),
(8849,'Bootswatch Darkly','','10.5.4'),
(8850,'Bootswatch Flatly','','10.5.4'),
(8851,'Bootswatch Journal','','10.5.4'),
(8852,'Bootswatch Litera','','10.5.4'),
(8853,'Bootswatch Lumen','','10.5.4'),
(8854,'Bootswatch Lux','','10.5.4'),
(8855,'Bootswatch Materia','','10.5.4'),
(8856,'Bootswatch Minty','','10.5.4'),
(8857,'Bootswatch Pulse','','10.5.4'),
(8858,'Bootswatch Sandstone','','10.5.4'),
(8859,'Bootswatch Simplex','','10.5.4'),
(8860,'Bootswatch Sketchy','','10.5.4'),
(8861,'Bootswatch Slate','','10.5.4'),
(8862,'Bootswatch Solar','','10.5.4'),
(8863,'Bootswatch Spacelab','','10.5.4'),
(8864,'Bootswatch Superhero','','10.5.4'),
(8865,'Bootswatch United','','10.5.4'),
(8866,'Bootswatch Yeti','','10.5.4'),
(8867,'Load library','','10.5.4'),
(8868,'Insert from Media Library','','9.5.11'),
(8869,'Embedded media','','9.5.11'),
(8870,'Embed media','','9.5.11'),
(8871,'Embeds media items using a custom tag, <code>&lt;drupal-media&gt;</code>. If used in conjunction with the \'Align/Caption\' filters, make sure this filter is configured to run after them.','','9.5.11'),
(8872,'A list of HTML tags that can be used. By default only the <em>lang</em> and <em>dir</em> attributes are allowed for all HTML tags. Each HTML tag may have attributes which are treated as allowed attribute names for that HTML tag. Each attribute may allow all values, or only allow specific values. Attribute names or values may be written as a prefix and wildcard like <em>jump-*</em>. JavaScript event attributes, JavaScript URLs, and CSS are always stripped.','','9.5.11'),
(8873,'Default view mode','','9.5.11'),
(8874,'The view mode that an embedded media item should be displayed in by default. This can be overridden using the <code>data-view-mode</code> attribute.','','9.5.11'),
(8875,'Media types selectable in the Media Library','','9.5.11'),
(8876,'If none are selected, all will be allowed.','','9.5.11'),
(8877,'View modes selectable in the \'Edit media\' dialog','','9.5.11'),
(8878,'If two or more view modes are selected, users will be able to update the view mode that an embedded media item should be displayed in after it has been embedded.  If less than two view modes are selected, media will be embedded using the default view mode and no view mode options will appear after a media item has been embedded.','','9.5.11'),
(8879,'For more information, see the <a href=\"@help_url\">Media help page</a>.','','10.6.2'),
(8880,'Use <em>Media</em> reference fields for most files, images, audio, videos, and remote media. Use <em>File</em> or <em>Image</em> reference fields when creating your own media types, or for legacy files and images created before enabling the Media module.','','8.9.11'),
(8881,'Unique','','10.6.2'),
(8882,'Enable unique title for this bundle','','10.5.4'),
(8883,'Enabling the unique title will ensure that the title of the node will be different for each content.','','10.5.4'),
(8884,'Unique entity title settings','','10.5.4'),
(8885,'%label \"%value\" is already in use. It must be unique.','','8.9.11'),
(8886,'Per Language','','10.6.2'),
(8887,'Do not allow duplicated content per language','','8.9.11'),
(8888,'Use Ajax','','10.6.2'),
(8889,'Use ajax for validation.','','10.6.2'),
(8890,'The message to show under the field when the value is not unique','','8.9.11'),
(8891,'Automatic updates of Drupal core are not supported at this time.','','10.5.4'),
(8892,'Others','','11.3.6'),
(8893,'Check the uniqueness of the titles of entities within bundles.','','11.3.6'),
(8894,'read more','','9.5.11'),
(8895,'Line','','10.6.6'),
(8896,'Plan','','9.5.11'),
(8897,'Unavailable','','none'),
(8898,'Upgrade status','','11.4.0'),
(8899,'Review Drupal major upgrade readiness of the environment and components of the site.','','11.4.0'),
(8900,'Last checked @time ago','','11.3.6'),
(8901,'@type: 1 project@type: @count projects','','11.3.6'),
(8902,'Scan','','10.6.6'),
(8903,'Compatible with next major Drupal core version','','11.3.6'),
(8904,'Environment checks passed','','10.6.6'),
(8905,'Issues','Drupal.org issues','11.3.6'),
(8906,'Gather data','','11.3.6'),
(8907,'Fix incompatibilities','','11.3.6'),
(8908,'Relax','','11.3.6'),
(8909,'Install <a href=\":composer_deploy\">Composer Deploy</a> or <a href=\":git_deploy\">Git Deploy</a> as appropriate for accurate update recommendations','','11.3.6'),
(8910,'Check available updates','','11.3.6'),
(8911,'Requirement','','11.3.6'),
(8912,'Drupal core should be 8.8.x or 8.9.x','','8.9.20'),
(8913,'Version @version.','','11.3.6'),
(8914,'PHP version should be at least 7.3.0','','8.9.20'),
(8915,'Version @version','','11.3.6'),
(8916,'When using MariaDB, minimum version is 10.3.7','','8.9.20'),
(8917,'When using Apache, minimum version is 2.4.7','','8.9.20'),
(8918,'Version cannot be detected or not using Apache, check manually.','','8.9.20'),
(8919,'When using Drush, minimum version is 10','','8.9.20'),
(8920,'Use of $config_directories in settings.php is deprecated.','','8.9.20'),
(8921,'Not used','','8.9.20'),
(8922,'Drupal core and hosting environment','','11.3.6'),
(8923,'<a href=\":upgrade\">Upgrades to Drupal 9 are supported from Drupal 8.8.x and Drupal 8.9.x</a>. It is suggested to update to the latest Drupal 8 version available. <a href=\":platform\">Several hosting platform requirements have been raised for Drupal 9</a>.','','8.9.20'),
(8924,'Project','','11.3.6'),
(8925,'Local version','','11.3.6'),
(8926,'Local 9-ready','','8.9.20'),
(8927,'Local scan result','','11.3.6'),
(8928,'Drupal.org version','','11.3.6'),
(8929,'Drupal.org 9-ready','','8.9.20'),
(8930,'Drupal.org issues','','11.3.6'),
(8931,'Contributed module','','11.3.6'),
(8932,'Uninstalled','','11.3.6'),
(8933,'Incompatible','','11.3.6'),
(8934,'The likely best action is to remove projects that are uninstalled. Why invest in updating them to be compatible if you are not using them?','','11.3.6'),
(8935,'There is an update available. Even if that is not fully compatible with the next major Drupal core, it may be more compatible than what you have, so best to start with updating first.','','11.3.6'),
(8936,'Custom module','','11.3.6'),
(8937,'Custom theme','','8.9.20'),
(8938,'Status of this project cannot be determined without scanning the source code here. Use this form to run a scan on these.','','10.6.6'),
(8939,'Contributed theme','','11.3.6'),
(8940,'Well done. Congrats! Let\'s get everything else here!','','11.3.6'),
(8941,'Scan selected','','11.3.6'),
(8942,'Export selected as HTML','','11.3.6'),
(8943,'Export selected as text','','11.3.6'),
(8944,'Drupal @version upgrade status','','11.3.6'),
(8945,'Run the report to find out if there are detectable compatibility errors with the modules and themes installed on your site.','','11.3.6'),
(8946,'<a href=\":prepare\">Read more about preparing your site for Drupal 9</a>.','','8.9.20'),
(8947,'Configuration Filter allows other modules to interact with a ConfigStorage through filter plugins.','','8.9.20'),
(8948,'Mediteran is a clean and simple administration theme designed by <a href=\"https://drupalation.com\" target=\"_blank\">Drupalation</a> and supported by <a href=\"https://ramsalt.com\" target=\"_blank\">Ramsalt</a>.','','8.9.20'),
(8949,'jQuery UI','','10.6.6'),
(8950,'Provides jQuery UI library.','','10.6.6'),
(8951,'Provides jQuery UI Datepicker library.','','10.6.6'),
(8952,'Provides jQuery UI Slider library.','','10.6.6'),
(8953,'Provides jQuery UI Touch Punch library.','','10.6.6'),
(8954,'Requires: @module_dependencies','','10.6.2'),
(8955,'Scanning projects','','10.6.6'),
(8956,'Scanned @project','','10.6.6'),
(8957,'Analysis complete for @project.','','10.6.6'),
(8958,'Fix manually','','10.6.6'),
(8959,'@count problem@count problems','','10.6.6'),
(8960,'It looks like there is no automated fixes for either problems found. Check the report for pointers on how to fix.','','10.6.6'),
(8961,'Scanned on @date.','','10.6.6'),
(8962,'Errors without Drupal source version numbers including parse errors and use of APIs from dependencies.','','10.6.6'),
(8963,'@count warning found.@count warnings found.','','10.6.6'),
(8964,'Export as HTML','','10.6.6'),
(8965,'Export as text','','10.6.6'),
(8966,'Browser and proxy cache maximum age','','11.3.6'),
(8967,'This is used as the value for max-age in Cache-Control headers.','','11.3.6'),
(8968,'Links related to Devel module.','','8.9.20'),
(8969,'content','','none'),
(8970,'Priority','','none'),
(8971,'Variable','','none'),
(8972,'Session ID','','none'),
(8973,'Variable name','','none'),
(8974,'Load','','none'),
(8975,'Now','','none'),
(8976,'Parameters','','none'),
(8977,'terms','','none'),
(8978,'1 user@count users','','none'),
(8979,'Switch user','','11.4.0'),
(8980,'Rebuild','','none'),
(8981,'Generate','','10.5.4'),
(8982,'Finished with an error.','','none'),
(8983,'media','','none'),
(8984,'Instance','','none'),
(8985,'Enter module name','','none'),
(8986,'Devel settings','','11.4.0'),
(8987,'Config editor','','11.4.0'),
(8988,'Reinstall modules','','11.4.0'),
(8989,'Rebuild menu','','11.4.0'),
(8990,'State editor','','11.4.0'),
(8991,'Entity info','','11.4.0'),
(8992,'Session viewer','','11.4.0'),
(8993,'Element Info','','11.4.0'),
(8994,'Devel Toolbar Settings','','11.4.0'),
(8995,'Helper functions, pages, and blocks to assist Drupal developers. The devel blocks can be managed via the block administration page.','','11.4.0'),
(8996,'Development menu','','11.4.0'),
(8997,'Reinstall Modules','','11.4.0'),
(8998,'Rebuild Menu','','11.4.0'),
(8999,'Entity Info','','11.4.0'),
(9000,'Field Info','','11.4.0'),
(9001,'PHPinfo()','','11.4.0'),
(9002,'View Session','','11.4.0'),
(9003,'Cache clear','','11.4.0'),
(9004,'Container Info','','11.4.0'),
(9005,'Routes Info','','11.4.0'),
(9006,'Current route info','','11.4.0'),
(9007,'Events Info','','11.4.0'),
(9008,'Edit configuration.','','11.4.0'),
(9009,'Edit state system values.','','11.4.0'),
(9010,'The following tokens that can be used:','','10.6.2'),
(9011,'<em>%link</em> display a link to the entity matching the unique value.','','10.6.2'),
(9012,'<em>%label</em> display the field label.','','10.6.2'),
(9013,'The custom warning message when the value is not unique and dont enforce uniqueness is enabled.','','10.6.2'),
(9014,'The custom error message when the value is not unique.','','10.6.2'),
(9015,'Enable unique options.','','10.6.2'),
(9016,'Do not allow duplicated content per language.','','10.6.2'),
(9017,'Case Sensitive','','10.6.2'),
(9018,'Matches will be done on the exact case.','','10.6.2'),
(9019,'Don\'t enforce uniqueness','','10.6.2'),
(9020,'Will display a warning but still allow saving the field.','','10.6.2'),
(9021,'Unique title settings','','10.5.4'),
(9022,'Interface language','','11.3.6'),
(9023,'Drupal core security coverage','','11.3.6'),
(9024,'PHP APCu caching','','11.3.6'),
(9025,'Random number generation','','11.3.6'),
(9026,'Devel module enabled','','11.3.6'),
(9027,'Rebuild access','','11.3.6'),
(9028,'Checked','Examined','11.3.6'),
(9029,'ErroreErrori','','11.3.6'),
(9030,'AvvisoNotifiche','','11.3.6'),
(9031,'CheckedChecked','','11.3.6'),
(9032,'General System Information','','11.3.6'),
(9033,'Drupal Version','','11.3.6'),
(9034,'Last Cron Run','','11.3.6'),
(9035,'Errors found','','11.3.6'),
(9036,'Coverage has ended','','8.9.20'),
(9037,'<a href=\":update_status_report\">Update to a supported minor</a> as soon as possible to continue receiving security updates.','','8.9.20'),
(9038,'Visit the <a href=\":url\">release cycle overview</a> for more information on supported releases.','','11.3.6'),
(9039,'Warnings found','','11.3.6'),
(9040,'It is potentially insecure to display oEmbed content in a frame that is served from the same domain as your main Drupal site, as this may allow execution of third-party code. <a href=\":url\">You can specify a different domain for serving oEmbed content here</a>.','','8.9.20'),
(9041,'The Devel module provides access to internal debugging information; therefore it\'s recommended to disable this module on sites in production.','','11.3.6'),
(9042,'If the site is experiencing problems with permissions to content, you may have to rebuild the permissions cache. Rebuilding will remove all privileges to content and replace them with permissions based on the current modules and settings. Rebuilding may take some time if there is a lot of content or complex permission settings. After rebuilding has completed, content will automatically use the new permissions. <a href=\":rebuild\">Rebuild permissions</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9043,'Enabled (@size)','','11.3.6'),
(9044,'Memory available: @available.','','11.3.6'),
(9045,'CUSTOM PROJECTS','','8.9.20'),
(9046,'[user:display-name]\n\nA request to cancel your account has been made at [site:name].\n\nYou may now cancel your account on [site:url-brief] by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:cancel-url]\n\nNOTE: The cancellation of your account is not reversible.\n\nThis link expires in one day and nothing will happen if it is not used.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','9.5.11'),
(9047,'@interval hence','','9.5.11'),
(9048,'@interval ago','','9.5.11'),
(9049,'Welcome!','','9.5.11'),
(9050,'@interval','','9.5.11'),
(9051,'admin/reports/dblog/event/{{ wid }}','','9.5.11'),
(9052,'The role %role_list has had non-existent permissions removed. Check the logs for details.The roles %role_list have had non-existent permissions removed. Check the logs for details.','','9.5.11'),
(9053,'Updated default configuration to %langcode','','11.4.0'),
(9054,'An error occurred during the execution of the Ajax response: !error','','11.4.0'),
(9055,'The following files could not be loaded: @dependencies','','9.5.11'),
(9056,'Environment is incompatible','','11.3.6'),
(9057,'Collaborate with maintainers','','11.3.6'),
(9058,'Drupal core should be at least 9.4.x','','9.5.11'),
(9059,'PHP version should be at least @minimum_php. Before updating to PHP 8, use <code>$ composer why-not php 8.1</code> to check if any projects need updating for compatibility. Also check custom projects manually.','','9.5.11'),
(9060,'Database JSON support required','','10.6.6'),
(9061,'Supported.','','10.6.6'),
(9062,'<a href=\":url\">Invalid permissions will trigger runtime exceptions in Drupal 10.</a> Permissions should be defined in a permissions.yml file or a permission callback.','','9.5.11'),
(9063,'None found.','','9.5.11'),
(9064,'Deprecated or obsolete core extensions installed. These will be removed in the next major version.','','11.3.6'),
(9065,'Upgrades to Drupal 10 are supported from Drupal 9.4.x and Drupal 9.5.x. It is suggested to update to the latest Drupal 9 version available. <a href=\":platform\">Several hosting platform requirements have been raised for Drupal 10</a>.','','9.5.11'),
(9066,'Local 10-ready','','9.5.11'),
(9067,'Drupal.org 10-ready','','9.5.11'),
(9068,'There may be Drupal.org issues by contributors or even <a href=\":drupal-bot\">the Project Update Bot</a>. Work with the maintainer to get them committed, provide feedback if they worked.','','11.3.6'),
(9069,'View information on the @lifecycle status of the theme @theme','','9.5.11'),
(9070,'@lifecycle','','11.3.6'),
(9071,'Add content block','','11.4.0'),
(9072,'Admin Toolbar','','11.4.0'),
(9073,'Admin Toolbar Tools','','11.4.0'),
(9074,'Flush CSS and JavaScript','','11.4.0'),
(9075,'Manage permissions','','11.4.0'),
(9076,'Configure the Admin Toolbar module.','','11.4.0'),
(9077,'Configure the Admin Toolbar Tools module.','','11.4.0'),
(9078,'View information on the @lifecycle status of the module @module','','11.3.6'),
(9079,'Help <span class=\"visually-hidden\">for @module</span>','','11.3.6'),
(9080,'Configure <span class=\"visually-hidden\">@module</span>','','11.3.6'),
(9081,'Permissions <span class=\"visually-hidden\">for @module</span>','','11.3.6'),
(9082,'WYSIWYG editing for rich text fields using CKEditor 5.','','9.5.11'),
(9083,'Database driver for MySQL.','','9.5.11'),
(9084,'Database driver for PostgreSQL.','','9.5.11'),
(9085,'Database driver for SQLite.','','9.5.11'),
(9086,'Provides a toolbar that shows the top-level administration menu links and links from other modules.','','9.5.11'),
(9087,'Provides a workaround for the common problem that users with \'Use the administration pages and help\' permission see menu links they don\'t have access permission for. Deprecated from Drupal 10.3 and above.','','11.3.6'),
(9088,'Generate test users, nodes, menus, taxonomy terms...','','11.3.6'),
(9089,'Add <a href=\":modules\">contributed modules</a> to extend your site\'s functionality.','','11.3.6'),
(9090,'Add new module','','9.5.11'),
(9091,'CKEditor 5','','9.5.11'),
(9092,'CKEditor 5 is not compatible with Internet Explorer. Text fields using CKEditor 5 will fall back to plain HTML editing without CKEditor for users of Internet Explorer.','','9.5.11'),
(9093,'Text editor toolbar settings are not available in Internet Explorer. They will be available in other <a href=\"@supported-browsers\">supported browsers</a>.','','9.5.11'),
(9094,'Code','','9.5.11'),
(9095,'To maintain the capabilities of this text format, <a target=\"_blank\" href=\":ck_migration_url\">the CKEditor 5 migration</a> did the following:','','9.5.11'),
(9096,'Enabled these plugins: (%plugins).','','9.5.11'),
(9097,'Added these tags/attributes to the Source Editing Plugin\'s <a target=\"_blank\" href=\":source_edit_url\">Manually editable HTML tags</a> setting: @tag_list','','9.5.11'),
(9098,'Additional details are available <a target=\"_blank\" href=\":dblog_url\">in your logs</a>.','','9.5.11'),
(9099,'The %last_item theme has ckeditor_stylesheets configured without a corresponding ckeditor5-stylesheets configuration. See the <a href=\":change_record\">change record</a> for details.The %first_items and %last_item themes have ckeditor_stylesheets configured, but without corresponding ckeditor5-stylesheets configurations. See the <a href=\":change_record\">change record</a> for details.','','9.5.11'),
(9100,'Move a button into the <em>Active toolbar</em> to enable it, or into the list of <em>Available buttons</em> to disable it. Buttons may be moved with the mouse or keyboard arrow keys.','','9.5.11'),
(9101,'Press the down arrow key to add to the toolbar.','','9.5.11'),
(9102,'Move this button in the toolbar by pressing the left or right arrow keys. Press the up arrow key to remove from the toolbar.','','9.5.11'),
(9103,'Enabled Headings','','9.5.11'),
(9104,'These are the headings that will appear in the headings dropdown. If a heading is not chosen here, it does not necessarily mean the corresponding tag is disallowed in the text format.','','9.5.11'),
(9105,'Headings','','9.5.11'),
(9106,'Manually editable HTML tags','','9.5.11'),
(9107,'A list of HTML tags that can be used while editing source. It is only necessary to add tags that are not already supported by other enabled plugins. For example, if \"Bold\" is enabled, it is not necessary to add the <code>&lt;strong&gt;</code> tag, but it may be necessary to add <code>&lt;dl&gt;&lt;dt&gt;&lt;dd&gt;</code> in a format that does not have a definition list plugin, but requires definition list markup.','','9.5.11'),
(9108,'Source editing','','9.5.11'),
(9109,'Allow the user to reverse an ordered list','','9.5.11'),
(9110,'Allow the user to specify the start index of an ordered list','','9.5.11'),
(9111,'Allow the user to resize images','','9.5.11'),
(9112,'CKEditor 5 plugin settings','','9.5.11'),
(9113,'With CKEditor 5 this is a\n          read-only field. The allowed HTML tags and attributes are determined\n          by the CKEditor 5 configuration. Manually removing tags would break\n          enabled functionality, and any manually added tags would be removed by\n          CKEditor 5 on render.','','9.5.11'),
(9114,'Block quote','','9.5.11'),
(9115,'The migration of %text_format to CKEditor 5 has been saved.','','9.5.11'),
(9116,'The module \'@module_name\' is providing the database driver \'@driver_name\'.','','10.6.6'),
(9117,'The Seven theme from Drupal 8/9 moved to contrib','','10.6.6'),
(9118,'A clean, accessible, and flexible Drupal front-end theme.','','11.3.6'),
(9119,'Add new theme','','9.5.11'),
(9120,'None installed.','','11.3.6'),
(9121,'Incompatible moduleIncompatible modules','','10.6.6'),
(9122,'The following module is installed, but it is incompatible with Drupal @version:The following modules are installed, but they are incompatible with Drupal @version:','','10.6.6'),
(9123,'Review the <a href=\":url\"> suggestions for resolving this incompatibility</a> to repair your installation, and then re-run update.php.','','11.3.6'),
(9124,'Added revision routes to Content block entity type.','','10.5.4'),
(9125,'Content blocks','','11.3.6'),
(9126,'Find and manage content blocks.','','10.5.4'),
(9127,'There are no content blocks available.','','10.5.4'),
(9128,'Create and edit content blocks.','','10.5.4'),
(9129,'Added revision routes to Taxonomy Term entity type.','','10.5.4'),
(9130,'Processed @count items of @total.Processed @count items of @total.','','10.5.4'),
(9131,'Finished updating simple config langcodes.','','10.5.4'),
(9132,'Create and manage fields, forms, and display settings for your content blocks.','','11.4.0'),
(9133,'Add and install modules to extend site functionality.','','11.4.0'),
(9134,'Enable or disable the menu linkset endpoint','','11.4.0'),
(9135,'Configure theme development settings','','11.4.0'),
(9136,'View the migration messages.','','11.4.0'),
(9137,'Menu Linkset Settings','','11.4.0'),
(9138,'Development settings','','11.4.0'),
(9139,'Region and language','','11.4.0'),
(9140,'Migration messages','','11.4.0'),
(9141,'- Description not available -','','11.4.0'),
(9142,'All Components','','11.4.0'),
(9143,'@count items added to @container','','11.4.0'),
(9144,'Oops, something went wrong. Check your browser\'s developer console for more details.','','11.4.0'),
(9145,'Processing...','','11.4.0'),
(9146,'See the <a href=\":performance_doc\">setting MySQL transaction isolation level</a> page for more information.','','11.3.6'),
(9147,'@count hour@count hours','','11.3.6'),
(9148,'@count minute@count minutes','','11.4.0'),
(9149,'Content block','','11.4.0'),
(9150,'Content block ID','','11.3.6'),
(9151,'Base URL','','11.3.6'),
(9152,'Translation source term','','11.3.6'),
(9153,'State cache flag not set','','10.5.4'),
(9154,'Transaction isolation level','','11.3.6'),
(9155,'Deprecated modules installed','','10.5.4'),
(9156,'PHP APCu available caching','','11.3.6'),
(9157,'Database support for JSON','','11.3.6'),
(9158,'SameSite cookie attribute','','11.3.6'),
(9159,'It is recommended to upgrade to PHP version %recommended or higher for the best ongoing support.  See <a href=\"http://php.net/supported-versions.php\">PHP\'s version support documentation</a> and the <a href=\":php_requirements\">Drupal PHP requirements</a> page for more information.','','11.3.6'),
(9160,'MariaDB','','11.3.6'),
(9161,'Deprecated modules found: %module_list.','','10.5.4'),
(9162,'State cache flag $settings[\'state_cache\'] is not set. It is recommended to be set to TRUE in settings.php unless there are too many state keys. Drupal 11 will default to having state cache enabled.','','10.5.4'),
(9163,'Available','','11.3.6'),
(9164,'Is required in Drupal 10.0.','','10.6.6'),
(9165,'Covered until @date','','10.6.6'),
(9166,'Supported image file format: %formats.Supported image file formats: %formats.','','11.3.6'),
(9167,'This attribute should be explicitly set to Lax, Strict or None. If set to None then the request must be made via HTTPS. See <a href=\":url\" target=\"_blank\">PHP documentation</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9168,'Displays recently added and updated content.','','10.6.6'),
(9169,'Displays announcements from the Drupal community.','','11.3.6'),
(9170,'Allows banning visits from specific IP addresses.','','11.3.6'),
(9171,'Allows users to configure blocks (containing content, forms, etc.) and to place them in the regions of a theme.','','11.3.6'),
(9172,'Allows the creation of content blocks and block types.','','11.3.6'),
(9173,'Provides the CKEditor 5 rich text editor.','','11.3.6'),
(9174,'Allows importing and exporting configuration changes.','','11.3.6'),
(9175,'Provides additional publication states that can be used by other modules to moderate content.','','11.3.6'),
(9176,'Defines field types for storing dates and times.','','11.3.6'),
(9177,'Provides the capabilities to add fields to entities.','','11.3.6'),
(9178,'Provides a field type for files and defines a \"managed_file\" Form API element.','','11.3.6'),
(9179,'Filters text content in preparation for display.','','11.3.6'),
(9180,'Generates help pages and provides a Help block with page-level help.','','11.3.6'),
(9181,'Records which content users have viewed and marks it as new or updated.','','11.3.6'),
(9182,'Provides an HTTP Basic authentication provider.','','11.3.6'),
(9183,'Allows users to translate interface text and to switch between interface languages.','','11.3.6'),
(9184,'When enabled, this module exposes all fields for all entity view displays. When disabled, only entity type bundles that have layout builder enabled will have their fields exposed. Enabling this module could significantly decrease performance on sites with a large number of entity types and bundles.','','11.3.6'),
(9185,'Provides a field type for internal and external URLs.','','11.3.6'),
(9186,'Provides a user interface for managing menus.','','11.3.6'),
(9187,'Provides a framework for migrating data to Drupal.','','11.3.6'),
(9188,'Provides a framework to migrate data from previous versions of Drupal into the site.','','11.3.6'),
(9189,'Provides the MySQL database driver.','','11.3.6'),
(9190,'New administration navigation','','11.3.6'),
(9191,'Manages the creation, configuration, and display of the main site content.','','11.3.6'),
(9192,'Defines field types with select lists, checkboxes, and radio buttons to select values from fixed lists of options.','','11.3.6'),
(9193,'Provides the password checking algorithm for user accounts created with Drupal prior to version 10.1.0.','','11.3.6'),
(9194,'Allows users to create custom URLs for existing paths on the site.','','11.3.6'),
(9195,'Provides the PostgreSQL database driver.','','11.3.6'),
(9196,'Provides functionality to output responsive images using the HTML5 picture tag.','','11.3.6'),
(9197,'Provides a framework for exposing REST resources.','','11.3.6'),
(9198,'Provides a service for converting data to and from formats such as JSON and XML.','','11.3.6'),
(9199,'Allows users to create sets of shortcuts within the site.','','11.3.6'),
(9200,'Allows discovery and rendering of self-contained UI components.','','10.6.6'),
(9201,'Provides the SQLite database driver.','','11.3.6'),
(9202,'Logs how many times content is viewed.','','10.6.6'),
(9203,'Logs events to the web server\'s system log.','','11.3.6'),
(9204,'Provides user interfaces for core systems.','','11.3.6'),
(9205,'Defines field types for short and long text with optional summaries.','','11.3.6'),
(9206,'Provides a framework to associate text editors (like WYSIWYGs) and toolbars with text formats.','','11.3.6'),
(9207,'Provides an administration toolbar to display links provided by modules.','','11.3.6'),
(9208,'Checks for updates and allows users to manage them through a user interface.','','10.6.6'),
(9209,'There are errors with some installed modules. Visit the <a href=\":link\">status report page</a> for more information.','','10.6.2'),
(9210,'Allows users to register and log in, and manages user roles and permissions.','','11.3.6'),
(9211,'Provides a framework to fetch information from the database and to display it in different formats.','','11.3.6'),
(9212,'Drupal Core (@core_requirement) (<span class=\"admin-missing\">incompatible with</span> version @core_version)','','10.6.6'),
(9213,'Regularly review <a href=\":updates\">available updates</a> and update as required to maintain a secure and current site. Always run the <a href=\":update-php\">update script</a> each time you update software.','','11.3.6'),
(9214,'1 module is available in the modified list.@count modules are available in the modified list.','','11.3.6'),
(9215,'Module %name has been installed.@count modules have been installed: %names.','','10.5.4'),
(9216,'Continue to <a href=\":error_url\">the error page</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9217,'Decorative image','','11.4.0'),
(9218,'Add missing alternative text','','11.4.0'),
(9219,'Change image alternative text','','11.4.0'),
(9220,'Configuring a previously-placed block','','11.3.6'),
(9221,'Configure the settings of a block that was previously placed in a region of a theme.','','11.3.6'),
(9222,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@layout_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9223,'Click the name of the theme that contains the block.','','11.3.6'),
(9224,'Optionally, click <em>Demonstrate block regions</em> to see the regions of the theme.','','11.3.6'),
(9225,'If you only want to change the region where a block is located, or the ordering of blocks within a region, drag blocks to their desired positions and click <em>Save blocks</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9226,'If you want to change additional settings, find the region where the block you want to update is currently located, and click <em>Configure</em> in the line of the block description.','','11.3.6'),
(9227,'Edit the block\'s settings. The available settings vary depending on the module that provides the block, but for all blocks you can change:','','11.3.6'),
(9228,'<em>Block title</em>: The heading for the block on your site -- for some blocks, you will need to check the <em>Override title</em> checkbox in order to enter a title','','11.3.6'),
(9229,'<em>Display title</em>: Check the box if you want the title displayed','','11.3.6'),
(9230,'<em>Visibility</em>: Add conditions for when the block should be displayed','','11.3.6'),
(9231,'<em>Region</em>: Change the theme region the block is displayed in','','11.3.6'),
(9232,'Click <em>Save block</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9233,'Managing blocks','','11.3.6'),
(9234,'What are blocks?','','11.3.6'),
(9235,'Blocks are boxes of content rendered into an area, or region, of a web page of your site. Blocks are placed and configured specifically for each theme.','','11.3.6'),
(9236,'What are content blocks?','','11.3.6'),
(9237,'Content blocks are blocks whose content you can edit. You can define one or more <em>block types</em>, and attach fields to each block type. Content blocks can be placed just like blocks provided by other modules.','','11.3.6'),
(9238,'What is the block description?','','11.3.6'),
(9239,'The block description is an identification name for a block, which is shown in the administrative interface. It is not displayed on the site.','','11.3.6'),
(9240,'What is the block title?','','11.3.6'),
(9241,'The block title is the heading that is optionally shown to site visitors when the block is placed in a region.','','11.3.6'),
(9242,'Overview for managing blocks','','11.3.6'),
(9243,'The <em>Block</em> module allows you to place blocks in regions of your installed themes, and configure block settings. The <em>Block Content</em> module allows you to manage block types and content blocks. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9244,'Additional resources','','11.3.6'),
(9245,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/blocks-chapter.html\">Blocks (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9246,'Placing a block','','11.3.6'),
(9247,'Place a block into a theme\'s region.','','11.3.6'),
(9248,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; @layout_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9249,'Click the name of the theme that you want to place the block in.','','11.3.6'),
(9250,'Find the region where you want the block, and click <em>Place block</em> in that region. A modal dialog will pop up.','','11.3.6'),
(9251,'Find the block you want to place and click <em>Place block</em>. A <em>Configure block</em> modal dialog will pop up.','','11.3.6'),
(9252,'Configure the block and click <em>Save block</em>; see @configure_topic for configuration details.','','11.3.6'),
(9253,'Creating a content block','','11.3.6'),
(9254,'Create a content block, which can later be placed on the site.','','11.3.6'),
(9255,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Content</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9256,'Open the @library_link tab.','','11.3.6'),
(9257,'Click <em>Add content block</em>. If you have more than one block type defined on your site, click the name of the type you want to create.','','11.3.6'),
(9258,'Enter a description of your block (to be shown to administrators) and the body text for your block.','','11.3.6'),
(9259,'Click <em>Save</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9260,'Defining a block type','','11.3.6'),
(9261,'Define a block type and its fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9262,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@types_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9263,'Click  <em>Add block type</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9264,'Enter a label for this block type (shown in the administrative interface). Optionally, edit the automatically-generated machine name or the description.','','11.3.6'),
(9265,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the <em>Block types</em> page.','','11.3.6'),
(9266,'Click <em>Manage fields</em> in the row of your new block type, and add the desired fields to your block type.','','11.3.6'),
(9267,'Optionally, click <em>Manage form display</em> or <em>Manage display</em> to change the editing form or field display for your block type.','','11.3.6'),
(9268,'Managing height, width, and resolution breakpoints','','11.3.6'),
(9269,'What are breakpoints?','','11.3.6'),
(9270,'Breakpoints are the point at which your site\'s content will respond to provide the user with the best possible layout to consume the information. A breakpoint separates the height or width of viewports (screens, printers, and other media output types) into steps. For instance, a width breakpoint of 40em creates two steps: one for widths up to 40em and one for widths above 40em. Breakpoints can be used to define when layouts should shift from one form to another, when images should be resized, and other changes that need to respond to changes in viewport height or width.','','11.3.6'),
(9271,'What are media queries?','','11.3.6'),
(9272,'Media  queries are a formal way to encode breakpoints. For instance, a width breakpoint at 40em would be written as the media query \"(min-width: 40em)\". Breakpoints are really just media queries with some additional meta-data, such as a name and multiplier information.','','11.3.6'),
(9273,'What are resolution multipliers?','','11.3.6'),
(9274,'What is a breakpoint group?','','11.3.6'),
(9275,'Managing breakpoints and breakpoint groups overview','','11.3.6'),
(9276,'The <em>Breakpoint</em> module allows you to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups in YAML files. Modules and themes can use the API provided by the <em>Breakpoint</em> module to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups, and to assign resolution multipliers to breakpoints.','','11.3.6'),
(9277,'Working with breakpoints in Drupal','','11.3.6'),
(9278,'W3C standards for media queries','','11.3.6'),
(9279,'Moderating comments','','11.3.6'),
(9280,'Decide which comments are shown on the website.','','11.3.6'),
(9281,'Who can moderate comments?','','11.3.6'),
(9282,'Users with the <em>@comment_permissions_link</em> permission (typically administrators) can moderate comments. You will also need the <em>Access the Content Overview page</em> permission from the Node module (if it is installed) to navigate to the comment management page.','','11.3.6'),
(9283,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Content</em> &gt; <em>@comment_published_link</em>. A list of all comments is shown.','','11.3.6'),
(9284,'To unpublish comments, select one or more comments by checking the boxes on the left side (right side in right-to-left languages). Then select <em>Unpublish comment</em> from the <em>Action</em> select list and click <em>Apply to selected items</em>. If you select the <em>Delete comment</em> action, you can instead delete the unwanted  comments.','','11.3.6'),
(9285,'To change the content of a comment click <em>Edit</em> from the dropdown button for a particular comment.','','11.3.6'),
(9286,'To publish comments that are not yet visible on the website, navigate to the <em>@comment_unpublished_link</em> tab. Select one or more comments by checking the boxes on the left side (right side in right-to-left languages). Then select <em>Publish comment</em> from the <em>Action</em> select list and click <em>Apply to selected items</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9287,'Online documentation for moderating comments','','11.3.6'),
(9288,'Managing comments','','11.3.6'),
(9289,'Managing content structure','','11.3.6'),
(9290,'Managing user accounts and site visitors','','11.3.6'),
(9291,'What is a comment?','','11.3.6'),
(9292,'A comment is a piece of content, typically posted by a website visitor, which provides discussion or commentary on other content like blog posts and news articles. Comments are a type of content entity, and can have fields that store text, HTML markup, and other data. Comments are attached to other content entities via Comment fields. See @content_structure_topic for more about content entities and fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9293,'What is a comment type?','','11.3.6'),
(9294,'Comments are divided into <em>comment types</em>, which are the entity sub-types for the comment entity type. Each comment type has its own fields and its own form and display settings; each type can be used to comment on a single entity type. You can set up different comment types for different commenting purposes on your web site; for example, you might set up a comment type for recipes that has fields \"How did it taste?\" and \"Did the instructions work?\", and another comment type for blog entries that has only a generic comment body field.','','11.3.6'),
(9295,'What is moderation?','','11.3.6'),
(9296,'<em>Moderation</em> is a workflow where comments posted by some users on your site are verified before being published, to prevent spam and other bad behavior. The core software provides basic moderation functionality: you can configure permissions so that new comments posted by some user roles start as unpublished until a user with a different role reviews and publishes them. Contributed modules provide additional moderation and spam-reduction functionality, such as requiring untrusted users pass a CAPTCHA test before submitting comments and letting community members flag comments as possible spam. See @users_overview_topic for more about users, permissions, and roles.','','11.3.6'),
(9297,'Overview of managing comments','','11.3.6'),
(9298,'The core Comment module provides the following functionality:','','11.3.6'),
(9299,'Posting comments','','11.3.6'),
(9300,'Creating comment types; the core Field UI module allows you to attach fields to comment types and attach comment reference fields to other entities so that people can comment on them.','','11.3.6'),
(9301,'Configuring commenting','','11.3.6'),
(9302,'Moderating comments as discussed above','','11.3.6'),
(9303,'See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9304,'Disabling comments','','11.3.6'),
(9305,'Configuring comments','','11.3.6'),
(9306,'Turn off commenting for a particular entity (see @content_structure_topic for more about content entities and fields). Note that if you want to turn off commenting for all entities of an entity type or subtype, you will need to edit the field settings for the comment field; see @comment_config_topic for more about configuring the comment field.','','11.3.6'),
(9307,'Who can disable comments?','','11.3.6'),
(9308,'You will need the <em>@comment_permissions_link</em> permission in order to disable commenting. You will also need permission to edit the entity that the comments are on.','','11.3.6'),
(9309,'Find the entity you want to disable comments for, and edit it. For example, to turn off comments on a content item, you could find it by navigating in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu to <em>Content</em>, filtering to find the content item, and clicking <em>Edit</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9310,'Under <em>Comment settings</em>, select the desired comment setting:','','11.3.6'),
(9311,'<em>Open</em>: comments are allowed.','','11.3.6'),
(9312,'<em>Closed</em>: past comments remain visible, but no new comments are allowed.','','11.3.6'),
(9313,'<em>Hidden</em>: past comments are hidden, and no new comments are allowed.','','11.3.6'),
(9314,'Save the entity.','','11.3.6'),
(9315,'Creating a comment type','','11.3.6'),
(9316,'Create a new comment type. See @comment_overview_topic for information about comments and comment types.','','11.3.6'),
(9317,'Who can create a comment type?','','11.3.6'),
(9318,'Users with the <em>@comment_permissions_link</em> permission (typically administrators) can create comment types.','','11.3.6'),
(9319,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@comment_types_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9320,'Click <em>Add comment type</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9321,'In the <em>Label</em> field, enter a name for the comment type, which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface.','','11.3.6'),
(9322,'In the <em>Target entity type</em> field, select the entity type to be commented on. See @content_structure_topic for more about content entities and fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9323,'Click <em>Save</em>. The comment type will be created.','','11.3.6'),
(9324,'Optionally, if you have the core Field UI module installed you can follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new comment type, set up the editing form, and configure the display.','','11.3.6'),
(9325,'Configure a content entity type/subtype to allow commenting, using a comment type that you have configured. See @content_structure_topic for more about content entities and fields, and @comment_type_topic to configure a comment type.','','11.3.6'),
(9326,'Who can configure comments?','','11.3.6'),
(9327,'In order to follow these steps, the Field UI module must be installed. You\'ll need the Comment module\'s <em>@comment_permissions_link</em> permission, in order to change comment settings for a comment field. You\'ll also need to have the appropriate permission for adding fields to the entity type or subtype that the comments are attached to. For example, to add a comment field to content items provided by the Node module, you would need the Node module\'s <em>Administer content types</em> permission.','','11.3.6'),
(9328,'Follow the steps in the related <em>Adding a field to an entity sub-type</em> topic to add a field of type <em>Comments</em> to the desired entity type or sub-type.','','11.3.6'),
(9329,'On the first field settings page, choose the <em>Comment type</em> to use for this entity type or sub-type. You\'ll also notice that the <em>Allowed number of values</em> field cannot be changed for comment fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9330,'On the next field settings page, enter the desired settings for the comment field:','','11.3.6'),
(9331,'<em>Threading</em>: whether or not the comments are collected by threads, with people able to reply to particular comments instead of to the content entity itself.','','11.3.6'),
(9332,'<em>Comments per page</em>: the maximum number of comments displayed on one page (a pager will be added if you exceed this limit).','','11.3.6'),
(9333,'<em>Anonymous commenting</em>: whether or not anonymous commenters are allowed or required to leave contact information with their comments (only applies if anonymous users have permission to post comments).','','11.3.6'),
(9334,'<em>Show reply form on the same page as comments</em>: whether the comment reply form is displayed on the same page as the comments. If this is not selected, clicking <em>Reply</em> will open a new page with the reply form.','','11.3.6'),
(9335,'<em>Preview comments</em>: whether previewing comments before submission is <em>Required</em>, <em>Optional</em>, or <em>Disabled</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9336,'<em>Default value</em>: each individual entity has its own comment settings, but here you can set defaults for the comment settings for this entity type or subtype. The comment settings values are:','','11.3.6'),
(9337,'Online documentation for content comment settings','','11.3.6'),
(9338,'Exporting your complete site configuration','','11.3.6'),
(9339,'Managing and deploying configuration','','11.3.6'),
(9340,'Create and download an archive containing all your site\'s configuration, exported as YAML files. See @config_overview_topic for more information about configuration.','','11.3.6'),
(9341,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Configuration synchronization</em> &gt; <em>@export_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9342,'Click <em>Export</em> and save the archive file.','','11.3.6'),
(9343,'Export a single configuration item to a file. See @config_overview_topic for more information about configuration.','','11.3.6'),
(9344,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Configuration synchronization</em> &gt; <em>Export</em> &gt; <em>@single_export_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9345,'Select the <em>Configuration type</em> that you want to export, and then select the specific <em>Configuration name</em> to export.','','11.3.6'),
(9346,'Use your browser to copy the text in the box marked <em>Here is your configuration</em> to the clipboard.','','11.3.6'),
(9347,'Paste the copied text into a plain-text editor on your computer or other device, and save it using the suggested file name below the text box.','','11.3.6'),
(9348,'Import a single configuration item in YAML format, such as one that was previously exported (see @export_single_topic). See @config_overview_topic for more information about configuration.','','11.3.6'),
(9349,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Configuration synchronization</em> &gt; <em>Import</em> &gt; <em>@single_import_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9350,'Select the <em>Configuration type</em> that you want to import.','','11.3.6'),
(9351,'On your computer or other device, copy the YAML-format configuration that you want to import to the clipboard.','','11.3.6'),
(9352,'Paste the clipboard text into the box labeled <em>Paste your configuration here</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9353,'Click <em>Import</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9354,'Importing your complete site configuration','','11.3.6'),
(9355,'Import the complete configuration of your site from an archive file, such as one that was previously exported (see @export_full_topic). See @config_overview_topic for more information about configuration.','','11.3.6'),
(9356,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Configuration synchronization</em> &gt; <em>@import_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9357,'Browse to find the <em>Configuration archive</em> that you want to import.','','11.3.6'),
(9358,'Click <em>Upload</em>. Your configuration archive will be unpacked and placed in the configuration synchronization directory, and you will be redirected to the <em>Synchronize</em> page.','','11.3.6'),
(9359,'Review the differences between your uploaded configuration and the active configuration, if any, and click <em>Import all</em> to import the changes.','','11.3.6'),
(9360,'Managing contact forms','','11.3.6'),
(9361,'What are contact forms?','','11.3.6'),
(9362,'There are two different types of contact forms provided by the core Contact module: personal contact forms, which allow users to contact other users on the site, and site-wide contact forms, which allow users to contact site managers or administrators. A site can have more than one site-wide contact form; each has its own fields to fill out, recipients, and URL; you can also change the fields that are shown on personal contact forms.','','11.3.6'),
(9363,'Site visitors can email registered users on your site by using the personal contact form, without knowing or learning the email address of the recipient. When a user with the correct permissions is viewing another user\'s profile, the viewer will see a <em>Contact</em> tab or link, which leads to the personal contact form if the user whose profile is being viewed has their personal contact form enabled (this is a user account setting).','','11.3.6'),
(9364,'Contact form management tasks','','11.3.6'),
(9365,'See the related topics below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9366,'Creating a new contact form','','11.3.6'),
(9367,'Managing the fields of contact forms','','11.3.6'),
(9368,'Create a new site-wide contact form.','','11.3.6'),
(9369,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@contact_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9370,'Click <em>Add contact form</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9371,'Fill in the <em>Label</em> (title) for the form, <em>Recipients</em>, and optionally the other settings.','','11.3.6'),
(9372,'Click <em>Save</em>. You should see your new contact form in the table, along with a link to view it.','','11.3.6'),
(9373,'The contact form will always have <em>Subject</em> and <em>Message</em> fields. If you want to add more fields, follow the steps in @adding_fields_topic.','','11.3.6'),
(9374,'Add, remove, or rearrange the fields on personal and site-wide contact forms.','','11.3.6'),
(9375,'What are the fields on contact forms?','','11.3.6'),
(9376,'Both personal and site-wide contact forms will always have <em>Subject</em> and <em>Message</em> fields. You can add additional fields for users to fill out if desired. Note that if you want to display other content on a form page, such as text or images, you can use a content block.','','11.3.6'),
(9377,'Click <em>Manage fields</em> for the form you want to change the fields of, and add or remove one or more fields on the form.','','11.3.6'),
(9378,'Click <em>Manage form display</em> to change the order or configuration of the fields on the form.','','11.3.6'),
(9379,'Setting a default contact form','','11.3.6'),
(9380,'the form displayed on the default contact page','','11.3.6'),
(9381,'Set a site-wide contact form to be the default contact form (@contact_page_link; for example, <em>/contact</em>).','','11.3.6'),
(9382,'Click <em>Edit</em> for the site-wide form you want to be the default.','','11.3.6'),
(9383,'Check <em>Make this the default form</em> and click <em>Save</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9384,'Configuring personal contact forms','','11.3.6'),
(9385,'Configure personal contact forms for registered users on the website.','','11.3.6'),
(9386,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>People</em> &gt; <em>@config_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9387,'In the <em>Contact settings</em> section, check/uncheck the box to enable/disable the contact form for new user accounts.','','11.3.6'),
(9388,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9389,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>People</em> &gt; <em>@permission_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9390,'Verify that permissions are correct for your site\'s roles, including the generic <em>Anonymous user</em> and <em>Authenticated user</em>. In order to use personal contact forms, users need both <em>View user information</em> (in the <em>User</em> section, which enables them to view user profiles) and <em>Use users\' personal contact forms</em> (in the <em>Contact</em> section, which enables them to use contact forms if they can view user profiles).','','11.3.6'),
(9391,'Click <em>Save permissions</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9392,'Using contextual links','','11.3.6'),
(9393,'Use contextual links to access administrative tasks without navigating the administrative menu.','','11.3.6'),
(9394,'What are contextual links?','','11.3.6'),
(9395,'<em>Contextual links</em> give users with the <em>Use contextual links</em> permission quick access to administrative tasks related to areas of non-administrative pages. For example, if a page on your site displays a block, the block would have a contextual link that would allow users with permission to configure the block. If the block contains a menu or a view, it would also have a contextual link for editing the menu links or the view. Clicking a contextual link takes you to the related administrative page directly, without needing to navigate through the administrative menu system.','','11.3.6'),
(9396,'Make sure that the core Contextual Links module is installed, and that you have a role with the <em>Use contextual links</em> permission. Optionally, make sure that a toolbar module is installed (either the core Toolbar module or a contributed module replacement).','','11.3.6'),
(9397,'Visit a non-administrative page on your site, such as the home page.','','11.3.6'),
(9398,'Locate a block or another area on the page that you want to edit or configure.','','11.3.6'),
(9399,'Make the contextual links button visible by hovering your mouse over that area in the page. In most themes, this button looks like a pencil and is placed in the upper right corner of the page area (upper left for right-to-left languages), and hovering will also temporarily outline the affected area. Alternatively, click the contextual links toggle button on the right end of the toolbar (left end for right-to-left languages), which will make all contextual link buttons on the page visible until it is clicked again.','','11.3.6'),
(9400,'While the contextual links button for the area of interest is visible, click the button to display the list of links for that area. Click a link in the list to visit the corresponding administrative page.','','11.3.6'),
(9401,'Complete your administrative task and save your settings, or cancel the action. You should be returned to the page you started from.','','11.3.6'),
(9402,'Connecting text editors to text formats','','11.3.6'),
(9403,'Managing text filters and text formats','','11.3.6'),
(9404,'Configure a text format so that when a user is editing text and selects this text format, a text editor installed on your site is shown. Configure the text editor, such as choosing which buttons and functions are available. See @filter_overview_topic for more about text formats.','','11.3.6'),
(9405,'What is a text editor?','','11.3.6'),
(9406,'A text editor is software (typically, a JavaScript library) that provides buttons and other command mechanisms to make editing HTML text easier. Some editors are called <em>visual</em> or <em>WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get)</em> editors; these editors hide the details of HTML from the user, and instead show formatted output on the screen. The core Text Editor module provides a framework for deploying text editors on your site. The core CKEditor 5 module provides CKEditor 5, which is a widely-used JavaScript text editor that creates clean and valid HTML; the module also enforces the HTML tag restrictions in the associated text format. Various contributed modules provide other editors; to install a new editor, besides installing the module, you may need to download the editor library from a third-party site.','','11.3.6'),
(9407,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Content Authoring</em> &gt; <em>@overview_link</em>. The <em>Text editor</em> column in the table shows the text editor that is currently connected to each text format, if any.','','11.3.6'),
(9408,'Follow the steps on @filter_overview_topic to add a new text format or configure an existing text format; when you reach the step about text editors, return to this topic.','','11.3.6'),
(9409,'Select <em>CKEditor 5</em> as the <em>Text editor</em>, or another text editor that you have installed. The rest of these steps assume you selected <em>CKEditor 5</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9410,'Under <em>Toolbar configuration</em>, drag buttons between <em>Available buttons</em> and <em>Active toolbar</em>; only buttons in <em>Active toolbar</em> will be shown to the user. Focusing or hovering over a button will display a tooltip explaining what the button does.','','11.3.6'),
(9411,'Drag buttons within <em>Active toolbar</em> to the desired order, and group buttons by dragging them between group identifiers; drag <em>a new group identifier</em> to the toolbar to add additional groups.','','11.3.6'),
(9412,'If you add buttons that require configuration, the <em>CKEditor 5 plugin settings</em> section will be visible, and provide their respective configuration forms.','','11.3.6'),
(9413,'Return to @filter_overview_topic to complete the text format configuration, and be sure to save the text format.','','11.3.6'),
(9414,'Adding a field to an entity sub-type','','11.3.6'),
(9415,'Add a field to an entity sub-type; see @content_structure_topic for an overview of entity types and sub-types, as well as an overview of field types.','','11.3.6'),
(9416,'Navigate to the page for managing the entity sub-type you want to add the field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@content_types_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9417,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to add the field to, and click <em>Manage fields</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9418,'Click <em>Add field</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9419,'In <em>Add a new field</em>, select the type of field you want to add; see @content_structure_topic for an overview of field types.','','11.3.6'),
(9420,'The <em>Label</em> field should now be visible; enter a label for the field, which is used as the field label for both content editing and content display.','','11.3.6'),
(9421,'Click <em>Save and continue</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9422,'On the next screen, enter a value for <em>Allowed number of values</em>. You can limit the field to one value per entity item, a set number of values, or set it to have unlimited values. Click <em>Save field settings</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9423,'On the next screen, optionally edit the settings for the field, which vary depending on what field type you are creating. For all fields, you can edit the <em>Label</em>, <em>Help text</em> (text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page), and <em>Required field</em> (to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing). You can also configure a default value for the field.','','11.3.6'),
(9424,'Click <em>Save settings</em>. You should be returned to the <em>Manage fields</em> page, with your new field in the list.','','11.3.6'),
(9425,'Configuring the edit form for an entity sub-type','','11.3.6'),
(9426,'Configure the <em>widgets</em> used to edit the fields of an entity sub-type, their order on the form, and the widget settings. See @content_structure_topic for background information.','','11.3.6'),
(9427,'Navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@content_types_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9428,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to configure the editing form for, and click <em>Manage form display</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','11.3.6'),
(9429,'Use the drag arrows to order the fields in your preferred order.','','11.3.6'),
(9430,'Drag any fields that you do not wish to see on the editing form to the <em>Disabled</em> section.','','11.3.6'),
(9431,'In the <em>Widget</em> column, select the widget for editing each field.','','11.3.6'),
(9432,'After selecting the desired widgets, click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the widget.','','11.3.6'),
(9433,'When you are done making changes, click <em>Save</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9434,'Test the editing form for your entity sub-type by editing or creating an entity. If needed, return to these steps to further refine the form.','','11.3.6'),
(9435,'Configuring field display for an entity sub-type','','11.3.6'),
(9436,'Configure the <em>formatters</em> used to display the fields of an entity sub-type, their order in the display, and the formatter settings. See @content_structure_topic for background information.','','11.3.6'),
(9437,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to configure the display of, and click <em>Manage display</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','11.3.6'),
(9438,'Drag any fields that you do not wish to see in the display to the <em>Disabled</em> section.','','11.3.6'),
(9439,'In the <em>Label</em> column, select the position for each field label in the display, or <em>- Hidden -</em> to hide a label. You can also choose <em>- Visually Hidden-</em> if you want the label\'s text to appear in the HTML page, so that screen readers and search engines can read it, but it will not be visible.','','11.3.6'),
(9440,'In the <em>Format</em> column, select the formatter for displaying each field.','','11.3.6'),
(9441,'After selecting the desired formatters, click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the formatter.','','11.3.6'),
(9442,'Test the display for your entity sub-type by viewing an entity. If needed, return to these steps to further refine the display.','','11.3.6'),
(9443,'Adding a reference field to an entity sub-type','','11.3.6'),
(9444,'Add an entity reference field to an entity sub-type; see @content_structure_topic for more information on entities and reference fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9445,'In <em>Add a new field</em>, select the type of reference field you want to add. The <em>Reference</em> section of the select list shows the most common types of reference field; choose <em>Other...</em> if the entity type you want to reference is not listed.','','11.3.6'),
(9446,'On the next screen, verify that the type of entity you want to reference is shown in <em>Type of item to reference</em>, or select it if not. Enter a value for <em>Allowed number of values</em>. You can limit the field to one value per entity item, a set number of values, or set it to have unlimited values. Click <em>Save field settings</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9447,'On the next screen, optionally edit the settings for <em>Label</em>, <em>Help text</em> (text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page), and <em>Required field</em> (to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing).','','11.3.6'),
(9448,'In the <em>Reference type</em> section, you will usually want to limit the entity sub-types that can be referenced; for example, if you are creating a <em>Content</em> reference, you can check one or two <em>Content type</em> choices. The choices will be easier for content editors to scan if you also choose a sort value (normally the entity title or label field).','','11.3.6'),
(9449,'Configure text formats on the site.','','11.3.6'),
(9450,'What are text filters and text formats?','','11.3.6'),
(9451,'A text filter is a processing step that can be applied to text, either to transform it in some way (such as converting URLs in the text into HTML links), or to defend against potentially-dangerous input from site users. A text format is an ordered sequence of text filters. Text filters are provided by modules; text formats are managed by the core Filter module.','','11.3.6'),
(9452,'Text fields that have \"formatted\" in the field type name, such as <em>Text (formatted)</em>, use text formats. Users choose the text format when editing the field text; when the field text is shown on the site, it is processed by the chosen text format. Administrators can configure text formats and assign permissions for who can use each format. If the core Text Editor module is enabled, administrators can also associate visual editors with text formats.','','11.3.6'),
(9453,'What text filters are available?','','11.3.6'),
(9454,'Some of the more commonly used text filters are:','','11.3.6'),
(9455,'Limits which HTML tags can be used; useful both for site security and enforcing site design.','','11.3.6'),
(9456,'Convert line breaks into HTML','','11.3.6'),
(9457,'Line breaks in HTML source are displayed as horizontal spaces. This filter converts line breaks into HTML paragraph and line break tags.','','11.3.6'),
(9458,'Takes plain URLs in text and turns them into HTML links.','','11.3.6'),
(9459,'For text formats that allow HTML image tags, restricts images to URLs within this site.','','11.3.6'),
(9460,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Content Authoring</em> &gt; <em>@overview_link</em>. If you do not have the core Text Editor module installed, the menu link and page title will instead be <em>Text formats</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9461,'Click <em>Configure</em> to configure an existing text format, or <em>+ Add text format</em> to create a new text format.','','11.3.6'),
(9462,'Enter the desired <em>Name</em> for the text format.','','11.3.6'),
(9463,'Check the <em>Roles</em> that can use this text format. Some HTML tags allow users to embed malicious links or scripts in text. To ensure security, anonymous and untrusted users should only have access to text formats that restrict them to either plain text or a safe set of HTML tags. <strong>Improper text format configuration is a security risk.</strong>','','11.3.6'),
(9464,'If the core Text Editor module is installed, see the related topic to connect a text editor to this text format.','','11.3.6'),
(9465,'Under <em>Enabled filters</em>, check the text filters that you want to use.','','11.3.6'),
(9466,'Under <em>Filter processing order</em>, drag the filters to the correct order. Choose the order carefully; for example, if you have a filter that results in a particular HTML tag being added to the text, that should run after a filter that restricts HTML tags, to avoid deleting the new tags the first filter added.','','11.3.6'),
(9467,'Under <em>Filter settings</em>, verify and adjust the settings for each active filter that has configuration options.','','11.3.6'),
(9468,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>, which will return you to the <em>Text formats and editors</em> page.','','11.3.6'),
(9469,'Repeat these steps if you have additional text formats to configure.','','11.3.6'),
(9470,'Using the administrative interface','','11.3.6'),
(9471,'Accessibility of the administrative interface','','11.3.6'),
(9472,'Using in-line (quick) settings editing','','11.3.6'),
(9473,'What administrative interface components are available?','','11.3.6'),
(9474,'The following administrative interface components are provided by the core software and its modules (some contributed modules offer additional functionality):','','11.3.6'),
(9475,'Accessibility features, to enable all users to perform administrative tasks. See @accessibility_topic for more information.','','11.3.6'),
(9476,'A menu system, which you can navigate to find pages for administrative tasks. The core Toolbar module displays this menu on the top or left side of the page (right side in right-to-left languages). There are also contributed module replacements for the core Toolbar module, with additional features, such as the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/admin_toolbar\">Admin Toolbar module</a>.','','11.3.6'),
(9477,'The core Shortcuts module enhances the toolbar with a configurable list of links to commonly-used tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9478,'If you install the core Contextual Links module, non-administrative pages will contain links leading to related administrative tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9479,'In-place or <em>quick</em> editing. In-place editing of configuration is provided by the core Settings Tray module. See @settings_tray_topic for more information.','','11.3.6'),
(9480,'The core Help module displays help topics, and provides a Help block that can be placed on administrative pages to provide an overview of their functionality.','','11.3.6'),
(9481,'What are the sections of the administrative menu?','','11.3.6'),
(9482,'The administrative menu, which you can navigate by visiting <em>@admin_link</em> on your site or by using an administrative toolbar, has the following sections (some may not be available, depending on which modules are currently installed on your site, and your permissions):','','11.3.6'),
(9483,'<strong>Content:</strong> Find, manage, and create new pages; manage comments and files.','','11.3.6'),
(9484,'<strong>Structure:</strong> Place and edit blocks, set up content types and fields, configure menus, administer taxonomy, and configure some contributed modules.','','11.3.6'),
(9485,'<strong>Appearance:</strong> Switch between themes, install themes, and update existing themes.','','11.3.6'),
(9486,'<strong>Extend:</strong> Update, install, and uninstall modules.','','11.3.6'),
(9487,'<strong>Configuration:</strong> Configure the settings for various site functionality, including some contributed modules.','','11.3.6'),
(9488,'<strong>People:</strong> Manage user accounts and permissions.','','11.3.6'),
(9489,'<strong>Reports:</strong> Display information about site security, necessary updates, and site activity.','','11.3.6'),
(9490,'<strong>Help:</strong> Get help on using the administrative interface.','','11.3.6'),
(9491,'Administrative interface overview','','11.3.6'),
(9492,'Install the core modules mentioned above to use the corresponding aspect of the administrative interface. See the related topics listed below for more details on some aspects of the administrative interface.','','11.3.6'),
(9493,'Working with languages and translations','','11.3.6'),
(9494,'What text can be translated in your site?','','11.3.6'),
(9495,'There are three types of text that can be translated:','','11.3.6'),
(9496,'Content (blocks, content items, etc.) can be written in English or another language, and can be translated into additional languages. See @content_structure_topic to learn more about content.','','11.3.6'),
(9497,'Many configuration items also include text that can be translated. Default configuration provided by your site\'s software is provided in English; you can also download community-provided translations. See @config_overview_topic to learn more about configuration.','','11.3.6'),
(9498,'User interface text that is provided by the core software, your install profile, themes, and modules is provided in English, but can be translated into other languages. You can also download translations that community-members have provided.','','11.3.6'),
(9499,'Working with languages overview','','11.3.6'),
(9500,'The core Language module lets you add new languages to your site, provides the <em>Language switcher</em> block, and provides the ability to configure block visibility by language; the block and block visibility settings are only available if you have multiple languages configured. The core Content Translation, Configuration Translation, and Interface Translation modules let you translate content, configuration, and the built-in user interface, respectively. The core Update Manager module manages automatic downloads of community-provided translations of default configuration and user-interface text. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','10.6.2'),
(9501,'Tracking the content of your website','','10.6.2'),
(9502,'Tracking overview','','10.6.2'),
(9503,'The core History module tracks how recently users have viewed content items, and provides a Views field and filter that can be used to show users content that they haven\'t yet seen.','','10.6.2'),
(9504,'If you have one or more tracking modules installed on your site, see the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','10.6.2'),
(9505,'Extending and modifying your site functionality','','11.3.6'),
(9506,'What is a module?','','11.3.6'),
(9507,'A <em>module</em> is a set of PHP, JavaScript, and/or CSS files that extends site features and adds functionality. A set of <em>Core modules</em> is distributed as part of the core software download. Additional <em>Contributed modules</em> can be downloaded separately from the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/project_module\">Download &amp; Extend page on drupal.org</a>.','','11.3.6'),
(9508,'What is an Experimental module?','','11.3.6'),
(9509,'An <em>Experimental</em> module is a module that is still in development and is not yet stable. Using Experimental modules on production sites is not recommended.','','11.3.6'),
(9510,'What are installing and uninstalling?','','11.3.6'),
(9511,'Installing a core or downloaded contributed module means turning it on, so that you can use its features and functionality. Uninstalling means turning it off and removing all of its configuration. A module cannot be uninstalled if another installed module depends on it, or if you have created content on your site using the module -- you would need to delete the content and uninstall dependent modules first.','','11.3.6'),
(9512,'Extending overview','','11.3.6'),
(9513,'See the related topics listed below for help performing tasks related to extending the functionality of your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9514,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/understanding-modules.html\">Concept: Modules (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9515,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/extend-chapter.html\">Extending and Customizing Your Site (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9516,'Maintaining and troubleshooting your site','','11.3.6'),
(9517,'Maintaining and troubleshooting overview','','11.3.6'),
(9518,'Here are some tasks and hints related to maintaining your site, and troubleshooting problems that may come up on your site. See the related topics below for more information.','','11.3.6'),
(9519,'When performing maintenance, such as installing, uninstalling, or updating a module, put your site in maintenance mode.','','11.3.6'),
(9520,'Configure your site so that cron runs periodically.','','11.3.6'),
(9521,'If your site is not behaving as expected, clear the cache before trying to diagnose the problem.','','11.3.6'),
(9522,'There are several site reports that can help you diagnose problems with your site. There are also two core modules that can be used for error logging: Database Logging and Syslog.','','11.3.6'),
(9523,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/prevent-chapter.html\">Preventing and Fixing Problems (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9524,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-chapter.html\">Security and Maintenance (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9525,'Overview of accessibility','','11.3.6'),
(9526,'The core administrative interface has built-in compliance with many accessibility standards so that most pages are accessible to most users in their default state. However, certain pages become more accessible to some users through the use of a non-default or improved interface. These interfaces include:','','11.3.6'),
(9527,'The default drag-and-drop user interface for ordering tables in the administrative interface presents a challenge for some users, including keyboard-only users and users of screen readers and other assistive technology. The drag-and-drop interface can be disabled in a table by clicking a link labeled <em>Show row weights</em> above the table. The replacement interface allows users to order the table by choosing numerical weights (with increasing numbers) instead of dragging table rows.','','11.3.6'),
(9528,'Enabling inline form errors','','11.3.6'),
(9529,'Errors that occur when you submit a form, such as not filling in a required field, are sometimes difficult for users to understand and locate. In order to make these errors easier to find, the best practice is to put a summary of the errors at the top of the form page. To make them easier to understand, the best practice is to display error messages with the form fields they are related to. Both of these practices are implemented by the core Inline Form Errors module.','','11.3.6'),
(9530,'Managing media','','11.3.6'),
(9531,'What are media items?','','11.3.6'),
(9532,'Core media items include audio, images, documents, and videos. You can add other media types, such as social media posts, through the use of contributed modules. Media items may be files located in your site\'s file system, or remote items referenced by a URL. Media items are content entities, and they are divided into media types (which are entity sub-types); media types can have fields. See @content_structure_topic for more information on content entities and fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9533,'What is the media library?','','11.3.6'),
(9534,'The media library is a visual user interface for managing and reusing media items. Add media items to content using Media reference fields and the Media library field widget.','','11.3.6'),
(9535,'What is an image style?','','11.3.6'),
(9536,'An image style is a set of processing steps, known as <em>effects</em>, that can be applied to images. Examples of effects include scaling and cropping images to different sizes. Responsive image styles can associate image styles with your theme\'s size breakpoints. This allows serving images sized for the browser width.','','11.3.6'),
(9537,'Overview of managing media','','11.3.6'),
(9538,'The following modules provide media-related functionality:','','11.3.6'),
(9539,'Media items and media types are managed by the core Media module.','','11.3.6'),
(9540,'The core Media module provides a Media reference field to add media to content entities. The core File and Image modules also provide reference fields. It is recommended to use the Media reference field because it is more versatile.','','11.3.6'),
(9541,'The core Media Library module provides the media library and the Media library field widget. With this module installed, the Media library field widget becomes the default widget for editing Media reference fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9542,'The core Image module provides a user interface for defining image styles. The core Responsive Image module provides responsive image styles. Using the core Breakpoint module, and a breakpoint-enabled theme, these responsive styles can serve images sized for the browser.','','11.3.6'),
(9543,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/core/modules/media\">Media module</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9544,'Running and configuring cron','','11.3.6'),
(9545,'Configure your system so that cron will run automatically.','','11.3.6'),
(9546,'What are cron tasks?','','11.3.6'),
(9547,'To ensure that your site and its modules continue to function well, a group of administrative operations should be run periodically. These operations are called <em>cron</em> tasks, and running the tasks is known as <em>running cron</em>. Depending on how often content is updated on your site, you might need to run cron on a schedule ranging from hourly to weekly to keep your site running well.','','11.3.6'),
(9548,'What options are available for running cron?','','11.3.6'),
(9549,'If the core Automated Cron module is installed, your site will run cron periodically, on a schedule you can configure.','','11.3.6'),
(9550,'You can set up a task on your web server to visit the <em> cron URL</em>, which is unique to your site, on a schedule.','','11.3.6'),
(9551,'You can also run cron manually, but this is not the recommended way to make sure it is run periodically.','','11.3.6'),
(9552,'In the <em>Manage</em> administration menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>System</em> &gt; <em>@cron_link</em>. Note the <em>Last run</em> time on the page.','','11.3.6'),
(9553,'If you want to run cron right now, click <em>Run cron</em> and wait for cron to finish.','','11.3.6'),
(9554,'If you have a way to configure tasks on your web server, copy the link where it says <em>To run cron from outside the site, go to</em>. Set up a task to visit that URL on your desired cron schedule, such as once an hour or once a week. (On Linux-like servers, you can use the <em>wget</em> command to visit a URL.) If you configure an outside task, you should uninstall the Automated Cron module.','','11.3.6'),
(9555,'If you are not configuring an outside task, and you have the core Automated Cron module installed, select a schedule for automated cron runs in <em>Cron settings</em> &gt; <em>Run cron every</em>. Click <em>Save configuration</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9556,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-cron-concept.html\">Concept: Cron (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9557,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-cron.html\">Configuring Cron Maintenance Tasks (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9558,'Configuring help search','','11.3.6'),
(9559,'Clearing the site cache','','11.3.6'),
(9560,'Set up your site so that users can search for help.','','11.3.6'),
(9561,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>@extend_link</em>. Verify that the Search, Help, and Block modules are installed (or install them if they are not already installed).','','11.3.6'),
(9562,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Search and metadata</em> &gt; <em>Search pages</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9563,'Verify that a Help search page is listed in the <em>Search pages</em> section. If not, add a new page of type <em>Help</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9564,'Check the indexing status of the Help search page. If it is not fully indexed, see @cron_topic about how to run Cron until indexing is complete.','','11.3.6'),
(9565,'In the future, you can click <em>Rebuild search index</em> on this page, or @cache_topic, in order to force help topic text to be reindexed for searching. This should be done whenever a module, theme, language, or string translation is updated.','','11.3.6'),
(9566,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>Block layout</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9567,'Click the link for your administrative theme (such as the core Claro theme), near the top of the page, and verify that there is already a search block for help located in the Help region. If not, follow the steps in the related topic to place the <em>Search form</em> block in the Help region. When configuring the block, choose <em>Help</em> as the search page, and in the <em>Pages</em> tab under <em>Visibility</em>, enter <em>/admin/help</em> to make the search form only visible on the main <em>Help</em> page.','','11.3.6'),
(9568,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>@help_link</em>. Verify that the search block is visible, and try a search.','','11.3.6'),
(9569,'What is a menu?','','11.3.6'),
(9570,'A menu is a collection of <em>menu links</em> used to navigate a web site. Menus and menu links can be provided by modules or site administrators.','','11.3.6'),
(9571,'Managing menus overview','','11.3.6'),
(9572,'The core Menu UI module provides a user interface for managing menus, including creating new menus, reordering menu links, and disabling links provided by modules. It also provides the ability for links to content items to be added to menus while editing, if configured on the content type. The core Custom Menu Links module provides the ability to add custom links to menus. Each menu can be displayed by placing a block in a theme region; some themes also can display a menu outside of the block system. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9573,'Additional Resources','','11.3.6'),
(9574,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/menu-concept.html\">Concept: Menu (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9575,'Enabling web services','','11.3.6'),
(9576,'What is a web service?','','11.3.6'),
(9577,'A web service allows your site to provide its content and data to other web sites and applications. Typically, the data is transported via <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hypertext_Transfer_Protocol\">HTTP</a> in a serialized machine-readable format.','','11.3.6'),
(9578,'What is serialization?','','11.3.6'),
(9579,'Serialization is the process of converting complex data structures into text strings, so that they can be exchanged and stored. The reverse process is called <em>deserialization</em>. JSON and XML are the two most-commonly-used data serialization formats for web services.','','11.3.6'),
(9580,'What is HTTP Basic authentication?','','11.3.6'),
(9581,'<a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_access_authentication\">HTTP Basic authentication</a> is a method for authenticating requests by sending a user name and password along with the request.','','11.3.6'),
(9582,'What modules provide web services?','','11.3.6'),
(9583,'The following core software modules provide web services:','','11.3.6'),
(9584,'JSON:API module','','11.3.6'),
(9585,'Exposes <em>entities</em> to other applications using a fully compliant implementation of the <a href=\"https://jsonapi.org\">JSON:API Specification</a>. See @content_structure_topic for more information on content entities and fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9586,'RESTful Web Services module','','11.3.6'),
(9587,'Exposes entities and other resources to other applications using a <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Representational_state_transfer\">REST</a> implementation. Data is exchanged using a serialization format such as JSON, and transferred using an authentication method such as HTTP Basic Authentication.','','11.3.6'),
(9588,'Serialization module','','11.3.6'),
(9589,'Provides a framework for adding specific serialization formats for other modules to use.','','11.3.6'),
(9590,'HTTP Basic Authentication module','','11.3.6'),
(9591,'Provides a way for web services to be authenticated using HTTP Basic authentication against site user accounts.','','11.3.6'),
(9592,'There are also contributed modules that provide web services.','','11.3.6'),
(9593,'Online documentation for the RESTful Web Services module','','11.3.6'),
(9594,'Online documentation for the JSON:API module','','11.3.6'),
(9595,'Comparison of the RESTFul Web Services and JSON:API modules','','11.3.6'),
(9596,'Changing the appearance of your site','','11.3.6'),
(9597,'What is a theme?','','11.3.6'),
(9598,'A <em>theme</em> is a set of files that define the visual look and feel of your site. The core software and modules that run on your site determine which content (including HTML text and other data stored in the database, uploaded images, and any other asset files) is displayed on the pages of your site. The theme determines the HTML markup and CSS styling that wraps the content. Several basic themes are supplied with the core software; additional <em>contributed themes</em> can be downloaded separately from the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/project_theme\">Download &amp; Extend page on drupal.org</a>, or you can create your own theme.','','11.3.6'),
(9599,'What is a base theme?','','11.3.6'),
(9600,'A base theme is a theme that is not meant to be used directly on a site, but instead acts as a scaffolding for building other themes. The core Stable 9 theme is one example; other base themes can be downloaded from the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/project_theme\">Download &amp; Extend page on drupal.org</a>.','','11.3.6'),
(9601,'What is a layout?','','11.3.6'),
(9602,'A <em>layout</em> is a template that defines where blocks and other pieces of content should be displayed. The core Layout Discovery module allows modules and themes to register layouts, and the core Layout Builder module provides a visual interface for placing fields and blocks in layouts for entity sub-types and individual entity items (see @content_structure_topic for more on entities and fields).','','11.3.6'),
(9603,'Changing site appearance overview','','11.3.6'),
(9604,'The main way to change the overall appearance of your site is to switch the default theme. The core Layout Builder and Layout Discovery modules allow you to define layouts for your site\'s content, and the core Breakpoint module helps themes change appearance for different-sized devices. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9605,'Extending and Customizing Your Site (Drupal User Guide)','','11.3.6'),
(9606,'Theming Drupal','','11.3.6'),
(9607,'Optimizing site performance','','11.3.6'),
(9608,'What is site performance?','','11.3.6'),
(9609,'Site performance, in this context, refers to speed factors such as the page load time and the response time after a user action on a page.','','11.3.6'),
(9610,'What is caching?','','11.3.6'),
(9611,'Caching is saving already-rendered HTML output and other calculated data for later use the first time it is needed. This saves time, because the next time the same data is needed it can be quickly retrieved instead of recalculated. Automatic caching systems also include mechanisms to delete cached calculations or mark them as no longer valid when the underlying data changes. To facilitate that, cached data has a <em>lifetime</em>, which is the maximum time before the data will be deleted from the cache (forcing recalculation).','','11.3.6'),
(9612,'What is file aggregation?','','11.3.6'),
(9613,'Aggregation is when CSS and JavaScript files are merged together and compressed into a format that is much smaller than the original. This allows for faster transmission and faster rendering on the other end.','','11.3.6'),
(9614,'What can I do to improve my site\'s performance?','','11.3.6'),
(9615,'The following core software modules and mechanisms can improve your site\'s performance:','','11.3.6'),
(9616,'Internal Page Cache module','','11.3.6'),
(9617,'Caches pages requested by users who are not logged in (anonymous users). Do not use if your site needs to send different output to different anonymous users.','','11.3.6'),
(9618,'Internal Dynamic Page Cache module','','11.3.6'),
(9619,'Caches data for both authenticated and anonymous users, with non-cacheable data in the page converted to placeholders and calculated when the page is requested.','','11.3.6'),
(9620,'Big Pipe module','','11.3.6'),
(9621,'Changes the way pages are sent to users, so that cacheable parts are sent out first with placeholders, and the uncacheable or personalized parts of the page are streamed afterwards. This allows the browser to render the bulk of the page quickly and fill in the details later.','','11.3.6'),
(9622,'Performance page settings','','11.3.6'),
(9623,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, if you navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Performance</em>, you will find a setting for the maximum cache lifetime, as well as the ability to turn on CSS and JavaScript file aggregation.','','11.3.6'),
(9624,'Online documentation for the Internal Page Cache module','','11.3.6'),
(9625,'Online documentation for the Internal Dynamic Page Cache module','','11.3.6'),
(9626,'Online documentation for the BigPipe module','','11.3.6'),
(9627,'Working with help topics','','11.3.6'),
(9628,'What is a help topic?','','11.3.6'),
(9629,'A help topic describes a concept, or steps to accomplish a task, related to a feature provided by one or more modules or themes. If the core Search module is enabled, these topics are also searchable.','','11.3.6'),
(9630,'Where are help topics listed?','','11.3.6'),
(9631,'The top-level help topics are listed at @help_link. Links to other topics, including non-top-level help topics, can be found under the \"Related\" heading when viewing a topic page.','','11.3.6'),
(9632,'How are help topics provided?','','11.3.6'),
(9633,'Modules and themes can provide help topics as Twig-file-based plugins in a project sub-directory called <em>help_topics</em>; plugin metadata is provided in YAML front matter within each Twig file. Plugin-based help topics provided by modules and themes will automatically be updated when a module or theme is updated. Use the plugins in <em>core/modules/help/help_topics</em> as a guide when writing and formatting a help topic plugin for your theme or module.','','11.3.6'),
(9634,'How are help topics translated?','','11.3.6'),
(9635,'The title and body text of help topics provided by contributed modules and themes are translatable using @translate_link (provided by Interface Translation module). Topics provided by custom modules and themes are also translatable if they have been viewed at least once in a non-English language, which triggers putting their translatable text into the translation database.','','11.3.6'),
(9636,'How can users search for help topics?','','11.3.6'),
(9637,'To enable users to search help, including help topics, you will need to install the core Search module, configure a search page, and add a search block to the Help page or another administrative page. (A search page is provided automatically, and if you use the core Claro administrative theme, a help search block is shown on the main Help page.) Then users with search permissions, and permission to view help, will be able to search help. See the related topic, @help_search_topic, for step-by-step instructions.','','11.3.6'),
(9638,'Help Topics Standards','','11.3.6'),
(9639,'What types of data does a site have?','','11.3.6'),
(9640,'There are four main types of data. <em>Content</em> is the information (text, images, etc.) meant to be displayed to website visitors. <em>Configuration</em> is data that defines how the content is displayed; some configuration (such as field labels) may also be visible to site visitors. <em>State</em> is temporary data about the state of your site, such as the last time the system <em>cron</em> jobs ran. <em>Session</em> is a subset of State information, related to users\' interactions with the site, such as site cookies and whether or not they are logged in.','','11.3.6'),
(9641,'What is a content entity?','','11.3.6'),
(9642,'A <em>content entity</em> (or more commonly, <em>entity</em>) is an item of content data, which can consist of text, HTML markup, images, attached files, and other data. Content entities are grouped into <em>entity types</em>, which have different purposes and are displayed in very different ways on the site. Most entity types are also divided into <em>entity sub-types</em>, which are divisions within an entity type to allow for smaller variations in how the entities are used and displayed. For example, the <em>Content item</em> entity type that stores page-level content is divided into <em>content type</em> sub-types; the <em>Content block</em> entity type has <em>block types</em>; but the <em>User</em> entity type (for user profile information) does not have sub-types.','','11.3.6'),
(9643,'What is a field?','','11.3.6'),
(9644,'Within entity items, the data is stored in individual <em>fields</em>, each of which holds one type of data, such as formatted or plain text, images or other files, or dates. Fields can be added by an administrator on entity sub-types, so that all entity items of a given entity sub-type have the same collection of fields available, and they can be single-valued or multiple-valued. When you create or edit entity items, you are specifying the values for the fields on the entity item.','','11.3.6'),
(9645,'What is a reference field?','','11.3.6'),
(9646,'A <em>reference field</em> is a field that stores a relationship between an entity and one or more other entities, which may belong to the same or different entity type. For example, a <em>Content reference</em> field on a content type stores a relationship between one content item and one or more other content items.','','11.3.6'),
(9647,'What field types are available?','','11.3.6'),
(9648,'The following field types are provided by the core system and core modules (many more are provided by contributed modules):','','11.3.6'),
(9649,'Boolean, Number (provided by the core system): Stores true/false values and numbers','','11.3.6'),
(9650,'Comment (provided by the core Comment module): Allows users to add comments to an entity','','11.3.6'),
(9651,'Date, Timestamp (Datetime module): Stores dates and times','','11.3.6'),
(9652,'Date range (Datetime range module): Stores time/date periods with a start and an end','','11.3.6'),
(9653,'Email (core system): Stores email addresses','','11.3.6'),
(9654,'Link (Link module): Stores URLs and link text','','11.3.6'),
(9655,'List (Options module): Stores values chosen from pre-defined lists, where the values can be numbers or text; see section below for more on list fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9656,'Reference (core system): Stores entity references; see section above','','11.3.6'),
(9657,'Telephone (Telephone module): Stores telephone numbers','','11.3.6'),
(9658,'Text (Text module): Stores formatted and unformatted text; see section below for more on text fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9659,'What settings are available for List field types?','','11.3.6'),
(9660,'List fields associate pre-defined <em>keys</em> (or value codes) with <em>labels</em> that the user sees. For example, you might define a list field that shows the user the names of several locations, while behind the scenes a location code is stored in the database. Each list field type corresponds to one type of stored key. For example, a <em>List (integer)</em> field stores integers, while the <em>List (text)</em> field stores text strings. Once you have chosen the field type, the main setting for a list field is the <em>Allowed values</em> list, which associates the keys with the labels.','','11.3.6'),
(9661,'What types of Text fields are available?','','11.3.6'),
(9662,'There are several types of text fields, with different characteristics. Text fields can be either <em>plain</em> or <em>formatted</em>: plain text fields do not contain HTML, while formatted fields can contain HTML and are processed through <em>text filters</em> (these are provided by the core Filter module; if you have that module enabled, see the related topic below on filters for more information). Text fields can also be regular-length (with a limit of 255 characters) or <em>long</em> (with a very large character limit), and long formatted text fields can include a <em>summary</em> attribute. All possible combinations of these characteristics exist as text field types; for example, <em>Text (plain)</em> and <em>Text (formatted, long, with summary)</em> are two examples of text field types.','','11.3.6'),
(9663,'What is a formatter?','','11.3.6'),
(9664,'A <em>formatter</em> is a way to display a field; most field types offer several types of formatters, and most formatters have settings that further define how the field is displayed. It is also possible to completely hide a field from display, and you have the option of showing or hiding the field\'s label when it is displayed.','','11.3.6'),
(9665,'What is a widget?','','11.3.6'),
(9666,'A <em>widget</em> is a way to edit a field. Some field types, such as plain text single-line fields, have only one widget available (in this case, a single-line text input field). Other field types offer choices for the widget; for example, single-valued <em>List</em> fields can use a <em>Select</em> or <em>Radio button</em> widget for editing. Many widget types have settings that further define how the field can be edited.','','11.3.6'),
(9667,'Managing content structure overview','','11.3.6'),
(9668,'Besides the field modules listed in the previous section, there are additional core modules that you can use to manage your content structure:','','11.3.6'),
(9669,'The core Node, Comment, Content Block, Custom Menu Links, User, File, Image, Media, Taxonomy, and Contact modules all provide content entity types.','','10.6.2'),
(9670,'The core Field UI module provides a user interface for managing fields and their display on entities.','','11.3.6'),
(9671,'The core Layout Builder module provides a more flexible user interface for configuring the display of entities.','','11.3.6'),
(9672,'The core Filter, Responsive Image, and Path modules provide settings and display options for entities and fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9673,'Depending on the core and contributed modules that you currently have installed on your site, the related topics below and other topics listed on the main help page (see @help_link) will help you with tasks related to content structure.','','11.3.6'),
(9674,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/understanding-data.html\">Concept: Types of Data (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9675,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/planning-chapter.html\">Planning your Site (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9676,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/structure-reference-fields.html\">Concept: Reference Fields (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9677,'Making your site secure','','11.3.6'),
(9678,'What are security updates?','','11.3.6'),
(9679,'Any software occasionally has bugs, and sometimes these bugs have security implications. When security bugs are fixed in the core software, modules, or themes that your site uses, they are released in a <em>security update</em>. You will need to apply security updates in order to keep your site secure.','','11.3.6'),
(9680,'What are security advisories?','','11.3.6'),
(9681,'A security advisory is a public announcement about a reported security problem in the core software. Contributed projects with a shield icon and \"Stable releases for this project are covered by the security advisory policy\" on their project page are also covered by Drupal\'s security advisory policy. Security advisories are managed by the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/drupal-security-team\">Drupal Security Team</a>.','','11.3.6'),
(9682,'Security tasks','','11.3.6'),
(9683,'Keeping track of updates, updating the core software, and updating contributed modules and/or themes are all part of keeping your site secure. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9684,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/drupal-security-team/security-advisory-process-and-permissions-policy\">Security advisory process and permissions policy</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9685,'What is the configuration system?','','11.3.6'),
(9686,'The configuration system provides the ability for administrators to customize the site, and to move and synchronize configuration changes between development sites and the live site. It does this in 2 ways:','','11.3.6'),
(9687,'Providing storage for configuration','','11.3.6'),
(9688,'Providing a process in which configuration changes can be imported and exported between instances of the same site; for example, from \"dev\" to \"staging\" to \"live\"','','11.3.6'),
(9689,'What is configuration data?','','11.3.6'),
(9690,'Configuration data describes settings that define how your site behaves or is displayed. For example, when a site administrator updates settings using an administrative form, these settings are stored as configuration data. Configuration data describes settings as simple as a site name and as complex as a view or image style.','','11.3.6'),
(9691,'What kinds of configuration are there?','','11.3.6'),
(9692,'Active configuration','','11.3.6'),
(9693,'Active configuration is the current working configuration of a site. Storage of active configuration is defined by the site, and resides in the database by default.','','11.3.6'),
(9694,'A simple configuration item is a group of settings, such as the settings for a module or theme. Each simple configuration item has its own unique structure.','','11.3.6'),
(9695,'Configuration entities','','11.3.6'),
(9696,'Configuration entities are user-defined configuration items grouped by type, such as views, image styles, and content types. Each configuration entity within a type has a similar structure.','','11.3.6'),
(9697,'Default configuration','','11.3.6'),
(9698,'Default configuration can be defined by a module, theme, or installation profile in its <em>config/install</em> or <em>config/optional</em> directories. Configuration is provided in YAML files (file extension .yml); YAML is a human-readable data serialization standard that is used by the core software for several purposes. Once the default configuration has been imported into the site\'s active configuration (through installing the extension), that configuration is owned by the site, not the extension. This means that future updates of the extension will not override the site\'s active configuration for that extension.','','11.3.6'),
(9699,'What is configuration synchronization?','','11.3.6'),
(9700,'Configuration synchronization is the process of exporting and importing configuration to keep configuration synchronized between different versions of a site; for example, between a development site and the live site.','','11.3.6'),
(9701,'Each site has unique identifier, also called a <em>UUID</em>, which identifies the site to the system in any instance of the site, as long as the site instances have been reproduced as clones (cloning is when the codebase and database are copied to create a new site instance). When site instances are cloned, a \"dev\" instance of the site has the same UUID as the \"live\" instance. When site instances share the same UUID, configuration can be exported from one instance to another.','','11.3.6'),
(9702,'The following list contains terms and concepts related to configuration synchronization:','','11.3.6'),
(9703,'Exported configuration','','11.3.6'),
(9704,'When configuration is exported, the active configuration is exported as a set of files in YAML format. When using the <em>Configuration synchronization</em> administrative UI, configuration can be exported as a full-export or single-item archive. This archive can then be imported into the destination site instance.','','11.3.6'),
(9705,'Imported configuration','','11.3.6'),
(9706,'Imported configuration is configuration that has been exported from another instance of the site (the \"source\") and is now being imported into another site instance (the \"destination\"), thereby updating its active configuration to match the imported configuration data set.','','11.3.6'),
(9707,'Configuration sync directory','','11.3.6'),
(9708,'The configuration sync directory location is set in the site\'s <em>settings.php</em> file. When configuration is exported, the active configuration is exported and described in YAML files which are stored in the configuration sync directory. After the first export, the system compares the site\'s active configuration with the configuration data in the sync directory and will only export active configuration items that are different than their counterparts in the sync directory.','','11.3.6'),
(9709,'Managing configuration overview','','11.3.6'),
(9710,'Configuration management tasks, such as exporting or importing configuration and synchronizing configuration, can be done either through the administrative UI provided by the core Configuration Manager module or a command-line interface (CLI) tool. Defining a configuration sync directory path other than the default value requires read/write access to the site\'s <em>settings.php</em> file.','','11.3.6'),
(9711,'Most modules and themes also provide settings forms for updating the configuration they provide. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9712,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/configuration-management/workflow-using-drush\">Configuration Management: Workflow using Drush</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9713,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/install-dev-sites.html\">Concept: Development Sites (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9714,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/install-dev-making.html\">Making a Development Site (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9715,'Edit settings in place.','','11.3.6'),
(9716,'What is quick editing?','','11.3.6'),
(9717,'The core Settings Tray module provides the ability to quickly edit settings inline. It requires the core Contextual Links module in order to expose the links that let you edit in place.','','11.3.6'),
(9718,'Who can edit settings in place?','','11.3.6'),
(9719,'In order to follow these steps to edit settings in place, the core Settings Tray module must be installed. Also, either the core Toolbar module or a contributed replacement must be installed. You will need to have <em>Use contextual links</em> permission, as well as permission to edit the particular content or settings.','','11.3.6'),
(9720,'Find and visit a page on your site that has the settings that you would like to edit.','','11.3.6'),
(9721,'Click the contextual links <em>Edit</em> button on the toolbar (in most themes, it looks like a pencil). Contextual <em>Edit</em> links with the same icon will appear all over your page.','','11.3.6'),
(9722,'Find the contextual link for the part of the page you want to edit. For example, if you want to edit the settings for a block, the link should be in the top-right corner of the block, or top-left for right-to-left languages.','','11.3.6'),
(9723,'Click the link to open the contextual links menu, and click <em>Quick edit</em>. An editing form for the settings should appear on the page.','','11.3.6'),
(9724,'Make your edits and submit the form.','','11.3.6'),
(9725,'Tracking which content a user has visited','','10.6.2'),
(9726,'What content visits are tracked?','','10.6.2'),
(9727,'The core History module tracks when each logged-in user has most recently visited each content item page on the site. This allows content to be marked as <em>new</em> or <em>updated</em> for each user, meaning that it was newly created or has been updated since the last time they visited its page. These records are kept for one month, meaning that content older than one month is never marked as new or updated.','','10.6.2'),
(9728,'What options are available for using this tracking information?','','10.6.2'),
(9729,'You can display the new/updated status of content by creating or editing a view. There is a <em>Has new content</em> field for <em>Content</em> views, which displays the new/updated marker. There is also a <em>Has new content</em> filter, which limits the view to new and updated content.','','10.6.2'),
(9730,'Adding an image style','','11.3.6'),
(9731,'Add a new image style, which can be used to process and display images. See @media_topic for an overview of image styles.','','11.3.6'),
(9732,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Media</em> &gt; @styles_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9733,'Click <em>Add image style</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9734,'Enter a descriptive <em>Image style name</em>, and click <em>Create new style</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9735,'Under <em>Effect</em>, choose an effect to apply and click <em>Add</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9736,'Configure the effect on the next page. Most effects require some additional configuration after they are added.  For example, for the <em>Crop</em> effect, enter the <em>Width</em> and <em>Height</em> to crop the image to, and choose the <em>Anchor</em> point. Click <em>Add effect</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9737,'Repeat the previous two steps until all of the effects have been added.','','11.3.6'),
(9738,'Drag to change the order of the effects. Then click <em>Save</em> to save the new order.','','11.3.6'),
(9739,'The image style can now be used to format a field containing an image in your layouts or traditional field displays. It can also be used as part of a responsive image style. See related topics below for more information.','','11.3.6'),
(9740,'Adding a language','','11.3.6'),
(9741,'Add a language to your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9742,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Region and language</em> &gt; @languages_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9743,'Click <em>Add language</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9744,'If your language is in the <em>Language name</em> list, select it and click <em>Add language</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9745,'If your language is not in the list, select <em>Custom language...</em> and enter the <em>Language code</em>, <em>Language name</em>, and <em>Direction</em> for the language. Click <em>Add custom language</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9746,'Wait for the translation system to be updated. Also, if you have the core Update Manager module installed and translations are available for your language, wait for translations to be downloaded. You should be returned to the <em>Languages</em> page when this completes.','','10.6.2'),
(9747,'Configuring language detection and selection','','11.3.6'),
(9748,'Configure the methods used to decide which language will be used to display text on your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9749,'What is a language detection method?','','11.3.6'),
(9750,'A language detection method is a way for your site to decide what language should be used to display text. This decision is made by evaluating a series of detection methods for languages; the first detection method that gets a result will determine which language is used. If you have more than one language on your site, you can configure the detection methods that are used and the order they are evaluated, for both user interface text and content text. Configuration text always uses the interface text method, and most sites use the same detection methods for all types of text.','','11.3.6'),
(9751,'What language detection methods are available?','','11.3.6'),
(9752,'The available detection methods depend on what modules you have installed. Some of the most commonly-used language detection methods are:','','11.3.6'),
(9753,'Use the language from the URL, which can either be in a path prefix like <em>example.com/fr/page_path</em> for French (fr) language, or in a domain like <em>fr.example.com/page_path</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9754,'For logged in users, use the language they have set in their profiles.','','11.3.6'),
(9755,'Use the language preferences from the user\'s browser.','','11.3.6'),
(9756,'Use the language most recently selected from a <em>Language switcher</em> block.','','11.3.6'),
(9757,'Use the language from a session parameter or a request parameter; for example, adding <em>?language=fr</em> to the end of the URL.','','11.3.6'),
(9758,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Region and language</em> &gt; <em>Languages</em> &gt; @detection_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9759,'Check the boxes to enable the desired language detection methods, and uncheck boxes for the methods you do not want to use.','','11.3.6'),
(9760,'Drag the methods to change their order, if desired.','','11.3.6'),
(9761,'Click <em>Save settings</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9762,'Click <em>Configure</em> on each enabled detection method and verify that its configuration is correct (or update the configuration if not).','','11.3.6'),
(9763,'Importing a translation file','','11.3.6'),
(9764,'Import a file (.po extension) containing translations for user interface text.','','11.3.6'),
(9765,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Region and language</em> &gt; <em>User interface translation</em> &gt; @import_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9766,'Browse to find the <em>Translation file</em> you want to import. Select the language and check the desired import options.','','11.3.6'),
(9767,'Click <em>Import</em> and wait for your file to be imported.','','11.3.6'),
(9768,'Translating user interface text','','11.3.6'),
(9769,'Translate user interface text strings from English into a non-English language that is configured on your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9770,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Region and language</em> &gt; @translate_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9771,'Using the filters, search for a string or set of strings that you want to translate; make sure to select the correct <em>Translation language</em> if you have more than one non-English language on your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9772,'Enter new translations and click <em>Save translations</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9773,'Repeat these steps until all of the desired user interface text is translated for all languages on your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9774,'Checking interface translation status','','11.3.6'),
(9775,'Check the current status of interface translations, and see if there are any updates available.','','11.3.6'),
(9776,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Region and language</em> &gt; @language_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9777,'Look at the <em>Interface translation</em> column in the language table, to find the percentage of user interface text that has been translated for each language.','','11.3.6'),
(9778,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <em>@translation_updates_link</em>. This report is only available if the core Update Status module is installed.','','11.3.6'),
(9779,'Optionally, click <em>Check manually</em> to update the report.','','11.3.6'),
(9780,'View the report to find out if any languages have translation updates that you can download.','','11.3.6'),
(9781,'Adding a new media type','','11.3.6'),
(9782,'Add a new media type that can be referenced in Media reference fields; media types are a content entity type. See @media_topic for an overview of media items and media types, and @content_structure_topic for more information on content entities and fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9783,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; @media_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9784,'If there is not already a media type for the type of media you want to use on your site, click <em>Add media type</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9785,'Enter a <em>Name</em> and <em>Description</em> for your media type, and select the <em>Media source</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9786,'For most media sources, there is additional information that will need to be stored with your media item, in a field on your media type. Under <em>Media source configuration</em>, select an existing field to re-use to store this information, or select <em> - Create -</em> to create a new field.','','11.3.6'),
(9787,'Note the types of metadata in the <em>Field mapping</em> section that can be mapped to fields on your media type.','','11.3.6'),
(9788,'Optionally, add additional fields for the metadata noted above or for other information that you want to store to your media type by clicking on <em>Manage fields</em> (see related topic below).','','11.3.6'),
(9789,'If you have added metadata fields, click <em>Edit</em>. Under <em>Field mapping</em>, select the fields you added for each piece of metadata information.','','11.3.6'),
(9790,'You can now use this media type by adding a Media reference field to any content entity sub-type. See related topic below.','','11.3.6'),
(9791,'Configure menu settings for a content type','','11.3.6'),
(9792,'For an existing content type, configure the available menus that will be shown as options on content editing screens; links to content items of this type can be added to these menus during editing.','','11.3.6'),
(9793,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; @content_types_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9794,'Locate the content type you want to configure, and click <em>Edit</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','11.3.6'),
(9795,'Under <em>Menu settings</em>, check the menus that you want to be available when editing a content item of this type.','','11.3.6'),
(9796,'Optionally, select the <em>Default parent item</em>, to put links to content items under a default location in the menu structure.','','11.3.6'),
(9797,'Reordering and disabling menu links','','11.3.6'),
(9798,'Disable menu links or change the order and hierarchy of menu links.','','11.3.6'),
(9799,'In the <em>Manage</em> administration menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; @structure_menu_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9800,'Click <em>Edit menu</em> for the menu that you want to edit.','','11.3.6'),
(9801,'Drag menu links into a new order, or check/uncheck <em>Enabled</em> to enable or disable menu links.','','11.3.6'),
(9802,'Click <em>Save</em> to save your changes.','','11.3.6'),
(9803,'Creating a menu','','11.3.6'),
(9804,'Create a new menu.','','11.3.6'),
(9805,'In the <em>Manage</em> administration menu, navigate <em>Structure</em> &gt; @structure_menu_link.','','11.3.6'),
(9806,'Click <em>Add menu</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9807,'Enter the title for the menu, which is used as the default block title if the menu is displayed as a block. If desired, also edit the machine name of the menu, which is by default derived from the title.','','11.3.6'),
(9808,'Enter an administrative summary, which is displayed on the <em>Menus</em> page.','','11.3.6'),
(9809,'If your site has more than one language, choose the language for the menu.','','11.3.6'),
(9810,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be on the menu editing page, ready to add links to the menu if the core Custom Menu Links module is installed; see related topics for further tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9811,'Adding a link to a menu','','11.3.6'),
(9812,'Add a link to a menu. Note that you can also add a link to a menu from the content edit page if menu settings have been configured for the content type.','','11.3.6'),
(9813,'Locate the desired menu and click <em>Add link</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','11.3.6'),
(9814,'Enter the <em>Menu link title</em> to be displayed.','','11.3.6'),
(9815,'Enter the <em>Link</em>, one of the following:','','11.3.6'),
(9816,'An internal path, such as <em>/node/add</em>','','11.3.6'),
(9817,'A full external URL','','11.3.6'),
(9818,'Start typing the title of a content item and select it when the full title comes up','','11.3.6'),
(9819,'<em>&lt;nolink&gt;</em> to display the <em>Menu link title</em> as plain text without a link','','11.3.6'),
(9820,'<em>&lt;front&gt;</em> to link to the front page of your site','','11.3.6'),
(9821,'Make sure that <em>Enabled</em> is checked; if not, the menu link will not be displayed.','','11.3.6'),
(9822,'Optionally, enter a <em>Description</em>, which will be displayed when a user hovers over the link.','','11.3.6'),
(9823,'Optionally, check <em>Show as expanded</em> to automatically show the children of this link (if any) when this link is shown.','','11.3.6'),
(9824,'Optionally, select the <em>Parent link</em>, if this menu link should be a child of another menu link.','','11.3.6'),
(9825,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the <em>Add link</em> page to add another link.','','11.3.6'),
(9826,'Locate the menu you just added a link to and click <em>Edit</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','11.3.6'),
(9827,'Verify that the order of links is correct. If it is not, drag menu links until the order is correct, and click <em>Save</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9828,'Migrating, updating, and upgrading','','11.3.6'),
(9829,'What are updating, upgrading, and migrating?','','11.3.6'),
(9830,'<em>Updating</em> is the process of changing from one minor version of the software to a newer version, such as from version 8.3.4 to 8.3.5, or 8.3.5 to 8.4.0. Starting with version 8.x, you can also update to major versions 9, 10, and beyond if your add-on modules, themes, and install profiles are compatible. <em>Upgrading</em> is the process of changing from an older major version of the software to a newer version, such as from version 7 to 8. <em>Migrating</em> is the process of importing data into a site.','','11.3.6'),
(9831,'To upgrade a site from Drupal 6 or 7 to Drupal 8 or later, keeping the content and configuration the same, you will install the new version of the software and add-on modules and themes in a new site, and then migrate the content and other data from your old site into the new site.','','11.3.6'),
(9832,'Overview of Migrating','','11.3.6'),
(9833,'You can use the <em>Migration</em> group of modules to perform the migration step of upgrading from Drupal 6 or 7 to Drupal 8 or later, as well as other migrations. These modules also provide APIs that can be used by programmers to write custom software for migrations. Here are the functions of the core migration modules:','','11.3.6'),
(9834,'Provides the underlying API for migrating data.','','11.3.6'),
(9835,'Provides data migration from older versions of the core software into a new site.','','11.3.6'),
(9836,'Migrate Drupal UI','','11.3.6'),
(9837,'Provides a user interface for performing data migration from older versions of the core software into a new site.','','11.3.6'),
(9838,'If the source of the data you want to migrate is a different content management system, or if the data source is a site that was built using contributed modules that the core migration modules do not support, then you will also need one or more contributed or custom modules in order to migrate your data.','','11.3.6'),
(9839,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/upgrading-drupal\">Upgrading Drupal</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9840,'Managing content','','11.3.6'),
(9841,'What is a content item?','','11.3.6'),
(9842,'A <em>content item</em> is a type of content entity for page-level content, which can have fields that store text, HTML markup, images, attached files, and other data. See @content_structure_topic for more about content entities and fields.','','11.3.6'),
(9843,'What is a content type?','','11.3.6'),
(9844,'Content items are divided into <em>content types</em>, which are the entity sub-types for the content item entity type; each content type has its own fields and display settings. For example, you might set up content types for pages, articles, recipes, events, and blog entries on your web site.','','11.3.6'),
(9845,'Overview of managing content','','11.3.6'),
(9846,'The core Node module allows you to define content types, and add and edit content items. The core Field UI module allows you to attach fields to each content type and manage the edit form and display for each content type. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks. Many other core and contributed modules and installation profiles provide pre-defined content types, modify the permission structure for content items, and provide other functionality.','','11.3.6'),
(9847,'Editing a content item','','11.3.6'),
(9848,'Find a content item and edit it, or update a group of content items in bulk. See @node_overview_topic for more about content types and content items.','','11.3.6'),
(9849,'Who can find and edit content?','','11.3.6'),
(9850,'Users with the <em>@content_permissions_link</em> permission can use the <em>Content</em> page to find content. Each content type has its own edit permissions. For example, to edit content of type Article, a user would need the <em>Article: Edit own content</em> permission to edit an article they created, or the <em>Article: Edit any content</em> permission to edit an article someone else created. In addition, users with the <em>Bypass content access control</em> or <em>Administer content</em> permission can edit content items of all types. Some contributed modules change the permission structure for editing content.','','11.3.6'),
(9851,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>@content_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9852,'Optionally, use filters to reduce the list of content items shown:','','11.3.6'),
(9853,'<em>Title</em>: key word(s) from the title','','11.3.6'),
(9854,'<em>Content type</em>','','11.3.6'),
(9855,'<em>Published status</em>','','11.3.6'),
(9856,'<em>Language</em>','','11.3.6'),
(9857,'If you enter or select filter values, click <em>Filter</em> to apply the filters.','','11.3.6'),
(9858,'Optionally, sort the list by clicking a column header. Click again to reverse the order.','','11.3.6'),
(9859,'To edit the title or other field values for one content item, click <em>Edit</em> in the row of the content item. Update the values and click <em>Save</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9860,'A few types of edits can be done in bulk to multiple content items. For example, to publish several unpublished content items, check the boxes in the left column (right column in right-to-left languages) to select the desired content items. For <em>Action</em>, select the <em>Publish content</em> action. Click <em>Apply to selected items</em> to make the change. The other actions under <em>Action</em> work in a similar manner.','','11.3.6'),
(9861,'Basic Page Management (Drupal User Guide)','','11.3.6'),
(9862,'Editing a Content Item (Drupal User Guide)','','11.3.6'),
(9863,'Creating a content item','','11.3.6'),
(9864,'Create and publish a content item. See @content_overview_topic for more about content types and content items.','','11.3.6'),
(9865,'Who can create content?','','11.3.6'),
(9866,'Users with the <em>@content_permissions_link</em> permission can visit the <em>Content</em> page as described in this topic. Each content type has its own create permissions. For example, to create content of type Article, a user would need the Article: Create new content permission. In addition, users with the <em>Bypass content access control</em> or <em>Administer content</em> permission can create content items of all types. Some contributed modules change the permission structure for creating content.','','11.3.6'),
(9867,'Click <em>Add content</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9868,'If there is more than one content type defined on your site that you have permission to create, click the name of the type of content you want to create.','','11.3.6'),
(9869,'On the content edit form, enter the <em>Title</em> of your content, which will show as the page title when the content item is displayed on a page, and also as the label for the content item in administration screens.','','11.3.6'),
(9870,'Fill in the other fields shown on the edit form for this specific content type.','','11.3.6'),
(9871,'Leave the <em>Published</em> field checked to publish the content immediately, or uncheck it to make it unpublished. Unpublished content is generally not shown to non-administrative site users.','','11.3.6'),
(9872,'Optionally, click <em>Preview</em> to preview the content.','','11.3.6'),
(9873,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will see the content displayed on a page.','','11.3.6'),
(9874,'Creating a Content Item (Drupal User Guide)','','11.3.6'),
(9875,'Creating a content type','','11.3.6'),
(9876,'Create a new content type. See @content_overview_topic for more about content types.','','11.3.6'),
(9877,'Who can create a content type?','','11.3.6'),
(9878,'Users with the <em>@content_permissions_link</em> permission (typically administrators) can create new content types.','','11.3.6'),
(9879,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@content_types_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9880,'Click <em>Add content type.</em>','','11.3.6'),
(9881,'In the <em>Name</em> field, enter a name for the content type, which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface.','','11.3.6'),
(9882,'Optionally, enter a <em>Description</em> for the content type. You may also want to adjust some of the settings in the vertical tabs section of the edit page.','','11.3.6'),
(9883,'Click <em>Save and manage fields</em>. Your content type will be created, and assuming you have the core Field UI module installed, you will be taken to the <em>Manage fields</em> page for the content type. (If you do not have the core Field UI module installed, the button will say <em>Save</em> instead.)','','11.3.6'),
(9884,'If you have the core Field UI module installed, follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new content type, set up the editing form, and configure the display.','','11.3.6'),
(9885,'Adding a Content Type (Drupal User Guide)','','11.3.6'),
(9886,'Setting Up Content Structure (Drupal User Guide)','','11.3.6'),
(9887,'Configuring aliases for URLs','','11.3.6'),
(9888,'What is a URL?','','11.3.6'),
(9889,'URL is the abbreviation for \"Uniform Resource Locator\", which is the page\'s address on the web. It is the \"name\" by which a browser identifies a page to display. In the example \"Visit us at <em>example.com</em>.\", <em>https://example.com</em> would be the URL for the home page of your website. Users use URLs to locate content on the web.','','11.3.6'),
(9890,'What is a path?','','11.3.6'),
(9891,'A path is the unique, last part of the URL for a specific function or piece of content. For example, for a page whose full URL is <em>https://example.com/node/7</em>, the path is <em>node/7</em>. Here are some examples of paths you might find in your site:','','11.3.6'),
(9892,'node/7: Path to a particular content item.','','11.3.6'),
(9893,'taxonomy/term/6: Path to a taxonomy term page.','','11.3.6'),
(9894,'user/3: Path to a user profile page.','','11.3.6'),
(9895,'What is an alias?','','11.3.6'),
(9896,'The core software allows you to provide more understandable URLs for pages on your site, which are called <em>aliases</em>. For example, if you have an \"About Us\" page with the path <em>node/7</em>, you can set up an alias of <em>about</em> so that your visitors will see it as <em>https://www.example.com/about</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9897,'Overview of configuring paths, aliases, and URLs','','11.3.6'),
(9898,'The core Path module provides the URL aliasing functionality. The contributed <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/pathauto\">Pathauto</a> module allows you to configure automatically-generated URL aliases for content items and other pages. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9899,'Concept: Paths, Aliases, and URLs (Drupal User Guide)','','11.3.6'),
(9900,'Creating a URL alias for a content item','','11.3.6'),
(9901,'Give a content item page a human- or SEO-friendly URL alias; you can follow similar steps to create an alias for a taxonomy term page. See @overview_topic for more about aliases.','','11.3.6'),
(9902,'Who can create URL aliases?','','11.3.6'),
(9903,'Users with the <em>@path_permissions_link</em> permission can create aliases. To follow the steps in this topic, you will also need permission to edit the content item.','','11.3.6'),
(9904,'Locate and open the content edit form for the content item, or create a new content item (see related topics on creating and editing content).','','11.3.6'),
(9905,'Under <em>URL alias</em> on the edit form, enter the desired alias (for example, \"/about-us\"). Make sure the alias starts with a \"/\" character.','','11.3.6'),
(9906,'Verify that the page can be visited with the new alias, for example <em>https://example.com/about-us</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9907,'Editing a URL alias','','11.3.6'),
(9908,'Change an existing URL alias, to correct the path or the alias value. See @path_overview_topic for more about aliases.','','11.3.6'),
(9909,'Who can manage URL aliases?','','11.3.6'),
(9910,'Users with the <em>@path_permissions_link</em> permission can edit aliases.','','11.3.6'),
(9911,'In the <em>Manage</em> administration menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Search and metadata</em> &gt; <em>@path_aliases_link</em>. A list of all the site\'s aliases will appear.','','11.3.6'),
(9912,'Click <em>Edit</em> in the dropdown button for the alias that you would like to change.','','11.3.6'),
(9913,'Make the required changes and click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the URL alias list page.','','11.3.6'),
(9914,'Note that you can also add new aliases from this page, for any path on your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9915,'Configuring site search','','11.3.6'),
(9916,'What are search pages?','','11.3.6'),
(9917,'The core Search module organizes site search into <em>pages</em>. Each page allows users to search a particular type of content with a particular configuration. The configuration includes specifying a URL that starts with <em>search</em>, a name for the page, and additional options for some search page types.','','11.3.6'),
(9918,'When users visit the main search page (see @search_link), they will see the configured search pages that they have access to. Each search page has a search form on it, and the page will display search results after the user enters keywords into the form and clicks the search button.','','11.3.6'),
(9919,'What modules provide site search?','','11.3.6'),
(9920,'The core Search module provides the ability to configure search pages; search page types are provided by both core and contributed modules. The core modules that provide search page types are:','','11.3.6'),
(9921,'The Node module, for searching content pages','','11.3.6'),
(9922,'The User module, for searching user profiles','','11.3.6'),
(9923,'The Help module, for searching help topics','','11.3.6'),
(9924,'As an alternative to the core Search module\'s system of search pages, you can use contributed modules to provide site search. For example, the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/apachesolr\">Apache Solr</a> and <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/sphinx\">Sphinx</a> contributed modules use third-party technology to provide site search.','','11.3.6'),
(9925,'What are the limitations of the core Search module?','','11.3.6'),
(9926,'There are two main limitations of the core Search module. First, it is not appropriate for very large sites -- if you have a large site, look into other search technologies like Apache Solr. Second, the Node search page type only supports exact keyword matching, which is not the behavior that most users will expect. You can improve this by installing a language-specific stemming module for your language (such as <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/porterstemmer\">Porter Stemmer</a> for American English), which makes it so that, for example, a search for the word walk would match pages containing the words walk, walking, and walked.','','11.3.6'),
(9927,'What are the search permissions?','','11.3.6'),
(9928,'Users with <em>Use search</em> permission can use the <em>Search form</em> block and <em>Search</em> page; this permission is required for any search configured in the core Search module.','','11.3.6'),
(9929,'In addition to <em>Use search</em>, <em>View user information</em> permission is needed for searching users.','','11.3.6'),
(9930,'In addition to <em>Use search</em>, <em>View published content</em> permission is needed for searching content.','','11.3.6'),
(9931,'Users with <em>Use advanced search</em> permission can use more complex search filtering when performing content searches.','','11.3.6'),
(9932,'Configuring site search overview','','11.3.6'),
(9933,'In order to configure site search using the core Search module, you will need to configure one or more search pages. You will also need to verify or alter permissions so that the desired user roles can search the site. (See @user_overview_topic for more information about roles and permissions.) For content search, you will also need to make sure that the search index is configured and that the site is fully indexed. Finally, you may wish to place the <em>Search form</em> block on pages of your site, or add the search page to a navigation menu, to give users easy access to search. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(9934,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/documentation/modules/search\">Online documentation for the Search module</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9935,'Configure one or more search pages.','','11.3.6'),
(9936,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Search and Metadata</em> &gt; <em>@search_settings_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9937,'Scroll down to the <em>Search pages</em> section. You will see a list of the already-configured search pages on your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9938,'To configure an existing search page, click <em>Edit</em>. Or, to add a new search page, select the <em>Search page type</em> and click <em>Add search page</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9939,'Enter the desired <em>Label</em> name and URL <em>Path</em> for the search page.','','11.3.6'),
(9940,'For <em>Content</em> search pages, select the desired level of influence in ranking search results of the available <em>Content ranking</em> factors.','','11.3.6'),
(9941,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the <em>Search pages</em> page.','','11.3.6'),
(9942,'Verify that the correct search page is listed as <em>Default</em> in the <em>Status</em> column. If not, click <em>Set as default</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list for the correct search page.','','11.3.6'),
(9943,'Optionally, disable or delete any search pages that you do not want to have available on the site (disabling is temporary, while deleting is permanent).','','11.3.6'),
(9944,'Follow the steps in @search_index_topic to make sure that the search index is updated.','','11.3.6'),
(9945,'Manage the search index, and make sure that the site is fully indexed for searching.','','11.3.6'),
(9946,'What is the search index?','','11.3.6'),
(9947,'The <em>Content</em> and <em>Help</em> search types provided by the core software pre-index their content and store the results in several database tables that are collectively called the <em>search index</em>. The process of indexing renders the content and breaks it up into words, which can then be matched more efficiently with keyword queries when users perform searches. Search indexing happens during cron runs; see @cron_topic for more information about cron.','','11.3.6'),
(9948,'Under <em>Indexing throttle</em>, select the <em>Number of items to index per cron run</em>. A smaller number will make cron faster and reduce the possibility of timeout; a larger number will make sure more of your site is indexed in fewer cron runs.','','11.3.6'),
(9949,'Under <em>Default indexing settings</em>, enter the desired <em>Minimum word length to index</em>. Words smaller than this length will be dropped from both keywords when searching and content when indexing.','','11.3.6'),
(9950,'If your site uses Chinese, Japanese, or Korean languages, optionally check <em>Simple CJK handling</em> under <em>Default indexing settings</em> to provide some support for these languages.','','11.3.6'),
(9951,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>, and you should be returned to the <em>Search pages</em> page.','','11.3.6'),
(9952,'Click <em>Re-index site</em> if you have changed the indexing configuration, or later on, if you believe that the search index has been corrupted.','','11.3.6'),
(9953,'Follow the steps in @cron_topic to make sure a cron task has been configured.','','11.3.6'),
(9954,'After waiting for cron to run several times, verify that the content has been fully indexed for searching. The overall status is listed under <em>Indexing progress</em>, and the status for each search page is shown in the <em>Indexing progress</em> column of the <em>Search pages</em> section.','','11.3.6'),
(9955,'Creating and using shortcut administrative links','','11.3.6'),
(9956,'Create, view, and use a set of shortcuts to access administrative pages.','','11.3.6'),
(9957,'What are shortcuts?','','11.3.6'),
(9958,'<em>Shortcuts</em> are quick links to administrative pages; they are managed by the core Shortcut module. A site can have one or more <em>shortcut sets</em>, which can be shared by one or more users (by default, there is only one set shared by all users); each set contains a limited number of shortcuts. Users need <em>Use shortcuts</em> permission to view shortcuts; <em>Edit current shortcut set</em> permission to add, delete, or edit the shortcuts in the set assigned to them; and <em>Select any shortcut set</em> permission to select a different shortcut set when editing their user profile. There is also an <em>Administer shortcuts</em> permission, which allows an administrator to do any of these actions, as well as select shortcut sets for other users.','','11.3.6'),
(9959,'Make sure that the core Shortcut module is installed, and that you have a role with <em>Edit current shortcut set</em> or <em>Administer shortcuts</em> permission. Also, make sure that a toolbar module is installed (either the core Toolbar module or a contributed module replacement).','','11.3.6'),
(9960,'Navigate to an administrative page that you want in your shortcut list.','','11.3.6'),
(9961,'Click the shortcut link to add the page to your shortcut list -- in the core Claro administrative theme, the link looks like a star, and is displayed next to the page title. However, if the page is already in your shortcut set, clicking the shortcut link will remove it from your shortcut set.','','11.3.6'),
(9962,'Repeat until all the desired links have been added to your shortcut set.','','11.3.6'),
(9963,'Click <em>Shortcuts</em> in the toolbar to display your shortcuts, and verify that the list is complete.','','11.3.6'),
(9964,'Optionally, click <em>Edit shortcuts</em> at the right end of the shortcut list (left end in right-to-left languages), to remove links or change their order.','','11.3.6'),
(9965,'Click any link in the shortcut bar to go directly to the administrative page.','','11.3.6'),
(9966,'Uninstalling an unused theme','','11.3.6'),
(9967,'Uninstall a theme that was previously installed, but is no longer being used on the site.','','11.3.6'),
(9968,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>@themes_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9969,'Locate the theme that you want to uninstall, in the <em>Installed themes</em> section.','','11.3.6'),
(9970,'Click the <em>Uninstall</em> link to uninstall the theme. If there is not an <em>Uninstall</em> link, the theme cannot be uninstalled because it is either being used as the site default theme, being used as the <em>Administration theme</em>, or is the base theme for another installed theme.','','11.3.6'),
(9971,'Installing a theme and setting default themes','','11.3.6'),
(9972,'Install a core theme, or a contributed theme that has already been downloaded. Choose the default themes to use for the site and for administrative pages.','','11.3.6'),
(9973,'Locate the themes that you want to use as the site default theme and for administrative pages.','','11.3.6'),
(9974,'For each of these themes, if the theme is in the <em>Uninstalled themes</em> section, click the <em>Install</em> link to install the theme. Wait for the theme to be installed (translations might be downloaded). You should be returned to the <em>Appearance</em> page.','','11.3.6'),
(9975,'Locate the theme that you want to be your default theme, which should now be in the <em>Installed themes</em> section. If it is not already labeled as the <em>default theme</em>, click the <em>Set as default</em> link.','','11.3.6'),
(9976,'At the bottom of the page, select the <em>Administration theme</em> that you want to use on administrative pages. Click <em>Save configuration</em> if you selected a new theme.','','11.3.6'),
(9977,'If you changed the default theme for your site, visit the site home page or another page on the non-administration part of your site and verify that the site is using the new theme. If you changed the administration theme, verify that the new theme is used on administrative pages.','','11.3.6'),
(9978,'Clear the data in the site cache.','','11.3.6'),
(9979,'What is the cache?','','11.3.6'),
(9980,'Some of the calculations that are done when your site loads a page take a long time to run. To save time when these calculations would need to be done again, their results can be <em>cached</em> in your site\'s database. There are internal mechanisms to <em>clear</em> cached data when the conditions or assumptions that went into the calculation have changed, but you can also clear cached data manually. When your site is misbehaving, a good first step is to clear the cache and see if the problem goes away.','','11.3.6'),
(9981,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>@performance_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9982,'Click <em>Clear all caches</em>. Your site\'s cached data will be cleared.','','11.3.6'),
(9983,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/prevent-cache.html\">Concept: Cache (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(9984,'Running reports on your site','','11.3.6'),
(9985,'Run reports to learn about the status and health of your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9986,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <em>@status_link</em> to see a report that summarizes the health and status of your site. If there are any warnings or errors, you will need to fix them. Take note of any upcoming highly critical security releases that may impact your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9987,'If you have the core Database Logging module installed, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <em>Recent log messages</em> to see a report of the error and informational messages your site has generated. You can filter the report by <em>Severity</em> to see only the most critical messages, if desired.','','11.3.6'),
(9988,'If you have the core Update Manager module installed, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <em>Available updates</em> to see a report of the updates that are available for your site software. If <em>Last checked</em> is far in the past, click <em>Check manually</em> to update the report. Scan the report; if the core software or any modules or themes have security updates available, you should update them as soon as possible.','','10.6.2'),
(9989,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-chapter.html\">Security and Maintenance (Drupal User Guide)</a>, which includes information on how to update your site\'s core software, modules, and themes.','','11.3.6'),
(9990,'Changing basic site settings','','11.3.6'),
(9991,'Configure the basic settings of your site, including the site name, slogan, main email address, default time zone, default country, and the date formats to use.','','11.3.6'),
(9992,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>System</em> &gt; <em>@information_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9993,'Enter the site name, slogan, and main email address for your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9994,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>. You should see a message indicating that the settings were saved.','','11.3.6'),
(9995,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Region and language</em> &gt; <em>@regional_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9996,'Select the default country and default time zone for your site.','','11.3.6'),
(9997,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Region and language</em> &gt; <em>@datetime_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(9998,'Look at the <em>Patterns</em> for the Default long, medium, and short date formats. If any of them does not match the date format you want to use on your site, click <em>Edit</em> in that row to edit the format.','','11.3.6'),
(9999,'Adjust the <em>Format string</em> until the <em>Displayed</em> format matches what you want. (Date format strings are composed of PHP date format codes.)','','11.3.6'),
(10000,'Click <em>Save format</em>. You should see a message indicating that the format was saved.','','11.3.6'),
(10001,'Repeat the previous three steps for any other date formats that need to be changed.','','11.3.6'),
(10002,'<a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/datetime.format.php#refsect1-datetime.format-parameters\">PHP date format codes reference</a>','','11.3.6'),
(10003,'Enabling and disabling maintenance mode','','11.3.6'),
(10004,'Put your site in maintenance mode to perform maintenance operations, and then return to normal mode when finished.','','11.3.6'),
(10005,'What is maintenance mode?','','11.3.6'),
(10006,'When your site is in maintenance mode, most site visitors will see a simple maintenance mode message page, rather than being able to use the full functionality of the site. Users with <em>Use the site in maintenance mode</em> permission who are already logged in will be able to use the full site, and the log in page at <em>/user</em> will also be accessible to anyone.','','11.3.6'),
(10007,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>@maintenance_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10008,'Check <em>Put site into maintenance mode</em>, optionally change the <em>Message to display when in maintenance mode</em>, and click <em>Save configuration</em>. Your site will be in maintenance mode.','','11.3.6'),
(10009,'Perform your maintenance operations.','','11.3.6'),
(10010,'Uncheck <em>Put site into maintenance mode</em> and click <em>Save configuration</em>. Your site will be back in normal operation mode.','','11.3.6'),
(10011,'Clear the site cache. See @cache_topic for instructions.','','11.3.6'),
(10012,'Configuring error responses, including 403/404 pages','','11.3.6'),
(10013,'Set up your site to respond appropriately to site errors, including 403 and 404 page responses.','','11.3.6'),
(10014,'What are 403 and 404 responses?','','11.3.6'),
(10015,'When a user visits a web page, the web server sends a response code in addition to the page content. A normal, non-error response has code 200. If the page does not exist on the site, the response code is 404. If the page exists, but the user is not authorized to visit the page, the response code is 403. The core software provides default responses for both 403 and 404 codes, but if you prefer, you can create your own pages for each.','','11.3.6'),
(10016,'What other errors can occur?','','11.3.6'),
(10017,'Under some situations, your site can generate error messages. These can be due to user errors (such as entering invalid values in a form, or incorrect configuration), PHP runtime errors, or software bugs. Some errors may result in a <em>white screen of death</em> (a totally blank web page response); less drastic errors will generate error messages. You can configure what happens when an error message is generated.','','11.3.6'),
(10018,'If desired, create pages to use for 403 and 404 responses. Note the URLs for these pages.','','11.3.6'),
(10019,'In the <em>Error pages</em> section, enter the URL for your 403/404 pages, starting after the site home page URL. For example, if your site URL is <em>https://example.com</em> and your 404 page is <em>https://example.com/not-found</em>, you would enter <em>/not-found</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10020,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>@log_settings_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10021,'For a production site, select <em>None</em> under <em>Error messages to display</em>. For a site that is in development, select one of the other options, so that you are more aware of the errors the site is generating.','','11.3.6'),
(10022,'Installing a module','','11.3.6'),
(10023,'Install a core module, or a contributed module that has already been downloaded.','','11.3.6'),
(10024,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>@extend_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10025,'Enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box, to make the list of modules smaller. Locate the module you want to install.','','11.3.6'),
(10026,'Check the box next to the name of the module you want to install; you can also check more than one box to install multiple modules at the same time. If the checkbox is disabled for the module you are trying to install, expand the information to see why -- you may need to download an additional module that your module requires.','','11.3.6'),
(10027,'Click <em>Install</em> at the bottom of the page. If you chose to install a module with dependencies that were not already installed, or if you chose an Experimental module, confirm your choice on the next page.','','11.3.6'),
(10028,'Wait for the module (or modules) to be installed. You should be returned to the <em>Extend</em> page with a message saying the module or modules were installed.','','11.3.6'),
(10029,'Uninstalling a module','','11.3.6'),
(10030,'Uninstall a module. Your site should be in <em>maintenance mode</em> when you uninstall modules. See @maintenance_topic for details.','','11.3.6'),
(10031,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Extend</em> &gt; <em>@uninstall_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10032,'Enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box, to make the list of modules smaller. Locate the module you want to uninstall.','','11.3.6'),
(10033,'In the <em>Description</em> column, see if there are reasons that this module cannot be uninstalled. For example, you may have created content using this module (which you would need to delete first), or there may be another module installed that requires this module to be installed (you would need to uninstall the other module first).','','11.3.6'),
(10034,'If there are no reasons listed, the module can be uninstalled. Check the box in the <em>Uninstall</em> column, next to the module\'s name.','','11.3.6'),
(10035,'Click <em>Uninstall</em> at the bottom of the page. Verify the list of modules to be uninstalled and configuration to be deleted on the confirmation page, and click <em>Uninstall</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10036,'Wait for the module to be uninstalled. You should be returned to the <em>Uninstall</em> page with a message saying the module was uninstalled.','','11.3.6'),
(10037,'Managing taxonomy','','11.3.6'),
(10038,'What is taxonomy?','','11.3.6'),
(10039,'<em>Taxonomy</em> is used to classify website content. One common example of taxonomy is the tags used to classify or categorize posts in a blog website; a cooking website could use an ingredients taxonomy to classify recipes. Individual taxonomy items are known as <em>terms</em> (the blog tags or recipe ingredients in these examples); and a set of terms is known as a <em>vocabulary</em> (the set of all blog post tags, or the set of all recipe ingredients in these examples). Technically, taxonomy terms are an entity type and the entity subtypes are the vocabularies; see @content_structure_topic for more on content entities. Like other entities, taxonomy terms can have fields attached; for instance, you could set up an image field to contain an icon for each term.','','11.3.6'),
(10040,'An individual vocabulary can organize its terms in a hierarchy, or it could be flat. For example, blog tags normally have a flat structure, while a recipe ingredients vocabulary could be hierarchical (for example, tomatoes could be a sub-term of vegetables, and under tomatoes, you could have green and red tomatoes).','','11.3.6'),
(10041,'Taxonomy terms are normally attached as reference fields to other content entities, which is how you can use them to classify content. When you set up a taxonomy reference field, you can let users enter terms in two ways:','','11.3.6'),
(10042,'Free tagging','','11.3.6'),
(10043,'New terms can be created right on the content editing form.','','11.3.6'),
(10044,'Fixed list of terms','','11.3.6'),
(10045,'The list of terms is curated and managed outside the content editing form, and users can only select from the existing list when editing content.','','11.3.6'),
(10046,'Taxonomy reference fields can be added to any entity, such as user accounts, content blocks, or regular content items. If you use them to classify regular content items, your site will automatically be set up with taxonomy listing pages for each term; each of these pages lists all of the content items that are classified with that term.','','11.3.6'),
(10047,'Overview of managing taxonomy','','11.3.6'),
(10048,'The core Taxonomy module allows you to create and edit taxonomy vocabularies and taxonomy terms. The core Field UI module provides a user interface for adding fields to entities, including the taxonomy reference field, and configuring field editing and display. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(10049,'Concept: Taxonomy (Drupal User Guide)','','11.3.6'),
(10050,'Configuring taxonomy','','11.3.6'),
(10051,'Create a taxonomy vocabulary and add a reference field for that vocabulary to a content entity. See @taxonomy_overview_topic for information about taxonomy and @content_structure_topic for more on content entities.','','11.3.6'),
(10052,'Who can configure a taxonomy vocabulary?','','11.3.6'),
(10053,'Users with the <em>@taxonomy_permissions_link</em> permission can configure a vocabulary. To add a field in the administrative interface, the core Field UI module must be installed, and you will also need the <em>Administer fields</em> permission for the entity you are adding the field to.','','11.3.6'),
(10054,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@taxonomy_admin_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10055,'Click <em>Add vocabulary</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10056,'In the <em>Name</em> field, enter a name for the vocabulary (for example \"Ingredients\"), which is how it will be shown in the administrative interface. Optionally, add a description.','','11.3.6'),
(10057,'Click <em>Save</em>. Your vocabulary will be created and you will see the page that lists all the terms in this vocabulary.','','11.3.6'),
(10058,'Optionally, click <em>Add term</em> to add a term to the new vocabulary. In the <em>Name</em> field, enter the term name (for example \"Butter\"). Click <em>Save</em>. You will receive a confirmation about the term you created. You may optionally continue to add more terms.','','11.3.6'),
(10059,'If you have the Field UI module installed, follow the instructions on the related <em>Adding a reference field to an entity sub-type</em> topic to add a taxonomy reference field to the entity type of your choice. The settings page will allow you to choose the <em>Vocabulary</em> that you created as the vocabulary to reference.','','11.3.6'),
(10060,'You may also want to configure the display and form display of the new field (see related topics).','','11.3.6'),
(10061,'Setting Up a Taxonomy (Drupal User Guide)','','11.3.6'),
(10062,'Configuring how user accounts are created and deleted','','11.3.6'),
(10063,'Configure settings related to how user accounts are created and deleted.','','11.3.6'),
(10064,'What are the settings related to user account creation and deletion?','','11.3.6'),
(10065,'You can make it possible for new users to register themselves for accounts, with or without email verification or administrative approval. Or, you can make it so only administrators with <em>Administer users</em> permission can register new users.','','11.3.6'),
(10066,'You can configure what happens to content that a user created, if their account is <em>canceled</em> (deleted).','','11.3.6'),
(10067,'You can edit the email messages that are sent to users when their accounts are pending, approved, created, blocked, or canceled, or when they request a password reset.','','11.3.6'),
(10068,'What are variables in email message text?','','11.3.6'),
(10069,'<em>Variables</em> are short text strings, enclosed in square brackets [], that you can insert into configured email message text. When an individual message is generated, data from your site is substituted for the variables. Some commonly-used variables are:','','11.3.6'),
(10070,'[site:name]: The name of your website.','','11.3.6'),
(10071,'[site:url]: The URL of your website.','','11.3.6'),
(10072,'[user:account-name]: The user\'s account name.','','11.3.6'),
(10073,'[user:mail]: The user\'s email alias.','','11.3.6'),
(10074,'[user:one-time-login-url]: An expiring URL that a user can use to log in once, if they need to reset their password.','','11.3.6'),
(10075,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>People</em> &gt; <em>@account_settings_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10076,'Select the method you want to use for creating user accounts, and check or uncheck the box that requires email verification, to match the settings you want for your site.','','11.3.6'),
(10077,'Select the desired option for what happens to content that a user created if their account is canceled.','','11.3.6'),
(10078,'Optionally, edit the text of email messages related to user accounts.','','11.3.6'),
(10079,'Verify that the other settings are correct.','','11.3.6'),
(10080,'Modifying or deleting a user account','','11.3.6'),
(10081,'Update or delete an existing user account.','','11.3.6'),
(10082,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>@people_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10083,'Enter all or part of the user name or email address of the user account you want to update or delete, and click <em>Filter</em>. A short list of user accounts, including the account of interest, should be shown in the table; if not, modify the filter text until you can find the account of interest.','','11.3.6'),
(10084,'Click <em>Edit</em> in the <em>Operations</em> area of the account of interest.','','11.3.6'),
(10085,'To delete the user account, scroll to the bottom and click <em>Cancel account</em>. Select what you want to happen to the user\'s content on the next screen, and click <em>Cancel account</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10086,'To update the user account, enter new values in the form and click <em>Save</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10087,'What is a user?','','11.3.6'),
(10088,'A user is anyone accessing or viewing your site. <em>Anonymous</em> users are users who are not logged in, and <em>Authenticated</em> users are users who are logged in.','','11.3.6'),
(10089,'What is a role?','','11.3.6'),
(10090,'<em>Roles</em> are used to group and classify users; each user can be assigned one or more roles. There are also special roles for all anonymous and all authenticated users.','','11.3.6'),
(10091,'What is a permission?','','11.3.6'),
(10092,'Granting a <em>permission</em> to a role allows users who have been assigned that role to perform an action on the site, such as viewing content, editing or creating  a particular type of content, administering settings for a particular module, or using a particular function of the site (such as search).','','11.3.6'),
(10093,'Overview of managing user accounts and visitors','','11.3.6'),
(10094,'The core User module allows users to register, log in, and log out, and administrators to manage user roles and permissions. The core Ban module allows administrators to ban certain IP addresses from accessing the site. Depending on which modules you have installed on your site, the related topics below will help you with tasks related to managing user accounts and visitors.','','10.6.2'),
(10095,'Adding a new role','','11.3.6'),
(10096,'Create a new role.','','11.3.6'),
(10097,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>People</em> &gt; <em>@roles_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10098,'Click <em>Add role</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10099,'Enter the desired <em>Role name</em>. If desired, click <em>Edit</em> to change the <em>Machine name</em> for the role.','','11.3.6'),
(10100,'Click <em>Save</em>. You should be returned to the <em>Roles</em> page and your new role should be in the role list.','','11.3.6'),
(10101,'Creating a user account','','11.3.6'),
(10102,'Click <em>Add user</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10103,'Enter the <em>Email address</em>, <em>Username</em>, and <em>Password</em> (twice) for the new user.','','11.3.6'),
(10104,'Verify that the <em>Roles</em> checked for the new user are correct.','','11.3.6'),
(10105,'If you want the new user to receive an email message notifying them of the new account, check <em>Notify user of new account</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10106,'Optionally, change other settings on the form.','','11.3.6'),
(10107,'Click <em>Create new account</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10108,'You will be left on the <em>Add user</em> page; repeat these steps if you have more user accounts to create.','','11.3.6'),
(10109,'Modifying the permissions for a role','','11.3.6'),
(10110,'Modify the permissions for an existing role.','','11.3.6'),
(10111,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>People</em> &gt; <em>@permissions_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10112,'Review the permissions for the role, paying particular attention to the permissions marked with <em>Warning: Give to trusted roles only; this permission has security implications.</em> Uncheck permissions that this role should not have, in the row of the permission and the column of the role; check permissions that this role should have.','','11.3.6'),
(10113,'Adding a new display to an existing view','','11.3.6'),
(10114,'Editing an existing view display','','11.3.6'),
(10115,'Add a new display to an existing view. This will allow you to display similar data to an existing view, using similar settings, in a new block, page, feed, etc.','','11.3.6'),
(10116,'If you are not already editing your view, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@views_link</em>. Find the view you want to edit, and click its <em>Edit</em> link.','','11.3.6'),
(10117,'Under <em>Displays</em>, click <em>Add</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10118,'In the pop-up list, click the link for the type of display you want to add; the most common types are <em>Page</em> and <em>Block</em>. The new display will be added to your view, and you will be editing that display.','','11.3.6'),
(10119,'Optionally, click the link next to <em>Display name</em> and enter a new name to be shown for this display in the administrative interface.','','11.3.6'),
(10120,'Follow the steps in @view_edit_topic to edit the other settings for the display.','','11.3.6'),
(10121,'Creating a new view','','11.3.6'),
(10122,'Create a new view to list content or other items on your site.','','11.3.6'),
(10123,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@views_link</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10124,'Click <em>Add view</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10125,'In the <em>View name</em> field, enter a name for the view, which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface.','','11.3.6'),
(10126,'In <em>View settings</em> &gt; <em>Show</em>, select the base data type to display in your view. This cannot be changed later.','','11.3.6'),
(10127,'Optionally, select or enter filtering, sorting, and page/block display settings; these can be added or changed later.','','11.3.6'),
(10128,'Click <em>Save and edit</em>. Your view will be created; edit it following the steps in the related topics below.','','11.3.6'),
(10129,'Adding a bulk operations form to a view','','11.3.6'),
(10130,'Add one or more existing actions as bulk operations to an existing table-style view. If you have the core Actions UI module installed, see the related topic \"Configuring actions\" for more information about actions.','','11.3.6'),
(10131,'Who can edit views?','','11.3.6'),
(10132,'The core Views UI module will need to be installed and you will need <em>@views_permissions</em> permission in order to edit a view.','','11.3.6'),
(10133,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>@views</em>. A list of all views is shown.','','11.3.6'),
(10134,'Find the view that you would like to edit, and click <em>Edit</em> from the dropdown button. Note that bulk operations work best in a view with a Page display, and a Table format.','','11.3.6'),
(10135,'If there is not already an <em>Operations bulk form</em> in the <em>Fields</em> list for the view, click <em>Add</em> in the <em>Fields</em> section to add it. (The exact name of the bulk form field will vary, and may contain keywords like \"bulk update\", \"form element\" or \"operations\" -- not to be confused with <em>operations links</em>, which are applied to each item in a row.) If the bulk operations field already exists, click the field name to edit its settings.','','11.3.6'),
(10136,'Check the action(s) you want to make available in the <em>Selected actions</em> list and click <em>Apply (all displays)</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10137,'Verify that the <em>Access</em> settings for the view are at least as restrictive as the permissions necessary to perform the bulk operations. People with permission to see the view, but who don\'t have permission to do the bulk operations, will experience problems.','','11.3.6'),
(10138,'Click <em>Save</em>. The action(s) will be available as bulk operations in the view.','','11.3.6'),
(10139,'Managing content listings (views)','','11.3.6'),
(10140,'Edit an existing view display, to modify what data is displayed or how it is displayed.','','11.3.6'),
(10141,'Under <em>Displays</em>, click the display you want to edit.','','11.3.6'),
(10142,'Find the section whose settings you want to change, such as <em>Format</em> or <em>Filter criteria</em>. (See @views_overview_topic for more information.)','','11.3.6'),
(10143,'For sections containing lists (such as <em>Fields</em> and <em>Filter criteria</em>), to modify or delete an existing item, click the name of the item. To add a new item, click <em>Add</em> in the drop-down list. To change the order of items, click <em>Rearrange</em> in the drop-down list.','','11.3.6'),
(10144,'For sections containing individual settings (such as <em>Title</em> and <em>Format</em>), there are often two links for each setting. The first link shows the current value; click that link to change the value. If there is a second link called <em>Settings</em>, click that link to change the settings details. For example, if your <em>Format</em> is currently shown as <em>Unformatted list</em>, click <em>Unformatted list</em> to switch to using a <em>Grid</em> or <em>Table</em> format. Click <em>Settings</em> next to your format type to change the settings for your chosen format.','','11.3.6'),
(10145,'When you have finished changing all the settings, verify that the display is correct by clicking <em>Update preview</em>. Return to editing settings if necessary.','','11.3.6'),
(10146,'When you have verified the display, click <em>Save</em>. Alternatively, if you have made mistakes and want to discard your changes, click <em>Cancel</em>.','','11.3.6'),
(10147,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/views-chapter.html\">Creating Listings with Views (Drupal User Guide)</a>','','11.3.6'),
(10148,'What is a view?','','11.3.6'),
(10149,'A <em>view</em> is a listing of items on your site; for example, a block showing the most recent comments, a page listing news items, or a list of registered users. The listings can be formatted in a table, grid, list, calendar, RSS feed, and other formats (some output formats may require you to install additional contributed modules).','','11.3.6'),
(10150,'What are the components of a view?','','11.3.6'),
(10151,'When you first create a view, you will specify what type of <em>base data</em> is being displayed in the view, which cannot be changed. After choosing a base data type, you can edit the following components, which allow you to specify which data to output, in what order, and in what format:','','11.3.6'),
(10152,'<em>Displays</em>: whether the output goes to a page, block, feed, etc.; a single view can have multiple displays, each with different settings.','','11.3.6'),
(10153,'<em>Format</em>: the output style for each display, such as content item, grid, table, or HTML list.','','11.3.6'),
(10154,'<em>Fields</em>: if the Format allows, the particular fields to display.','','11.3.6'),
(10155,'<em>Filter criteria</em>: criteria to limit the data to output, such as whether the content is published, the type of content, etc. Filters can be <em>exposed</em> to let users choose how to filter the data.','','11.3.6'),
(10156,'<em>Sort criteria</em>: how to order the data. Sorting can also be exposed to users.','','11.3.6'),
(10157,'<em>Page settings</em>, <em>Block settings</em>, etc.: settings specific to the display type, such as the URL for a page display. Most display types support an <em>Access</em> setting, where you can choose a Permission or Role that a user must have in order to see the view.','','11.3.6'),
(10158,'<em>Header</em> and <em>Footer</em>: content to display at the top or bottom of the view display.','','11.3.6'),
(10159,'<em>No results behavior</em>: what to do if the filter criteria result in having no data to display.','','11.3.6'),
(10160,'<em>Pager</em>: how many items to display, and how to paginate if there are additional items to display.','','11.3.6'),
(10161,'<em>Advanced</em> &gt; <em>Contextual filters</em>: like regular filters, except the criteria come from the <em>context</em>, such as the current date, page the view is displayed on, etc.','','11.3.6'),
(10162,'<em>Advanced</em> &gt; <em>Relationships</em>: additional data to pull in and display, related in some way to the base data of the view (such as data about the user who created the content item).','','11.3.6'),
(10163,'<em>Advanced</em> &gt; <em>Exposed form</em>: if you have exposed filters or sorts, how to display the form to the user.','','11.3.6'),
(10164,'What are bulk operations?','','11.3.6'),
(10165,'Views using a table display format can include a bulk operations form, which allows users with sufficient permission to select one or more items from the view and apply an administrative action to them. The bulk actions available are specific to the base data type of the view; for example, a view of content items could support bulk publishing and unpublishing actions. If you have the core Actions UI module installed, see the related topic \"Configuring actions\" for more about actions.','','11.3.6'),
(10166,'Managing views overview','','11.3.6'),
(10167,'The core Views module handles the display of views, and the core Views UI module allows you to create, edit, and delete views in the administrative interface. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks (if the Views UI module is installed).','','11.3.6'),
(10168,'Configurazioni hardening API (CORS mirato a JSON:API) per Drupal 10','','11.3.6'),
(10169,'The installed version of at least one of your modules or themes is no longer supported. Upgrading or uninstalling is strongly recommended. See the project homepage for more details.','','11.4.0'),
(10170,'See the <a href=\":available_updates\">available updates</a> page for more information and to update your software.','','10.6.6'),
(10171,'Declare all the consumers of your API','','11.3.6'),
(10172,'The OAuth 2.0 Authorization Framework','','11.3.6'),
(10173,'Makes static (YAML) defined scopes available.','','11.3.6'),
(10174,'Provides example static scopes.','','11.3.6'),
(10175,'You must install the @required module to install @module.You must install the @required modules to install @module.','','10.5.4'),
(10176,'Some required modules must be installed','','10.5.4'),
(10177,'Some multilingual features currently do not work well with JSON:API. See the <a href=\":jsonapi-docs\">JSON:API multilingual support documentation</a> for more information on the current status of multilingual support.','','11.3.6'),
(10178,'Token type','','11.4.0'),
(10179,'Module %name has been installed. Configure <a href=\":link\">related permissions</a>.@count modules have been installed: %names. Configure <a href=\":link\">related permissions</a>.','','10.6.2'),
(10180,'Configure whether to allow only read operations or all operations.','','11.4.0'),
(10181,'Configure the Simple OAuth settings and manage entities.','','11.4.0'),
(10182,'Consumers','','11.4.0'),
(10183,'JSON:API','','11.4.0'),
(10184,'Simple OAuth','','11.4.0'),
(10185,'Register and configure the decoupled @label to your API.','','11.4.0'),
(10186,'consumers','','11.4.0'),
(10187,'Configuration settings for OAuth2 scopes','','11.4.0'),
(10188,'Scopes','','11.4.0'),
(10189,'Deny','','none'),
(10190,'Scope','','none'),
(10191,'Access Token','','10.5.4'),
(10192,'The access token type.','','10.5.4'),
(10193,'Auth code','','10.5.4'),
(10194,'The auth code type.','','10.5.4'),
(10195,'Refresh token','','10.5.4'),
(10196,'The refresh token type.','','10.5.4'),
(10197,'Client ID','','11.3.6'),
(10198,'Is Default?','','10.5.4'),
(10199,'Redirects','','10.5.4'),
(10200,'Edit @entity_label','','11.4.0'),
(10201,'Delete @entity_label','','11.3.6'),
(10202,'Clients','','10.5.4'),
(10203,'OpenID Connect','','10.5.4'),
(10204,'Add @label','','10.5.4'),
(10205,'Consumer','','11.4.0'),
(10206,'Dynamic (entity)','','10.5.4'),
(10207,'Scope provider','','10.5.4'),
(10208,'The active scope provider. The dynamic scope provider makes use of config entity; which makes it possible to manage the scopes via the UI.','','10.5.4'),
(10209,'Token batch size.','','10.5.4'),
(10210,'The number of expired token to delete per batch during cron. Use 0 for no limit.','','10.5.4'),
(10211,'Public Key','','10.5.4'),
(10212,'The path to the public key file.','','10.5.4'),
(10213,'Private Key','','10.5.4'),
(10214,'The path to the private key file.','','10.5.4'),
(10215,'Generate keys','','10.5.4'),
(10216,'Simple OAuth Settings','','10.5.4'),
(10217,'Add Client','','10.5.4'),
(10218,'This is the directory where the public and private keys will be stored after generation. This <strong>SHOULD</strong> be located outside of your webroot to avoid making them public unintentionally.','','10.5.4'),
(10219,'Any keys already present in this directory will be deleted.','','10.5.4'),
(10220,'Directory for the keys','','10.5.4'),
(10221,'The client ID associated with this @label. This is an arbitrary unique field, like a machine name.','','10.5.4'),
(10222,'consumer','','11.3.6'),
(10223,'The @label label.','','10.5.4'),
(10224,'A description of the @label. This text will be shown to the users to authorize sharing their data to create an access token.','','10.5.4'),
(10225,'Logo of the @label.','','10.5.4'),
(10226,'Mark this if the organization behind this @label is not the same as the one behind the Drupal API.','','10.5.4'),
(10227,'There can only be one default @label. Mark this to use this @label when none other applies.','','10.5.4'),
(10228,'Enabled grant types.','','10.5.4'),
(10229,'Client Credentials','','10.5.4'),
(10230,'Refresh Token','','10.5.4'),
(10231,'Authorization Code','','10.5.4'),
(10232,'A boolean indicating whether the client is confidential or public.','','10.5.4'),
(10233,'Selecting scopes here will be set as default when authorizing (so no need to specify the scope parameter on the token request), also the selection of scopes will limit the allowed scopes on the consumer/client.','','10.5.4'),
(10234,'The absolute URIs to validate against.','','10.5.4'),
(10235,'The number of seconds that the access token will be valid.','','10.5.4'),
(10236,'The number of seconds that the refresh token will be valid.','','10.5.4'),
(10237,'When no specific user is authenticated Drupal will use this user as the author of all the actions made.','','10.5.4'),
(10238,'A boolean indicating whether the client uses @pkce (e.g., a native client or SPA)','','10.5.4'),
(10239,'This will cause the authorization form to be skipped.','','10.5.4'),
(10240,'When enabled, if previous authorization request with the same scopes got approved, authorization will be automatically accepted.','','10.5.4'),
(10241,'Generate random Client ID','','10.5.4'),
(10242,'New Secret','','10.5.4'),
(10243,'Use this field to create a hash of the secret key. This module will never store your consumer key, only a hash of it.','','10.5.4'),
(10244,'Grant types','','11.3.6'),
(10245,'Automatic authorization','','11.3.6'),
(10246,'Remember previous approval','','11.3.6'),
(10247,'Use PKCE?','','11.3.6'),
(10248,'Redirect URIs','','11.3.6'),
(10249,'Authorization Code settings','','10.5.4'),
(10250,'Client Credentials settings','','10.5.4'),
(10251,'Refresh token expiration time','','11.3.6'),
(10252,'Refresh Token settings','','10.5.4'),
(10253,'Is this @label 3rd party?','','11.3.6'),
(10254,'Is Confidential?','','11.3.6'),
(10255,'Access token expiration time','','11.3.6'),
(10256,'Change order','','11.4.0'),
(10257,'Move in any direction','','11.4.0'),
(10258,'Created the %label @type.','','10.5.4'),
(10259,'Make Default','','10.5.4'),
(10260,'Note that the administration theme is still set to the %admin_theme theme; consequently, the theme on this page remains unchanged. All non-administrative sections of the site, however, will show the selected %selected_theme theme by default.','','10.5.4'),
(10261,'Enable color Scheme','','10.5.4'),
(10262,'These settings adjust the look and feel of the barrio based themes. Changing the colors below will change the basic color values the barrio based theme uses.','','10.5.4'),
(10263,'Barrio Color Scheme Settings','','10.5.4'),
(10264,'Striped Columns','','10.5.4'),
(10265,'Container Medium','','10.5.4'),
(10266,'Container Large','','10.5.4'),
(10267,'Container Extra Large','','10.5.4'),
(10268,'Container Extra Extra Large','','10.5.4'),
(10269,'Container Fluid','','10.5.4'),
(10270,'Use <code>.container-XX</code> class. See @bootstrap_fluid_containers_link.','','10.5.4'),
(10271,'Full width wrapper for @description region','','10.5.4'),
(10272,'Hide node label','','10.5.4'),
(10273,'Hide node label for all display. Usefull when using f.e. Layout Builder and you want full control of your output','','10.5.4'),
(10274,'Breadcrumb Divider','','10.5.4'),
(10275,'Change the default breadcrumb divider. See @bootstrap_breadcrumb_link.','','10.5.4'),
(10276,'Default button type','','10.5.4'),
(10277,'Offcanvas','','10.5.4'),
(10278,'Default/Bootstrap Offcanvas Collapse','','10.5.4'),
(10279,'DO NOT USE IN NEW SITES. Removed in favor of Bootstrap Offcanvas.','','10.5.4'),
(10280,'Toast delay','','10.5.4'),
(10281,'How long to keep the toast open in milliseconds.','','10.5.4'),
(10282,'Float Labels','','10.5.4'),
(10283,'Checkbox & Radio Style','','10.5.4'),
(10284,'Form Elements','','10.5.4'),
(10285,'@fieldName has changed to @fieldValue','','10.5.4'),
(10286,'Enter color in full hexadecimal format (#abc123).','','10.5.4'),
(10287,'Derivatives will be formed from this color.','','10.5.4'),
(10288,'Blue & pink (Default)','','10.5.4'),
(10289,'Royal blue & peach','','10.5.4'),
(10290,'Red & yellow','','10.5.4'),
(10291,'Peach & burnt orange','','10.5.4'),
(10292,'Cherry red & bubblegum pink','','10.5.4'),
(10293,'Light purple, mint','','10.5.4'),
(10294,'Royal blue & pale yellow','','10.5.4'),
(10295,'Scarlet, light olive','','10.5.4'),
(10296,'Barrio Color Scheme','','10.5.4'),
(10297,'Primary base color','','10.5.4'),
(10298,'Secondary base color','','10.5.4'),
(10299,'Dark gray','','10.5.4'),
(10300,'Black','','10.5.4'),
(10301,'Body color','','10.5.4'),
(10302,'Light gray','','10.5.4'),
(10303,'Body Background Color','','10.5.4'),
(10304,'Base color','','10.5.4'),
(10305,'Primary color','','10.5.4'),
(10306,'Secondary color','','10.5.4'),
(10307,'H1 color','','10.5.4'),
(10308,'H2 color','','10.5.4'),
(10309,'H3 color','','10.5.4'),
(10310,'@count second@count seconds','','11.4.0'),
(10311,'Site version','','10.6.2'),
(10312,'Add child','','10.6.2'),
(10313,'Edit machine name','','10.6.2'),
(10314,'The menu is only visible if the menu link for the current page is at this level or below it. Use level 1 to always display this menu.','','10.5.4'),
(10315,'Expand all menu links','','10.5.4'),
(10316,'Success (@status_code)','','10.5.4'),
(10317,'Access denied (@status_code)','','10.5.4'),
(10318,'Page not found (@status_code)','','10.5.4'),
(10319,'Response status','','10.5.4'),
(10320,'Shows the block on pages with any matching response status. If nothing is checked, the block is shown on all pages. Other response statuses are not used.','','10.5.4'),
(10321,'OAuth2 token','','11.4.0'),
(10322,'Is this the default @label?','','11.3.6'),
(10323,'Secret','','11.3.6'),
(10324,'Client','','11.3.6'),
(10325,'Expire','','11.3.6'),
(10326,'Determines if a password needs hashing','','11.3.6'),
(10327,'OAuth2 Token Type','','11.3.6'),
(10328,'The date and time that the content was created.','','10.5.4'),
(10329,'The search page that the form submits to, or Default for the default search page.','','10.5.4'),
(10330,'This will remove the block placement. You will need to <a href=\":url\">place it again</a> in order to undo this action.','','10.5.4'),
(10331,'Are you sure you want to remove the @entity-type %label from the %region region?','','10.5.4'),
(10332,'The @entity-type %label has been removed from the %region region.','','10.5.4'),
(10333,'The website encountered an unexpected error. Try again later.','','11.3.6'),
(10334,'Admin theme with a strong focus on improving the Editorial Experience. Learn more about Gin’s <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/contributed-themes/gin-admin-theme/specific-settings-within-gin\" target=\"_blank\">Settings</a> and how to customize Gin in our <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/contributed-themes/gin-admin-theme/custom-theming\" target=\"_blank\">Custom theming guide</a>.','','11.3.6'),
(10335,'Toolbar Menu Logo','','11.4.0'),
(10336,'Edit %title','','10.5.4'),
(10337,'Tabs display toggle','','10.6.2'),
(10338,'Custom Focus color','','10.5.4'),
(10339,'Increase contrast','','10.5.4'),
(10340,'New Drupal Navigation, Test integration','','10.5.4'),
(10341,'Enable sticky action buttons','','10.5.4'),
(10342,'Auto','','10.5.4'),
(10343,'Enables Darkmode for the admin interface.','','10.5.4'),
(10344,'Gin Blue (Default)','','10.5.4'),
(10345,'Light Blue','','10.5.4'),
(10346,'Dark Purple','','10.5.4'),
(10347,'Purple','','10.5.4'),
(10348,'Teal','','10.5.4'),
(10349,'Green','','10.5.4'),
(10350,'Pink','','10.5.4'),
(10351,'Red','','10.5.4'),
(10352,'Orange','','10.5.4'),
(10353,'Yellow','','10.5.4'),
(10354,'Neutral','','10.5.4'),
(10355,'Accent color','','10.5.4'),
(10356,'Custom Accent color','','10.5.4'),
(10357,'Use with caution, values should meet a11y criteria.','','10.5.4'),
(10358,'Gin Focus color (Default)','','10.5.4'),
(10359,'Claro Green','','10.5.4'),
(10360,'Same as Accent color','','10.5.4'),
(10361,'Focus color','','10.5.4'),
(10362,'Enables high contrast mode.','','10.5.4'),
(10363,'Sidebar, Vertical Toolbar (Default)','','10.5.4'),
(10364,'Horizontal, Modern Toolbar','','10.5.4'),
(10365,'Legacy, Classic Drupal Toolbar','','10.5.4'),
(10366,'Navigation (Drupal Toolbar)','','10.5.4'),
(10367,'Displays all actions of the form in the sticky header.','','10.5.4'),
(10368,'Show Secondary Toolbar in Frontend','','10.5.4'),
(10369,'Show the secondary toolbar in the Frontend (when logged in to Drupal).','','10.5.4'),
(10370,'Layout density','','10.5.4'),
(10371,'Changes the layout density for tables in the admin interface.','','10.5.4'),
(10372,'Enable form description toggle','','10.5.4'),
(10373,'Show a help icon to show/hide form descriptions on content forms.','','10.5.4'),
(10374,'Users can override Gin settings','','10.5.4'),
(10375,'Expose the admin theme settings to users.','','10.5.4'),
(10376,'Administrative toolbar content','','10.5.4'),
(10377,'Create Navigation','','10.5.4'),
(10378,'Content Navigation','','10.5.4'),
(10379,'Collapse sidebar','','10.5.4'),
(10380,'Profile','','10.5.4'),
(10381,'Expand sidebar','','10.5.4'),
(10382,'More actions','','10.5.4'),
(10383,'Hide sidebar panel','','10.5.4'),
(10384,'Close sidebar panel','','10.5.4'),
(10385,'Show sidebar panel','','10.5.4'),
(10386,'Back to Administration','','10.5.4'),
(10387,'Filter the contents of the %view_title view','','11.4.0'),
(10388,'@count year@count years','','11.4.0'),
(10389,'@count month@count months','','11.4.0'),
(10390,'View @bundle','','11.3.6'),
(10391,'Partart Tailwind','','10.5.4'),
(10392,'rooms','','10.5.4'),
(10393,'Perform actions on the selected items in the %view_title view','','11.4.0'),
(10394,'No items selected','','11.4.0'),
(10395,'Bulk actions are now available. These actions will be applied to all selected items. This can be accessed via the \"Skip to bulk actions\" link that appears after every enabled checkbox. ','','11.4.0'),
(10396,'1 item selected@count items selected','','11.4.0'),
(10397,'Use the administration theme when rendering this display.','','10.6.2'),
(10398,'Edit display','','10.6.2'),
(10399,'Default: @plugin_title','','10.6.2'),
(10400,'Sub-content','','10.6.2'),
(10401,'App sidebar','','10.6.2'),
(10402,'App header','','10.6.2'),
(10403,'Above content (KPI / filters)','','10.6.2'),
(10404,'App footer','','10.6.2'),
(10405,'oEmbed content','','10.6.2'),
(10406,'Add HTML class','','10.6.2'),
(10407,'Reference type: @entity_type','','10.6.2'),
(10408,'Create a new field','','10.6.2'),
(10409,'These settings apply to the %field field everywhere it is used. Some also impact the way that data is stored and cannot be changed once data has been created.','','10.6.2'),
(10410,'scope','','10.6.2'),
(10411,'REST resource configuration','','10.6.2'),
(10412,'Migration Group','','11.4.0'),
(10413,'Content language settings','','10.6.2'),
(10414,'Field Storage','','10.6.2'),
(10415,'Unique field settings','','10.6.2'),
(10416,'Set default value','','10.6.2'),
(10417,'Provide a pre-filled value for the editing form.','','10.6.2'),
(10418,'America/Ciudad Juarez','','11.3.6'),
(10419,'America/Coyhaique','','11.3.6'),
(10420,'Europe/Kyiv','','11.3.6'),
(10421,'Pacific/Kanton','','11.3.6'),
(10422,'A user-defined date format. See the <a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/datetime.format.php#refsect1-datetime.format-parameters\">PHP manual</a> for available options.','','10.5.4'),
(10423,'Negated regular expression','','10.6.2'),
(10424,'Max','','10.6.2'),
(10425,'@label revision','','10.5.4'),
(10426,'Get the actual @label from a @label revision','','10.5.4'),
(10427,'Manage OAuth2 dynamic scopes.','','11.4.0'),
(10428,'Dynamic scopes','','10.6.2'),
(10429,'The human-readable name for this content type, displayed on the <em>Content types</em> page.','','10.5.4'),
(10430,'Unique machine-readable name: lowercase letters, numbers, and underscores only.','','10.5.4'),
(10431,'Displays on the <em>Content types</em> page.','','10.5.4'),
(10432,'Content of this type can be placed in the selected menus.','','10.5.4'),
(10433,'Default parent link','','10.5.4'),
(10434,'Choose the menu link to be the default parent for a new link in the content authoring form.','','10.5.4'),
(10435,'Configure @type @current of @total: @item','','10.6.2'),
(10436,'This will appear in the URL after the ? to identify this filter. Cannot be blank. Only letters, digits and the dot (\".\"), hyphen (\"-\"), underscore (\"_\"), and tilde (\"~\") characters are allowed. @reserved_identifiers are reserved words and cannot be used.','','10.6.2'),
(10437,'Rendered as @mode','','10.5.4'),
(10438,'@id (@label)','','10.6.2'),
(10439,'Gin Toolbar for Gin Theme','','11.3.6'),
(10440,'Use Autocomplete for string field filters.','','11.3.6'),
(10441,'Content Block','','10.6.2'),
(10442,'Media revisions','','10.6.2'),
(10443,'Responsive Grid','','10.6.2'),
(10444,'Provide a REST export','','10.6.2'),
(10445,'REST export path','','10.6.2'),
(10446,'REST export settings','','10.6.2'),
(10447,'- Basic validation -','','10.6.2'),
(10448,'Exposed Sort Settings','','10.5.4'),
(10449,'This section lets you select additional options for exposed sorts. Some options are only available in certain situations. If you do not see the options you expect, please see the <a href=\":link\">BEF settings documentation page</a> for more details.','','10.5.4'),
(10450,'Exposed Pager Settings','','10.5.4'),
(10451,'This section lets you select additional options for exposed pagers. Some options are only available in certain situations. If you do not see the options you expect, please see the <a href=\":link\">BEF settings documentation page</a> for more details.','','10.5.4'),
(10452,'Exposed Filter Settings','','10.5.4'),
(10453,'This section lets you select additional options for exposed filters. Some options are only available in certain situations. If you do not see the options you expect, please see the <a href=\":link\">BEF settings documentation page</a> for more details.','','10.5.4'),
(10454,'Always show reset button','','10.5.4'),
(10455,'Will keep the reset button visible even without user input.','','10.5.4'),
(10456,'Enable auto-submit','','10.5.4'),
(10457,'Automatically submits the form when an element has changed.','','10.5.4'),
(10458,'Exclude Textfield','','10.5.4'),
(10459,'Exclude textfields from auto-submit. User will have to press enter key, or click submit button.','','10.5.4'),
(10460,'Delay for textfield autosubmit','','10.5.4'),
(10461,'Configure a delay in ms before triggering autosubmit on textfields.','','10.5.4'),
(10462,'Hides submit button if auto-submit and javascript are enabled.','','10.5.4'),
(10463,'Only display results after the user has selected a filter option.','','10.5.4'),
(10464,'Enable secondary exposed form options','','10.5.4'),
(10465,'Allows you to specify some exposed form elements as being secondary options and places those elements in a collapsible \"details\" element. Use this option to place some exposed filters in an \"Advanced Search\" area of the form, for example.','','10.5.4'),
(10466,'Secondary options label','','10.5.4'),
(10467,'The name of the details element to hold secondary options. This cannot be left blank or there will be no way to show/hide these options.','','10.5.4'),
(10468,'Secondary option open by default','','10.5.4'),
(10469,'Indicates whether the details element should be open by default.','','10.5.4'),
(10470,'No sort elements have been exposed yet.','','10.5.4'),
(10471,'No pager elements have been exposed yet.','','10.5.4'),
(10472,'Sliders','','10.5.4'),
(10473,'Exposed filter widget:','','10.5.4'),
(10474,'Placeholder text','','10.5.4'),
(10475,'Text to be shown in the text field until it is edited. Leave blank for no placeholder to be set.','','10.5.4'),
(10476,'Make filter options collapsible','','10.5.4'),
(10477,'Puts the filter options in a collapsible details element.','','10.5.4'),
(10478,'Disable the automatic opening of collapsed filters with selections','','10.5.4'),
(10479,'When a selection is made, by default the collapsed filter will be set to open. If you provide an alternative means for the user to see filter selections, you can the default open behavior by enabling this.','','10.5.4'),
(10480,'This is a secondary option','','10.5.4'),
(10481,'Places this element in the secondary options portion of the exposed form.','','10.5.4'),
(10482,'Advanced filter options','','10.5.4'),
(10483,'Exposed filter \"@filter\" with label \"@label\"','','10.5.4'),
(10484,'Checkboxes/Radio Buttons','','10.5.4'),
(10485,'Rewrite the text displayed','','10.5.4'),
(10486,'Use this field to rewrite the filter options displayed. Use the format of current_text|replacement_text, one replacement per line. For example: <pre>\n  Current|Replacement\n  On|Yes\n  Off|No\n  </pre> Leave the replacement text blank to remove an option altogether. If using hierarchical taxonomy filters, do not including leading hyphens in the current text.\n          ','','10.5.4'),
(10487,'Rewrite the text displayed based on key','','10.5.4'),
(10488,'Change behavior of \"Rewrite the text displayed\" to overwrite labels based on option key. eg. All|New label','','10.5.4'),
(10489,'There is no staged configuration.','','10.5.4'),
(10490,'Bytes (KB, MB, ...)','','10.5.4'),
(10491,'Edit @bundle','','11.3.6'),
(10492,'Use <em>Media</em> reference fields for most files, images, audio, videos, and remote media. Use <em>File</em> or <em>Image</em> reference fields when creating your own media types, or for legacy files and images created before installing the Media module.','','10.6.2'),
(10493,'Choose a type of field','','10.6.2'),
(10494,'Text field that does not support markup.','','10.6.2'),
(10495,'Formatted text','','10.6.2'),
(10496,'Text field with markup support and optional editor.','','10.6.2'),
(10497,'Field to store number. I.e. id, price, or quantity.','','10.6.2'),
(10498,'Field to reference other content.','','10.6.2'),
(10499,'Field to reference media. Allows uploading and selecting from uploaded media.','','10.6.2'),
(10500,'File upload','','10.6.2'),
(10501,'Field to upload any type of files.','','10.6.2'),
(10502,'Selection list','','10.6.2'),
(10503,'Field to select from predefined options.','','10.6.2'),
(10504,'Field to store date and time values.','','10.6.2'),
(10505,'Field to store a true or false value.','','10.6.2'),
(10506,'Field to store an email address.','','10.6.2'),
(10507,'Stores a URL string, optional varchar link text, and optional blob of attributes to assemble a link.','','10.6.2'),
(10508,'Choose an option below','','10.6.2'),
(10509,'Values stored are text values','','10.6.2'),
(10510,'For example, \'US States\': IL => Illinois, IA => Iowa, IN => Indiana','','10.6.2'),
(10511,'Values stored are numbers without decimals','','10.6.2'),
(10512,'For example, \'Lifetime in days\': 1 => 1 day, 7 => 1 week, 31 => 1 month','','10.6.2'),
(10513,'Values stored are floating-point numbers','','10.6.2'),
(10514,'For example, \'Fraction\': 0 => 0, .25 => 1/4, .75 => 3/4, 1 => 1','','10.6.2'),
(10515,'The name will be used in displayed options and edit forms.','','10.6.2'),
(10516,'The value is automatically generated machine name of the name provided and will be the stored value.','','10.6.2'),
(10517,'Allowed values','','10.6.2'),
(10518,'Adding a new item...','','10.6.2'),
(10519,'The current date in \'short\' format. (%date)','','10.5.4'),
(10520,'The current date in \'long\' format. (%date)','','10.5.4'),
(10521,'The current date in \'medium\' format. (%date)','','10.5.4'),
(10522,'The current date in a custom format. See <a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/datetime.format.php#refsect1-datetime.format-parameters\">the PHP documentation</a> for details.','','10.5.4'),
(10523,'The current date in \'time-since\' format. (%date)','','10.5.4'),
(10524,'The current date in UNIX timestamp format (%date)','','10.5.4'),
(10525,'The base URL of the site, currently: @base_url','','10.5.4'),
(10526,'The base path of the site, currently: @base_path','','10.5.4'),
(10527,'The URL of the site\'s front page with the language prefix, if it exists.','','10.5.4'),
(10528,'Tokens related to site language.','','10.5.4'),
(10529,'Whether the language is written left-to-right (ltr) or right-to-left (rtl).','','10.5.4'),
(10530,'The domain name to use for the language.','','10.5.4'),
(10531,'The language name.','','10.5.4'),
(10532,'Path prefix for URLs in the language.','','10.5.4'),
(10533,'The active user interface language.','','10.5.4'),
(10534,'The active content language.','','10.5.4'),
(10535,'The language of the @entity.','','10.5.4'),
(10536,'Nessun movimento per questo conto.','','10.5.4'),
(10537,'Gestione conti Contab','','11.4.0'),
(10538,'Conti','','11.4.0'),
(10539,'Conto','','11.4.0'),
(10540,'Tipo','','11.4.0'),
(10541,'Attivo','','11.4.0'),
(10542,'Sistema','','11.3.6'),
(10543,'Operazione','','11.4.0'),
(10544,'Ledger entry','','11.4.0'),
(10545,'Aggiungi conto','','11.3.6'),
(10546,'Nome conto','','11.3.6'),
(10547,'Tipo conto','','11.3.6'),
(10548,'Conto salvato.','','10.6.2'),
(10549,'Descrizione','','11.4.0'),
(10550,'Data operazione','','11.3.6'),
(10551,'Importo','','11.4.0'),
(10552,'Conto origine','','11.3.6'),
(10553,'Conto destinazione','','11.3.6'),
(10554,'Categoria','','11.4.0'),
(10555,'IVA inclusa','','11.3.6'),
(10556,'Aliquota IVA','','11.3.6'),
(10557,'Aggiungi operazione','','11.3.6'),
(10558,'Start typing the title of a piece of content to select it. You can also enter an internal path such as %add-node or an external URL such as %url. Enter %front to link to the front page. Enter %nolink to display link text only. Enter %button to display keyboard-accessible link text only.','','10.5.4'),
(10559,'Lordo','','11.3.6'),
(10560,'Yes (admin path)','','10.6.2'),
(10561,'Account','','11.3.6'),
(10562,'Gross','','11.3.6'),
(10563,'Occurred','','11.3.6'),
(10564,'Entry type','','11.3.6'),
(10565,'Delta','','11.3.6'),
(10566,'VAT','','11.3.6'),
(10567,'Net','','11.3.6'),
(10568,'Display as a time difference (e.g. \'6 months ago\')','','10.6.2'),
(10569,'Use the <code>@interval</code> placeholder to represent the formatted time difference interval. E.g. <code>@interval hence</code> will be displayed as <em>2 hours 5 minutes hence</em>.','','10.6.2'),
(10570,'Use the <code>@interval</code> placeholder to represent the formatted time difference interval. E.g. <code>@interval ago</code> will be displayed as <em>2 hours 5 minutes ago</em>.','','10.6.2'),
(10571,'Time units','','10.6.2'),
(10572,'How many time units will be used in formatting the time difference. For example, if \'1\' is selected then the displayed time difference will only contain a single time unit such as \'2 years\' or \'5 minutes\' never \'2 years 3 months\' or \'5 minutes 8 seconds\'.','','10.6.2'),
(10573,'No refresh','','10.6.2'),
(10574,'1 second','','10.6.2'),
(10575,'@count seconds','','10.6.2'),
(10576,'@count minutes','','10.6.2'),
(10577,'Refresh interval','','10.6.2'),
(10578,'How often to refresh the displayed time difference. The time difference is refreshed on client-side, by JavaScript, without reloading the page.','','10.6.2'),
(10579,'Fallback configuration','','10.6.2'),
(10580,'The configuration below is used as a fallback when JavaScript is not available on the page.','','10.6.2'),
(10581,'See <a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/datetime.format.php#refsect1-datetime.format-parameters\" target=\"_blank\">the documentation for PHP date formats</a>.','','10.6.2'),
(10582,'- No tooltip -','','10.6.2'),
(10583,'Tooltip date format','','10.6.2'),
(10584,'Select the date format to be used for the title and displayed on mouse hover.','','10.6.2'),
(10585,'Tooltip custom date format','','10.6.2'),
(10586,'Netto','','11.3.6'),
(10587,'IVA','','11.4.0'),
(10588,'Allows searching and filtering links in the Admin menu in the Toolbar.','','11.3.6'),
(10589,'You may use field tokens as per the \"Replacement patterns\" used in \"Rewrite the output of this field\" for all fields.','','10.6.2'),
(10590,'Enable Drupal style \"sticky\" table headers','','10.6.2'),
(10591,'Workspace member','','11.4.0'),
(10592,'Manage woocontab workspaces','','11.4.0'),
(10593,'Workspaces','','11.4.0'),
(10594,'%type_name: Create new content block','','11.4.0'),
(10595,'%type_name: Delete content block','','11.4.0'),
(10596,'%type_name: Delete content block revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10597,'%type_name: Edit content block','','11.4.0'),
(10598,'%type_name: Revert content block revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10599,'%type_name: View content block history pages','','11.4.0'),
(10600,'Access the Content blocks overview page','','11.4.0'),
(10601,'Administer block content','','11.4.0'),
(10602,'Administer block types','','11.4.0'),
(10603,'Administer Consumer entities','','11.4.0'),
(10604,'Create new Consumer entities','','11.4.0'),
(10605,'Delete Consumer entities','','11.4.0'),
(10606,'Edit Consumer entities','','11.4.0'),
(10607,'View Consumer entities','','11.4.0'),
(10608,'Access developer information','','11.4.0'),
(10609,'Switch users','','11.4.0'),
(10610,'Delete any file','','11.4.0'),
(10611,'Delete own files','','11.4.0'),
(10612,'Use help pages','','11.4.0'),
(10613,'%type_name: Create new media','','11.4.0'),
(10614,'%type_name: Delete any media','','11.4.0'),
(10615,'%type_name: Delete own media','','11.4.0'),
(10616,'%type_name: Edit any media','','11.4.0'),
(10617,'%type_name: Edit own media','','11.4.0'),
(10618,'%type_name: View any media revision pages','','11.4.0'),
(10619,'Access media overview','','11.4.0'),
(10620,'Administer media types','','11.4.0'),
(10621,'Create media','','11.4.0'),
(10622,'Delete %type_name: Delete media revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10623,'Delete any media','','11.4.0'),
(10624,'Delete own media','','11.4.0'),
(10625,'Revert %type_name: Revert media revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10626,'Update any media','','11.4.0'),
(10627,'Update own media','','11.4.0'),
(10628,'View all media revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10629,'View own unpublished media','','11.4.0'),
(10630,'View migration messages','','11.4.0'),
(10631,'Administer migrations','','11.4.0'),
(10632,'Bulk delete aliases','','11.4.0'),
(10633,'Bulk update aliases','','11.4.0'),
(10634,'Administer REST resource configuration','','11.4.0'),
(10635,'Administer Access Token entities','','11.4.0'),
(10636,'Administer OAuth2 scopes','','11.4.0'),
(10637,'Create new Access Token entities','','11.4.0'),
(10638,'Create new OAuth2 scopes','','11.4.0'),
(10639,'Debug OAuth2 tokens','','11.4.0'),
(10640,'Delete Access Token entities','','11.4.0'),
(10641,'Delete OAuth2 scopes','','11.4.0'),
(10642,'Edit Access Token entities','','11.4.0'),
(10643,'Edit OAuth2 scopes','','11.4.0'),
(10644,'Grant OAuth2 codes','','11.4.0'),
(10645,'View Access Token entities','','11.4.0'),
(10646,'View OAuth2 scopes','','11.4.0'),
(10647,'Administer menus and menu links','','11.4.0'),
(10648,'Use the administration pages','','11.4.0'),
(10649,'%vocabulary: Delete term revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10650,'%vocabulary: Revert term revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10651,'%vocabulary: View term revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10652,'Delete all term revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10653,'Revert all term revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10654,'View all term revisions','','11.4.0'),
(10655,'View vocabulary labels','','11.4.0'),
(10656,'View software update notifications','','11.4.0'),
(10657,'Administer roles and permissions','','11.4.0'),
(10658,'View user email addresses','','11.4.0'),
(10659,'Administer Contab accounts','','11.4.0'),
(10660,'Administer woocontab','','11.4.0'),
(10661,'Create workspaces','','11.4.0'),
(10662,'View workspaces (membership-based)','','11.4.0'),
(10663,'Role settings','','11.4.0'),
(10664,'The email address is not made public. It will only be used if you need to be contacted about your account or for opted-in notifications.','','11.3.6'),
(10665,'Add workspace','','10.6.2'),
(10666,'Masquerade as…','','11.3.6'),
(10667,'Masquerade','','11.3.6'),
(10668,'<p>Attivando Contab verrà creato il tuo workspace contabile personale. Potrai gestire conti e operazioni solo all’interno di quel workspace.</p>','','10.6.2'),
(10669,'Attiva Contab','','10.6.2'),
(10670,'Contab attivato. Workspace creato.','','10.6.2'),
(10671,'','','11.4.0'),
(10672,'Are you sure you want to log out?','','11.4.0'),
(10673,'Contab home','','11.4.0'),
(10674,'Contab','','11.4.0'),
(10675,'Woocontab: Current workspace id','','10.6.2'),
(10676,'Masquerade as @role','','11.4.0'),
(10677,'Masquerade as any user except super user','','11.4.0'),
(10678,'Masquerade as super user (UID 1)','','11.4.0'),
(10679,'Masquerade as','','11.4.0'),
(10680,'@count week@count weeks','','11.3.6'),
(10681,'@count day@count days','','11.3.6'),
(10682,'\'@title\' form element','','11.3.6'),
(10683,'These values are overridden. Changes on this form will be saved, but overrides will take precedence. See <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/drupal-apis/configuration-api/configuration-override-system\">configuration overrides documentation</a> for more information.','','11.3.6'),
(10684,'Movimenti','','10.6.2'),
(10685,'Heading Level','','10.6.2'),
(10686,'Choose a heading level equal to or one lower than the preceding header.','','10.6.2'),
(10687,'Provides access to the user data service.','','10.6.2'),
(10688,'This view will be displayed by visiting this path on your site. You may use \"%\" or named route parameters like \"%node\" in your URL to represent values that will be used for contextual filters: For example, \"node/%node/feed\" or \"view_path/%\". Named route parameters are required when this path matches an existing path. For example, paths such as \"taxonomy/term/%taxonomy_term\" or \"user/%user/custom-view\".','','10.6.2'),
(10689,'content block','','10.6.2'),
(10690,'prodotto','','11.4.0'),
(10691,'prezzo','','11.4.0'),
(10692,'rivenditore','','10.6.2'),
(10693,'Delete prezzos','','10.6.2'),
(10694,'Save prezzos','','10.6.2'),
(10695,'Delete prodottos','','10.6.2'),
(10696,'Save prodottos','','10.6.2'),
(10697,'Delete rivenditores','','10.6.2'),
(10698,'Save rivenditores','','10.6.2'),
(10699,'Categorie generali prodotti (idraulica, elettricità, edilizia...)','','10.6.2'),
(10700,'Marca','','11.4.0'),
(10701,'Marchi dei prodotti','','10.6.2'),
(10702,'Sottocategoria','','11.4.0'),
(10703,'Sottocategorie prodotti con riferimento alla categoria generale','','10.6.2'),
(10704,'List of rivenditores.','','11.4.0'),
(10705,'List of prodottos.','','11.4.0'),
(10706,'List of prezzos.','','11.4.0'),
(10707,'Configure a Rivenditore entity type.','','11.4.0'),
(10708,'Configure a Prodotto entity type.','','11.4.0'),
(10709,'Configure a Prezzo entity type.','','11.4.0'),
(10710,'Rivenditores','','11.4.0'),
(10711,'Prodottos','','11.4.0'),
(10712,'Prezzos','','11.4.0'),
(10713,'Rivenditore','','11.4.0'),
(10714,'Prodotto','','11.4.0'),
(10715,'Prezzo','','11.4.0'),
(10716,'prodottos','','10.6.6'),
(10717,'Add prodotto','','10.6.2'),
(10718,'rivenditores','','10.6.6'),
(10719,'Add rivenditore','','11.3.6'),
(10720,'prezzos','','10.6.6'),
(10721,'Add prezzo','','10.6.2'),
(10722,'Tailwind-based UI theme for CONTAB (internal accounting app)','','11.3.6'),
(10723,'Ideal for titles and names','','10.6.2'),
(10724,'Efficient storage for short text','','10.6.2'),
(10725,'Requires specifying a maximum length','','10.6.2'),
(10726,'Good for fields with known or predictable length','','10.6.2'),
(10727,'Ideal for longer texts, like body or description','','10.6.2'),
(10728,'Supports long text without specifying a maximum length','','10.6.2'),
(10729,'May use more storage and be slower for searching and sorting','','10.6.2'),
(10730,'Missing or invalid themeMissing or invalid themes','','10.6.2'),
(10731,'The following theme is marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but it is missing:The following themes are marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but they are missing:','','10.6.2'),
(10732,'You need to select a field type.','','10.6.2'),
(10733,'Woocontab: Conto by workspace','','10.6.2'),
(10734,'Number without decimals','','10.6.2'),
(10735,'For example, 123','','10.6.2'),
(10736,'Ideal for exact counts and measures (prices, temperatures, distances, volumes, etc.)','','10.6.2'),
(10737,'Stores a number in the database in a fixed decimal format','','10.6.2'),
(10738,'For example, 12.34 km or € when used for further detailed calculations (such as summing many of these)','','10.6.2'),
(10739,'In most instances, it is best to use Number (decimal) instead, as decimal numbers stored as floats may contain errors in precision','','10.6.2'),
(10740,'This type of field offers faster processing and more compact storage, but the differences are typically negligible on modern sites','','10.6.2'),
(10741,'For example, 123.4 km when used in imprecise contexts such as a walking trail distance','','10.6.2'),
(10742,'Ideal when date and time needs to be input by users, like event dates and times','','10.6.2'),
(10743,'Date or date and time stored in a readable string format','','10.6.2'),
(10744,'Easy to read and understand for humans','','10.6.2'),
(10745,'Ideal for using date and time calculations or comparisons','','10.6.2'),
(10746,'Date and time stored in the form of seconds since January 1, 1970 (UTC)','','10.6.2'),
(10747,'Compact and efficient for storage, sorting and calculations','','10.6.2'),
(10748,'wooquote','','11.4.0'),
(10749,'Delete wooquotes','','10.6.2'),
(10750,'Save wooquotes','','10.6.2'),
(10751,'List of wooquotes.','','11.4.0'),
(10752,'Configure a Wooquote entity type.','','11.4.0'),
(10753,'Wooquotes','','10.6.2'),
(10754,'Wooquote','','11.4.0'),
(10755,'Settings form for a wooquote entity type.','','10.6.2'),
(10756,'Tooltip date format: @date_format','','10.6.2'),
(10757,'Preventivi','','11.4.0'),
(10758,'Righe','','11.4.0'),
(10759,'Preventivo','','11.4.0'),
(10760,'Riga','','11.4.0'),
(10761,'Wooquote Preventivo','','11.4.0'),
(10762,'wooquote preventivo','','11.4.0'),
(10763,'PDF','','10.6.2'),
(10764,'Download PDF','','10.6.2'),
(10765,'CSS classes','','none'),
(10766,'Open in new window','','none'),
(10767,'Configure the PDF engine and defaults for PDF generation.','','11.4.0'),
(10768,'Entity Print','','11.4.0'),
(10769,'The time that the prodotto was created.','','11.4.0'),
(10770,'There are no @entity_type_plural matching \"%value\".','','10.6.2'),
(10771,'Save and go to list','','10.6.2'),
(10772,'Settings form for a prodotto entity type.','','11.3.6'),
(10773,'Print Engine','','10.6.2'),
(10774,'New prodotto %label has been created.','','11.4.0'),
(10775,'Oppure crea nuova sottocategoria','','11.4.0'),
(10776,'Se la sottocategoria non esiste ancora, inseriscila qui. Verrà creata e associata alla categoria selezionata.','','10.6.2'),
(10777,'The prodotto %label has been updated.','','10.6.2'),
(10778,'Seleziona prima una categoria.','','11.4.0'),
(10779,'- Seleziona -','','11.4.0'),
(10780,'Seleziona o crea una sottocategoria.','','10.6.2'),
(10781,'Lascia vuoto se hai già selezionato una sottocategoria esistente.','','11.4.0'),
(10782,'Oppure crea nuova marca','','11.4.0'),
(10783,'Lascia vuoto se hai già selezionato una marca esistente.','','11.4.0'),
(10784,'The time that the prezzo was created.','','11.4.0'),
(10785,'Settings form for a prezzo entity type.','','10.6.2'),
(10786,'The time that the rivenditore was created.','','10.6.2'),
(10787,'New rivenditore %label has been created.','','10.6.2'),
(10788,'New prezzo %label has been created.','','11.4.0'),
(10789,'Nome prodotto','','11.4.0'),
(10790,'Digita almeno 3 caratteri per cercare tra i prodotti esistenti.','','11.4.0'),
(10791,'Vai al prodotto selezionato','','11.4.0'),
(10792,'Inserisci come nuovo prodotto','','11.4.0'),
(10793,'Cerca o aggiungi prodotto','','11.4.0'),
(10794,'The time that the wooquote was created.','','11.4.0'),
(10795,'Settings form for a rivenditore entity type.','','10.6.2'),
(10796,'The prezzo %label has been updated.','','10.6.2'),
(10797,'%entity_bundle_label: Use all print engines','','11.4.0'),
(10798,'%entity_label: Use all print engines','','11.4.0'),
(10799,'Administer Entity Print','','11.4.0'),
(10800,'Bypass entity print access','','11.4.0'),
(10801,'Administer prezzos','','11.4.0'),
(10802,'Administer prodottos','','11.4.0'),
(10803,'Administer rivenditores','','11.4.0'),
(10804,'Create prezzo','','11.4.0'),
(10805,'Create prodotto','','11.4.0'),
(10806,'Create rivenditore','','11.4.0'),
(10807,'Delete prezzo','','11.4.0'),
(10808,'Delete prodotto','','11.4.0'),
(10809,'Delete rivenditore','','11.4.0'),
(10810,'Edit prezzo','','11.4.0'),
(10811,'Edit prodotto','','11.4.0'),
(10812,'Edit rivenditore','','11.4.0'),
(10813,'View prezzo','','11.4.0'),
(10814,'View prodotto','','11.4.0'),
(10815,'View rivenditore','','11.4.0'),
(10816,'Administer wooquotes','','11.4.0'),
(10817,'Create wooquote','','11.4.0'),
(10818,'Delete wooquote','','11.4.0'),
(10819,'Edit wooquote','','11.4.0'),
(10820,'View wooquote','','11.4.0'),
(10821,'Cerca per nome o marca (min. 3 caratteri)…','','11.3.6'),
(10822,'Cerca','','11.3.6'),
(10823,'Data rilevazione','','11.3.6'),
(10824,'Autore','','11.3.6'),
(10825,'Catalogo prezzi','','11.3.6'),
(10826,'Nessun prezzo trovato.','','11.3.6'),
(10827,'Filter by permission name','','10.6.2'),
(10828,'Enter permission name','','10.6.2'),
(10829,'Get an overview of all content blocks.','','10.6.2'),
(10830,'View, edit and delete all block content regardless of permission restrictions.','','10.6.2'),
(10831,'Maintain the block types of block content available and the fields that are associated with those types.','','10.6.2'),
(10832,'Allow to access the administration form to configure Consumer entities.','','10.6.2'),
(10833,'View developer output like variable printouts, query log, etc.','','10.6.2'),
(10834,'Become any user on the site with just a click.','','10.6.2'),
(10835,'Allow users to administer the Entity Print settings.','','10.6.2'),
(10836,'Allow a user to bypass the entity print access permissions.','','10.6.2'),
(10837,'Users with this permission can access the media overview page.','','10.6.2'),
(10838,'To view a revision, you also need permission to view the media item.','','10.6.2'),
(10839,'Create, edit, and manage migration processed.','','10.6.2'),
(10840,'Note that anonymous users with this permission are able to delete any content created by any anonymous user.','','10.6.2'),
(10841,'Note that anonymous users with this permission are able to edit any content created by any anonymous user.','','10.6.2'),
(10842,'Allows a user to configure pathauto settings, configure patterns for automated aliases, bulk update and delete URL-aliases.','','10.6.2'),
(10843,'Allows a user to bulk delete aliases.','','10.6.2'),
(10844,'Allows a user to bulk update aliases.','','10.6.2'),
(10845,'Allow to access the administration form to configure Access Token entities.','','10.6.2'),
(10846,'Allow to manage the OAuth2 scopes.','','10.6.2'),
(10847,'Allows accessing to extended information about the token and the access it grants under /oauth/debug.','','10.6.2'),
(10848,'Allow using the AuthCode grant','','10.6.2'),
(10849,'Allows to view OAuth2 scopes','','10.6.2'),
(10850,'To delete a revision you also need permission to delete the taxonomy term.','','10.6.2'),
(10851,'To revert a revision you also need permission to edit the taxonomy term.','','10.6.2'),
(10852,'Ensure that site administrators have this permission so that security updates are applied promptly.','','10.6.2'),
(10853,'Users without this permission will not have access to email addresses on user pages or other places where they might be shown, such as Views and JSON:API responses.','','10.6.2'),
(10854,'Manage all accounts (conti) in Contab.','','10.6.2'),
(10855,'Full administration of woocontab entities and settings.','','10.6.2'),
(10856,'Create woocontab workspaces.','','10.6.2'),
(10857,'View a workspace only if the user is an active member.','','10.6.2'),
(10858,'Permissions let you control what users can do and see on your site. You can define a specific set of permissions for each role. (See the <a href=\":role\">Roles</a> page to create a role.) Any permissions granted to the Authenticated user role will be given to any user who is logged in to your site. On the <a href=\":settings\">Role settings</a> page, you can make any role into an Administrator role for the site, meaning that role will be granted all permissions. You should be careful to ensure that only trusted users are given this access and level of control of your site.','','10.6.2'),
(10859,'1 permission is available in the modified list.@count permissions are available in the modified list.','','10.6.2'),
(10860,'Aggiungi prezzo al prodotto selezionato','','11.4.0'),
(10861,'Seleziona un prodotto dalla lista o usa \"Inserisci come nuovo\".','','10.6.2'),
(10862,'New wooquote %label has been created.','','10.6.2'),
(10863,'wooquotes','','10.6.6'),
(10864,'Add wooquote','','10.6.2'),
(10865,'Cerca per nome prodotto: verranno mostrate tutte le offerte disponibili (rivenditore e prezzo).','','10.6.2'),
(10866,'Wooquotes Preventivos','','10.6.2'),
(10867,'Bozze in corso','','11.3.6'),
(10868,'Storico preventivi','','11.3.6'),
(10869,'Nessun altro preventivo.','','11.3.6'),
(10870,'Numero','','11.4.0'),
(10871,'Cliente','','11.4.0'),
(10872,'Azioni','','11.4.0'),
(10873,'Compila','','11.3.6'),
(10874,'+ Nuovo preventivo','','11.3.6'),
(10875,'Bozza','','11.4.0'),
(10876,'Inviato','','11.4.0'),
(10877,'Accettato','','11.4.0'),
(10878,'Rifiutato','','11.4.0'),
(10879,'Preventivo @numero','','11.4.0'),
(10880,'Stato','','11.4.0'),
(10881,'Righe preventivo','','11.4.0'),
(10882,'Nessuna riga aggiunta. Usa il bottone per aggiungere la prima riga.','','10.6.2'),
(10883,'Modifica preventivo','','11.3.6'),
(10884,'Scarica PDF','','11.4.0'),
(10885,'+ Aggiungi riga','','11.4.0'),
(10886,'Le mie tariffe (costo orario / giornaliero)','','11.4.0'),
(10887,'Costo orario','','11.4.0'),
(10888,'Tariffa oraria che verrà pre-caricata nelle righe di tipo \"manodopera\".','','11.3.6'),
(10889,'Costo giornaliero','','11.4.0'),
(10890,'Tariffa giornaliera (8h) pre-caricata nelle righe di tipo \"manodopera\".','','11.3.6'),
(10891,'Tariffe manodopera','','11.4.0'),
(10892,'Salva tariffe','','11.3.6'),
(10893,'Le mie tariffe','','11.3.6'),
(10894,'Tariffe salvate.','','10.6.2'),
(10895,'Aggiungi mano d\'opera','','11.4.0'),
(10896,'+ Aggiungi mano d\'opera','','11.4.0'),
(10897,'Tariffa oraria','','11.4.0'),
(10898,'Tariffa giornaliera','','11.4.0'),
(10899,'All\'ora (€@costo/h)','','11.4.0'),
(10900,'Al giorno (€@costo/gg)','','11.4.0'),
(10901,'Tipo di mano d\'opera','','11.4.0'),
(10902,'Quantità','','11.4.0'),
(10903,'Inserisci ore oppure giorni (es. 1,5 per un giorno e mezzo).','','11.4.0'),
(10904,'Mano d\'opera','','11.4.0'),
(10905,'Aggiungi al preventivo','','11.4.0'),
(10906,'Mano d\'opera — @q ore','','11.4.0'),
(10907,'TOTALE','','10.6.2'),
(10908,'Qtà','','10.6.2'),
(10909,'U.M.','','10.6.2'),
(10910,'Sconto %','','10.6.2'),
(10911,'IVA %','','10.6.2'),
(10912,'Totale','','11.4.0'),
(10913,'Modifica','','11.4.0'),
(10914,'Base imponibile @a%','','11.3.6'),
(10915,'IVA @a%','','11.4.0'),
(10916,'Manodopera','','11.4.0'),
(10917,'Prezzo unit.','','11.4.0'),
(10918,'Sconto','','11.4.0'),
(10919,'Cerca per nome: verranno mostrate tutte le offerte disponibili per quel prodotto.','','11.4.0'),
(10920,'Materiale','','11.4.0'),
(10921,'Gestisci prezzo — @label','','10.6.2'),
(10922,'Gestisci','','11.4.0'),
(10923,'Prezzo attuale','','11.3.6'),
(10924,'Nuovo prezzo diretto','','11.3.6'),
(10925,'Variazione percentuale (±%)','','11.3.6'),
(10926,'Modalità','','11.3.6'),
(10927,'Nuovo prezzo unitario','','11.3.6'),
(10928,'Variazione %','','11.3.6'),
(10929,'Usa valori negativi per sconto (es. -10), positivi per maggiorazione (es. +5).','','11.3.6'),
(10930,'Mostra come sconto nel preventivo','','11.3.6'),
(10931,'Se attivo, il prezzo originale rimane visibile e la riduzione appare come sconto %.','','11.3.6'),
(10932,'Salva','','11.3.6'),
(10933,'Gestisci riga','','11.3.6'),
(10934,'sconto','','11.3.6'),
(10935,'Altro','','11.4.0'),
(10936,'Gestisci — @label','','11.4.0'),
(10937,'Ordine','','11.4.0'),
(10938,'Salva ordine','','11.4.0'),
(10939,'Gestisci prezzo finale','','11.4.0'),
(10940,'Totale calcolato','','11.3.6'),
(10941,'Nuovo prezzo definitivo','','11.3.6'),
(10942,'Es. -10 per uno sconto del 10%, +5 per una maggiorazione del 5%.','','11.3.6'),
(10943,'Salva prezzo definitivo','','11.3.6'),
(10944,'Gestisci prezzo preventivo','','11.3.6'),
(10945,'Prezzo definitivo','','11.4.0'),
(10946,'Preventivo creato.','','11.4.0'),
(10947,'Nessuna riga. Usa i bottoni sopra per aggiungerne.','','11.4.0'),
(10948,'Crea nuovo prodotto','','10.6.2'),
(10949,'+ Crea nuovo prodotto','','11.4.0'),
(10950,'Prezzo unitario (€)','','11.4.0'),
(10951,'\"@label\" creato — inserisci il prezzo unitario.','','11.4.0'),
(10952,'Scegli le aree di ContAB che vuoi utilizzare. Puoi attivarle entrambe o solo una.','','10.6.2'),
(10953,'Contabilità','','11.4.0'),
(10954,'Conti, movimenti, entrate e uscite.','','11.4.0'),
(10955,'Catalogo & Preventivi','','11.4.0'),
(10956,'Prodotti, rivenditori, preventivi e tariffe manodopera.','','11.4.0'),
(10957,'Le mie aree','','10.6.2'),
(10958,'Impostazioni aree salvate.','','10.6.2'),
(10959,'Le tariffe per la mano d\'opera si configurano nella pagina <a href=\":url\">Le mie tariffe</a>.','','11.3.6'),
(10960,'Aree attive','','11.4.0'),
(10961,'Logo aziendale','','11.4.0'),
(10962,'Carica il logo in formato PNG o JPG (max 2 MB). Verrà stampato nei preventivi PDF.','','11.3.6'),
(10963,'Informazioni aziendali','','11.4.0'),
(10964,'Ragione sociale, indirizzo, P.IVA/NIF, recapiti. Verranno stampate nell\'intestazione dei preventivi.','','11.3.6'),
(10965,'Salva profilo','','11.3.6'),
(10966,'Profilo aziendale','','11.4.0'),
(10967,'Impostazioni','','11.4.0'),
(10968,'PNG o JPG, max 2 MB. Usato nell\'intestazione dei preventivi PDF.','','11.3.6'),
(10969,'Ragione sociale, indirizzo, P.IVA/NIF, recapiti.','','11.4.0'),
(10970,'Salva impostazioni','','11.4.0'),
(10971,'Impostazioni salvate.','','11.4.0'),
(10972,'Manage dependencies','','10.6.2'),
(10973,'← Preventivi','','11.3.6'),
(10974,'← Home','','11.3.6'),
(10975,'Address','','none'),
(10976,'Override','','none'),
(10977,'Postal code','','none'),
(10978,'Family name','','none'),
(10979,'Organization','','none'),
(10980,'Country code','','none'),
(10981,'Country name','','none'),
(10982,'Dependent locality','','none'),
(10983,'Available countries','','none'),
(10984,'If no countries are selected, all countries will be available.','','none'),
(10985,'Label type','','none'),
(10986,'Street address','Address label','11.3.6'),
(10987,'Street address line 2','Address label','11.3.6'),
(10988,'Postal code','Address label','11.3.6'),
(10989,'Address line 1','Address label','none'),
(10990,'Address line 2','Address label','none'),
(10991,'District','Address label','none'),
(10992,'Zip code','Address label','none'),
(10993,'First name','Address label','11.3.6'),
(10994,'The value of a contextual filter','','none'),
(10995,'The value of an exposed filter','','none'),
(10996,'Locality (e.g. City)','Address label','none'),
(10997,'The two-letter country code','','11.3.6'),
(10998,'The locality (i.e. city)','','11.3.6'),
(10999,'Urgenza','','11.4.0'),
(11000,'Php Wkhtmltopdf','','10.6.2'),
(11001,'TCPDF (v1)','','10.6.2'),
(11002,'Dompdf','','10.6.2'),
(11003,'Servizio','','11.3.6'),
(11004,'Indirizzo','','11.4.0'),
(11005,'Titolo','','11.3.6'),
(11006,'Data urgenza','','11.3.6'),
(11007,'Last name','Address label','11.3.6'),
(11008,'Organization','Address label','11.3.6'),
(11009,'Street address line 3','Address label','11.3.6'),
(11010,'City','Address label','11.3.6'),
(11011,'Province','Address label','11.3.6'),
(11012,'Distanza (km)','','11.3.6'),
(11013,'Inserisci un valore tra 30 e 1000 km.','','11.3.6'),
(11014,'Km > 30 (fatturabili)','','11.3.6'),
(11015,'Calcolato automaticamente: distanza − 30.','','11.3.6'),
(11016,'urgenza','','11.3.6'),
(11017,'Urgenza salvata correttamente.','','11.3.6'),
(11018,'Periodo rapido','','11.3.6'),
(11019,'Data iniziale','','11.3.6'),
(11020,'Data finale','','11.3.6'),
(11021,'Filtra','','11.3.6'),
(11022,'Attività','','11.3.6'),
(11023,'Località','','11.4.0'),
(11024,'Km > 30','','11.3.6'),
(11025,'Elimina','','11.4.0'),
(11026,'Urgenze','','11.4.0'),
(11027,'+ Nuova urgenza','','10.6.2'),
(11028,'Delete @bundle','','11.3.6'),
(11029,'oppure','','11.3.6'),
(11030,'Nuova urgenza','','11.3.6'),
(11031,'Consumer entity definition refreshed and status field synchronized.','','10.6.6'),
(11032,'No taxonomy vocabulary settings to migrate.','','10.6.6'),
(11033,'Authorization code scopes','','11.3.6'),
(11034,'Membership status','','11.3.6'),
(11035,'Data creazione','','11.3.6'),
(11036,'Ultima modifica','','11.3.6'),
(11037,'The country name','','11.3.6'),
(11038,'The language code','','11.3.6'),
(11039,'The top-level administrative subdivision of the country','','11.3.6'),
(11040,'The dependent locality (i.e. neighbourhood)','','11.3.6'),
(11041,'The postal code','','11.3.6'),
(11042,'The sorting code','','11.3.6'),
(11043,'The first line of the address block','','11.3.6'),
(11044,'The second line of the address block','','11.3.6'),
(11045,'The third line of the address block','','11.3.6'),
(11046,'The organization','','11.3.6'),
(11047,'The given name','','11.3.6'),
(11048,'The additional name','','11.3.6'),
(11049,'The family name','','11.3.6'),
(11050,'JSON:API multilingual support','','11.3.6'),
(11051,'JSON:API allowed operations','','11.3.6'),
(11052,'Read-only','','11.3.6'),
(11053,'JSON:API revision support','','11.3.6'),
(11054,'Revision support is currently read-only and only for the \"Content\" and \"Media\" entity types in JSON:API. See the <a href=\":jsonapi-docs\">JSON:API revision support documentation</a> for more information on the current status of revision support.','','11.3.6'),
(11055,'Provides functionality for handling postal addresses.','','11.3.6'),
(11056,'Allows any Drupal entity to be converted to a PDF','','11.3.6'),
(11057,'Allows any Drupal View to be printed','','11.3.6'),
(11058,'Product catalog for maintenance professionals','','11.3.6'),
(11059,'Sistema preventivi per professionisti','','11.3.6'),
(11060,'Gestione urgenze con campi categoria, data, servizio, indirizzo e distanza. Lista con filtri data e PDF export.','','11.3.6'),
(11061,'Woo Custom','','11.3.6'),
(11062,'Not installed.','','11.3.6'),
(11063,'Drupal core should be at least 10.3.0','','10.6.6'),
(11064,'PHP version should be at least @minimum_php. Before updating to PHP @minimum_php, use <code>$ composer why-not php @minimum_php</code> to check if any projects need updating for compatibility. Also check custom projects manually.','','11.3.6'),
(11065,'When using MariaDB, minimum version is 10.6','','10.6.6'),
(11066,'When using Drush, minimum version is 13','','10.6.6'),
(11067,'Below are Drupal 11\'s system requirements. If you are working with multiple (dev, stage, live) environments, make sure to check the same requirements there.','','10.6.6'),
(11068,'Local @next_major-ready','','11.3.6'),
(11069,'Drupal.org @next_major-ready','','11.3.6'),
(11070,'wooquotes preventivos','','10.6.6'),
(11071,'urgenze','','10.6.6'),
(11072,'@count sec@count sec','','11.3.6'),
(11073,'No problems found','','11.3.6'),
(11074,'Drupal requires databases that support JSON storage.','','11.3.6'),
(11075,'Missing or invalid moduleMissing or invalid modules','','11.3.6'),
(11076,'The following module is marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but it is missing:The following modules are marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but they are missing:','','11.3.6'),
(11077,'Module %name has an entry in the system.schema key/value storage, but is missing from your site. <a href=\":url\">More information about this error</a>.','','11.4.0'),
(11078,'Update @number for the @module module has been skipped because the equivalent change was already made in update @ran_update.','','11.3.6'),
(11079,'Drupal core should be at least 11.3.0','','11.3.6'),
(11080,'When using MariaDB, minimum version is 10.11','','11.3.6'),
(11081,'Deprecated database driver modules','','11.3.6'),
(11082,'Below are Drupal 12\'s system requirements. If you are working with multiple (dev, stage, live) environments, make sure to check the same requirements there.','','11.3.6'),
(11083,'The core Language module lets you add new languages to your site, provides the <em>Language switcher</em> block, and provides the ability to configure block visibility by language; the block and block visibility settings are only available if you have multiple languages configured. The core Content Translation, Configuration Translation, and Interface Translation modules let you translate content, configuration, and the built-in user interface, respectively. The core Locale module manages automatic downloads of community-provided translations of default configuration and user-interface text if the core Update Status module is installed. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','11.3.6'),
(11084,'The core Node, Comment, Content Block, Custom Menu Links, User, File, Image, Media, and Taxonomy modules all provide content entity types.','','11.3.6'),
(11085,'Wait for the translation system to be updated. Also, if you have the core Update Status module installed and translations are available for your language, wait for translations to be downloaded. You should be returned to the <em>Languages</em> page when this completes.','','11.3.6'),
(11086,'If you have the core Update Status module installed, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <em>Available updates</em> to see a report of the updates that are available for your site software. If <em>Last checked</em> is far in the past, click <em>Check manually</em> to update the report. Scan the report; if the core software or any modules or themes have security updates available, you should update them as soon as possible.','','11.3.6'),
(11087,'The core User module allows users to register, log in, and log out, and administrators to manage user roles and permissions. Depending on which modules you have installed on your site, the related topics below will help you with tasks related to managing user accounts and visitors.','','11.3.6'),
(11088,'Status Details','','11.3.6'),
(11089,'Enabled (<a href=\"https://github.com/php/pecl-php-uploadprogress#uploadprogress\">PECL uploadprogress</a>)','','11.3.6'),
(11090,'Covered until @end_version','','11.3.6'),
(11091,'View @type','','11.3.6'),
(11092,'Scadenza','','11.4.0'),
(11093,'Materiali','','11.4.0'),
(11094,'Firma del professionista','','11.4.0'),
(11095,'Firma del destinatario','','11.4.0'),
(11096,'Base imp.','','11.4.0'),
(11097,'Profilo aziendale salvato.','','11.3.6'),
(11098,'PNG o JPG, max 2 MB. Lascia vuoto per mantenere il logo attuale.','','11.4.0'),
(11099,'Logo caricato con successo.','','11.3.6'),
(11100,'Logo attuale','','11.4.0'),
(11101,'Rimuovi logo corrente','','11.4.0'),
(11102,'Reorder the configured languages to set their order in the language switcher block and, when editing content, in the list of selectable languages. This ordering does not impact <a href=\":detection\">detection and selection</a>.','','11.3.6'),
(11103,'The site default language can also be set. It is not recommended to change the default language on a working site. <a href=\":language-detection\">Configure the Selected language</a> setting on the detection and selection page to change the fallback language for language selection.','','11.3.6'),
(11104,'Interface translations are automatically imported when a language is added, or when new modules or themes are installed. The report <a href=\":update\">Available translation updates</a> shows the status. Interface text can be customized in the <a href=\":translate\">user interface translation</a> page.','','11.3.6'),
(11105,'Afrikaans','','11.3.6'),
(11106,'Kyrgyz','','11.3.6'),
(11107,'Chinese, Traditional','','11.3.6'),
(11108,'Arabic','','11.3.6'),
(11109,'Asturian','','11.3.6'),
(11110,'Azerbaijani','','11.3.6'),
(11111,'Belarusian','','11.3.6'),
(11112,'Bulgarian','','11.3.6'),
(11113,'Bengali','','11.3.6'),
(11114,'Tibetan','','11.3.6'),
(11115,'Chinese, Simplified','','11.3.6'),
(11116,'Breton','','11.3.6'),
(11117,'Bosnian','','11.3.6'),
(11118,'Catalan','','11.3.6'),
(11119,'Czech','','11.3.6'),
(11120,'Lolspeak','','11.3.6'),
(11121,'Vietnamese','','11.3.6'),
(11122,'Urdu','','11.3.6'),
(11123,'Ukrainian','','11.3.6'),
(11124,'Uyghur','','11.3.6'),
(11125,'Tuvan','','11.3.6'),
(11126,'Turkish','','11.3.6'),
(11127,'Thai','','11.3.6'),
(11128,'Telugu','','11.3.6'),
(11129,'Tamil, Sri Lanka','','11.3.6'),
(11130,'Tamil','','11.3.6'),
(11131,'Swahili','','11.3.6'),
(11132,'Swedish','','11.3.6'),
(11133,'Serbian','','11.3.6'),
(11134,'Albanian','','11.3.6'),
(11135,'Welsh','','11.3.6'),
(11136,'Slovenian','','11.3.6'),
(11137,'Slovak','','11.3.6'),
(11138,'Sinhala','','11.3.6'),
(11139,'Northern Sami','','11.3.6'),
(11140,'Scots','','11.3.6'),
(11141,'Kinyarwanda','','11.3.6'),
(11142,'Russian','','11.3.6'),
(11143,'Romanian','','11.3.6'),
(11144,'Rumantsch Grischun','','11.3.6'),
(11145,'Rohingya','','11.3.6'),
(11146,'Portuguese, Brazil','','11.3.6'),
(11147,'Portuguese, Portugal','','11.3.6'),
(11148,'Portuguese, International','','11.3.6'),
(11149,'Pashto','','11.3.6'),
(11150,'Persian, Afghanistan','','11.3.6'),
(11151,'Polish','','11.3.6'),
(11152,'Punjabi','','11.3.6'),
(11153,'Ossetian','','11.3.6'),
(11154,'Odia','','11.3.6'),
(11155,'Occitan','','11.3.6'),
(11156,'Norwegian Nynorsk','','11.3.6'),
(11157,'Norwegian Bokmål','','11.3.6'),
(11158,'Dutch','','11.3.6'),
(11159,'Nepali','','11.3.6'),
(11160,'Burmese','','11.3.6'),
(11161,'Danish','','11.3.6'),
(11162,'Maltese','','11.3.6'),
(11163,'Malay','','11.3.6'),
(11164,'Marathi','','11.3.6'),
(11165,'Mongolian','','11.3.6'),
(11166,'Malayalam','','11.3.6'),
(11167,'Macedonian','','11.3.6'),
(11168,'Malagasy','','11.3.6'),
(11169,'Latvian','','11.3.6'),
(11170,'Lithuanian','','11.3.6'),
(11171,'Lao','','11.3.6'),
(11172,'Amharic','','11.3.6'),
(11173,'Kurdish','','11.3.6'),
(11174,'Korean','','11.3.6'),
(11175,'Kannada','','11.3.6'),
(11176,'Khmer','','11.3.6'),
(11177,'Kazakh','','11.3.6'),
(11178,'Georgian','','11.3.6'),
(11179,'Javanese','','11.3.6'),
(11180,'Japanese','','11.3.6'),
(11181,'Icelandic','','11.3.6'),
(11182,'Indonesian','','11.3.6'),
(11183,'Armenian','','11.3.6'),
(11184,'Dzongkha','','11.3.6'),
(11185,'Hungarian','','11.3.6'),
(11186,'Haitian Creole','','11.3.6'),
(11187,'Croatian','','11.3.6'),
(11188,'Hindi','','11.3.6'),
(11189,'Hebrew','','11.3.6'),
(11190,'Hawaiian','','11.3.6'),
(11191,'Gujarati','','11.3.6'),
(11192,'Swiss German','','11.3.6'),
(11193,'Galician','','11.3.6'),
(11194,'Scots Gaelic','','11.3.6'),
(11195,'Irish','','11.3.6'),
(11196,'Frisian, Western','','11.3.6'),
(11197,'French','','11.3.6'),
(11198,'Faeroese','','11.3.6'),
(11199,'Filipino','','11.3.6'),
(11200,'Finnish','','11.3.6'),
(11201,'Persian, Farsi','','11.3.6'),
(11202,'Basque','','11.3.6'),
(11203,'Greek','','11.3.6'),
(11204,'Estonian','','11.3.6'),
(11205,'Esperanto','','11.3.6'),
(11206,'Simple English','','11.3.6'),
(11207,'English, British','','11.3.6'),
(11208,'Add a language to be supported by your site. If your desired language is not available, pick <em>Custom language...</em> at the end and provide a language code and other details manually.','','11.3.6'),
(11209,'Use one of the language switcher blocks to allow site visitors to switch between languages. You can enable these blocks on the <a href=\":block-admin\">block administration page</a>.','','11.3.6'),
(11210,'Static','','none'),
(11211,'Locality','','none'),
(11212,'Zone','','none'),
(11213,'Administrative area','','none'),
(11214,'Given name','','none'),
(11215,'Address line 1','','none'),
(11216,'Address line 2','','none'),
(11217,'Territory','','none'),
(11218,'Territories','','none'),
(11219,'Langcode','','none'),
(11220,'Address requires the commerceguys/addressing library.','','none'),
(11221,'Included postal codes','','none'),
(11222,'Excluded postal codes','','none'),
(11223,'Sorting code','','none'),
(11224,'Language override','','none'),
(11225,'Ensures entered addresses are always formatted in the same language.','','none'),
(11226,'State','Address label','none'),
(11227,'Additional name','','none'),
(11228,'Add territory','','none'),
(11229,'Please add at least one territory.','','none'),
(11230,'Limit by postal code','','none'),
(11231,'Administrative area (e.g. State or Province)','Address label','none'),
(11232,'Toolbar settings','','none'),
(11233,'Render cache','','none'),
(11234,'milliseconds','','none'),
(11235,'Execute PHP Code','','none'),
(11236,'Static caches','','none'),
(11237,'CSS and JavaScript cache cleared.','','none'),
(11238,'Webprofiler settings','','none'),
(11239,'Plugins cache cleared.','','none'),
(11240,'Static cache cleared.','','none'),
(11241,'Routing and links cache cleared.','','none'),
(11242,'Render cache cleared.','','none'),
(11243,'The Admin Toolbar module enhances the <a href=\":toolbar\">Toolbar</a> module by providing fast access to all the administrative links at the top of your site. Admin Toolbar remains a very \"lightweight\" module by closely integrating with all Toolbar functionality. It can be used in conjunction with all the sub modules included on Admin Toolbar, for quick access to system commands such as Flush all caches, <a href=\":automated_cron\">Run cron</a>, Run Updates, etc.','','none'),
(11244,'The Admin Toolbar greatly improves the user experience for those who regularly interact with the site Toolbar by providing fast, full access to all links in the site Toolbar without having to click to get there.','','none'),
(11245,'The Admin Toolbar Links Access Filter module provides a workaround for the common problem that users with <em>Use the administration pages and help</em> permission see menu links they done not have access permission for.','','none'),
(11246,'All menus','','none'),
(11247,'Select None','','none'),
(11248,'Orientation','','none'),
(11249,'Animation speed','','none'),
(11250,'Radio Buttons','','none'),
(11251,'Select All','','none'),
(11252,'Sort options','','none'),
(11253,'Display exposed sort options as','','none'),
(11254,'Block Class','','none'),
(11255,'Add to cart','','none'),
(11256,'Expires','','none'),
(11257,'Subtotal','','none'),
(11258,'Order Summary','','none'),
(11259,'medium','','none'),
(11260,'small','','none'),
(11261,'large','','none'),
(11262,'Billing information','','none'),
(11263,'Billing Information','','none'),
(11264,'Payment Method','','none'),
(11265,'Shipping Information','','none'),
(11266,'Customer Information','','none'),
(11267,'Payment instructions','','none'),
(11268,'Your shopping cart is empty.','','none'),
(11269,'Create your account','','none'),
(11270,'Shipping information','','none'),
(11271,'Your cart is empty','','none'),
(11272,'Thank you for your order!','','none'),
(11273,'Informative message','','none'),
(11274,'You have not created any order types yet. Go to the <a href=\"@create_order_type\">order type creation page</a> to add a new order type.','','none'),
(11275,'Order Confirmation','','none'),
(11276,'Order #@number details:','','none'),
(11277,'Order activity','','none'),
(11278,'Applied coupons','','none'),
(11279,'Update quantities','','none'),
(11280,'Set a password to save your details for next time.','','none'),
(11281,'Search form (narrow)','','none'),
(11282,'Search form (wide)','','none'),
(11283,'Inactive','','none'),
(11284,'Data Type','','none'),
(11285,'Add required context','','none'),
(11286,'Add Relationship','','none'),
(11287,'Add a relationship','','none'),
(11288,'Pager offset','','none'),
(11289,'@entity','','none'),
(11290,'Hide fields','','none'),
(11291,'Label setting machine name','','none'),
(11292,'Context value','','none'),
(11293,'Select entity','','none'),
(11294,'Plugin Id','','none'),
(11295,'Configure Required Context','','none'),
(11296,'Are you sure you want to delete the @label condition?','','none'),
(11297,'Context ID','','none'),
(11298,'Configure Relationship','','none'),
(11299,'Add Condition','','none'),
(11300,'Reorder fields','','none'),
(11301,'Disable filters','','none'),
(11302,'Number of terms','','none'),
(11303,'Events','','none'),
(11304,'ago','','none'),
(11305,'Enter username','','none'),
(11306,'Username not found','','none'),
(11307,'Layouts','','none'),
(11308,'Services','','none'),
(11309,'Here are the contents of your <code>$_SESSION</code> variable.','','none'),
(11310,'Number of users to display in the list','','none'),
(11311,'This user can switch back.','','none'),
(11312,'Caution: this user will be unable to switch back.','','none'),
(11313,'New value','','none'),
(11314,'Session name','','none'),
(11315,'Generate a given number of users. Optionally delete current users.','','none'),
(11316,'How many users would you like to generate?','','none'),
(11317,'How many nodes would you like to generate?','','none'),
(11318,'Role(s)','','none'),
(11319,'Regions','','none'),
(11320,'Cache cleared.','','none'),
(11321,'Instances','','none'),
(11322,'Generating Content','','none'),
(11323,'Rebuild the theme registry on every page load','','11.3.6'),
(11324,'Reinstall','','none'),
(11325,'Delete all users (except user id 1) before generating new users.','','none'),
(11326,'How old should user accounts be?','','none'),
(11327,'User ages will be distributed randomly from the current time, back to the selected time.','','none'),
(11328,'How far back in time should the nodes be dated?','','none'),
(11329,'Node creation dates will be distributed randomly from the current time, back to the selected time.','','none'),
(11330,'Requires path.module','','none'),
(11331,'Add an url alias for each node.','','none'),
(11332,'Devel generate','','none'),
(11333,'Uninstalled and installed: %names.','','none'),
(11334,'Field info','','none'),
(11335,'Which roles should the users receive?','','none'),
(11336,'Users always receive the <em>authenticated user</em> role.','','none'),
(11337,'Maximum number of comments per node.','','none'),
(11338,'You must also enable comments for the content types you are generating. Note that some nodes will randomly receive zero comments. Some will receive the max.','','none'),
(11339,'Add statistics for each node (node_counter table).','','none'),
(11340,'List size','','none'),
(11341,'1 user deleted@count users deleted.','','none'),
(11342,'Requires locale.module','','none'),
(11343,'Include %anonymous','','none'),
(11344,'Allow entering any user name','','none'),
(11345,'Deleted existing vocabularies.','','none'),
(11346,'Description of @name','','none'),
(11347,'Description of @title.','','none'),
(11348,'<strong>Delete all content</strong> in these content types before generating new content.','','none'),
(11349,'Restrict terms to these vocabularies.','','none'),
(11350,'Delete existing terms in specified vocabularies before generating new terms.','','none'),
(11351,'Number of vocabularies?','','none'),
(11352,'Delete existing vocabularies before generating new ones.','','none'),
(11353,'Create new menu(s)','','none'),
(11354,'Generate links for these menus','','none'),
(11355,'Number of new menus to create','','none'),
(11356,'Number of links to generate','','none'),
(11357,'Types of links to generate','','none'),
(11358,'Maximum link depth','','none'),
(11359,'Maximum menu width','','none'),
(11360,'Limit the width of the generated menu\'s first level of links to a certain number of items.','','none'),
(11361,'Delete existing custom generated menus and menu links before generating new ones.','','none'),
(11362,'Generate a given number of terms. Optionally delete current terms.','','none'),
(11363,'Generate a given number of vocabularies. Optionally delete current vocabularies.','','none'),
(11364,'Standard Drupal','','11.3.6'),
(11365,'Display machine names of permissions and modules','','11.3.6'),
(11366,'Error handlers','','11.3.6'),
(11367,'<em>None</em> is a good option when stepping through the site in your debugger.','','11.3.6'),
(11368,'<em>Standard Drupal</em> does not display all the information that is often needed to resolve an issue.','','11.3.6'),
(11369,'Demonstrate the current error handler(s):','','11.3.6'),
(11370,'Maximum number of words in titles','','none'),
(11371,'Maximum number of characters in term names','','none'),
(11372,'Maximum number of characters in vocabulary names','','none'),
(11373,'No content types available','','none'),
(11374,'Formatter types','','none'),
(11375,'Widget types','','none'),
(11376,'Password to be set','','none'),
(11377,'Enter a part of the module name or description to filter by.','','none'),
(11378,'menus','','none'),
(11379,'Devel was unable to write to %file.','','none'),
(11380,'Callable','','none'),
(11381,'Inspecting Routes','','none'),
(11382,'The module allows you to inspect routes information, gathering all routing data from <em>.routing.yml</em> files and from classes which subscribe to the route build/alter events. You can see those informations on <a href=\":url\">Routes info</a> page.','','none'),
(11383,'Inspecting Events','','none'),
(11384,'RSS feed','','none'),
(11385,'Blue Lagoon (Default)','','none'),
(11386,'Scheme','','none'),
(11387,'Error Message','','none'),
(11388,'tag','','none'),
(11389,'Bottom','','none'),
(11390,'MySQL','','none'),
(11391,'Source string ID','','none'),
(11392,'Disclaimer','','none'),
(11393,'By','','none'),
(11394,'JavaScript','','none'),
(11395,'HTML','','none'),
(11396,'CSS','','none'),
(11397,'Page Title','','none'),
(11398,'message','','none'),
(11399,'XML','','none'),
(11400,'Related topics','','none'),
(11401,'Selector','','none'),
(11402,'Choice','','none'),
(11403,'Content Bottom','','none'),
(11404,'Sidebar','','none'),
(11405,'Block ID','','none'),
(11406,'User registration','','none'),
(11407,'Not available','','none'),
(11408,'Diff','','none'),
(11409,'Source field','','none'),
(11410,'Not present','','none'),
(11411,'Convert to','','none'),
(11412,'Backtrace','','none'),
(11413,'Field Type','','none'),
(11414,'Field mapping','','none'),
(11415,'Logo options','','none'),
(11416,'Configure Block','','none'),
(11417,'Search Form','','none'),
(11418,'Image uploads','','none'),
(11419,'The settings have been saved.','','none'),
(11420,'Difficulty','','none'),
(11421,'Directions','','none'),
(11422,'Ruby','','none'),
(11423,'Python','','none'),
(11424,'Edit action','','none'),
(11425,'Display link','','none'),
(11426,'Link title','','none'),
(11427,'Login failed','','11.3.6'),
(11428,'Content Above','','none'),
(11429,'Content Below','','none'),
(11430,'Announcements','','none'),
(11431,'View all announcements','','none'),
(11432,'Workflow Settings','','none'),
(11433,'mobile','','none'),
(11434,'Card','','none'),
(11435,'Configure @block','','none'),
(11436,'Experimental','','none'),
(11437,'Node link','','none'),
(11438,'Link this field to download the file','','none'),
(11439,'Next Steps','','none'),
(11440,'Tooltip','','none'),
(11441,'This book has been modified by another user, the changes could not be saved.','','none'),
(11442,'Transliterate','','none'),
(11443,'Java','','none'),
(11444,'Thresholds','','none'),
(11445,'Footer Bottom','','none'),
(11446,'Edit block','','none'),
(11447,'Facility','','none'),
(11448,'Block Region','','none'),
(11449,' minutes','','none'),
(11450,'Drupal 6','','none'),
(11451,'Drupal 7','','none'),
(11452,'Workflows','','none'),
(11453,'Allow resize','','none'),
(11454,'An error occurred while processing %error_operation with arguments: @arguments','','none'),
(11455,'Administrator role','','none'),
(11456,'Filter messages','','none'),
(11457,'Filter value','','none'),
(11458,'entity type','','none'),
(11459,'attribute','','none'),
(11460,'Main Menu','','none'),
(11461,'Allowed values list: each key must be a valid integer or decimal.','','none'),
(11462,'You have not created any content types yet. Go to the <a href=\"@create-content\">content type creation page</a> to add a new content type.','','none'),
(11463,'Configuring actions','','none'),
(11464,'Checking available update data ...','','none'),
(11465,'Social Bar','','none'),
(11466,'Are you sure you want to revert the revision?','','none'),
(11467,'Are you sure you want to delete the revision?','','none'),
(11468,'Bundle ID','','none'),
(11469,'Edit account','','none'),
(11470,'Administrative label','','none'),
(11471,'Default logo','','none'),
(11472,'Custom logo','','none'),
(11473,'Inline Form Errors','','none'),
(11474,'Get Started','','none'),
(11475,'Bootstrap','','none'),
(11476,'Convert to lowercase','','none'),
(11477,'Add a new recipe to the site.','','none'),
(11478,'Password settings','','none'),
(11479,'Content moderation states','','none'),
(11480,'Transitions','','none'),
(11481,'Editing','','none'),
(11482,'X-Large','','none'),
(11483,'Media Library','','none'),
(11484,'Footer Top','','none'),
(11485,'Bytes','','none'),
(11486,'Latest version','','none'),
(11487,'Redirect path','','none'),
(11488,'Preset ID','','none'),
(11489,'Number of servings','','none'),
(11490,'files','','none'),
(11491,'Underscore (_)','','none'),
(11492,'URL to image','','none'),
(11493,'C','','none'),
(11494,'Manage layout','','none'),
(11495,'text formats','','none'),
(11496,'Default moderation state','','none'),
(11497,'Save layout','','none'),
(11498,'Entity bundle','','none'),
(11499,'Live preview settings','','none'),
(11500,'HTTP method','','none'),
(11501,'Cooking time','','none'),
(11502,'Nav','','none'),
(11503,'Close message','','none'),
(11504,'Add block type','','none'),
(11505,'Layout ID','','none'),
(11506,'Latest revision','','none'),
(11507,'Site account','','none'),
(11508,'The layout has been saved.','','none'),
(11509,'The text of the link.','','none'),
(11510,'Revision log','','none'),
(11511,'Section @section','','none'),
(11512,'Database settings','','none'),
(11513,'Entity types','','none'),
(11514,'Views query','','none'),
(11515,'Resource type','','none'),
(11516,'@label has been removed.','','none'),
(11517,'Navigation Settings','','none'),
(11518,'Allowed values function','','none'),
(11519,'Select media','','none'),
(11520,'Remove media','','none'),
(11521,'Learn More','','none'),
(11522,'Powered by','','none'),
(11523,'Add transition','','none'),
(11524,'Provider URL','','none'),
(11525,'Filter permissions','','none'),
(11526,'The menu link ID (mlid) is the integer primary key.','','none'),
(11527,'The parent link ID (plid) is the mlid of the link above in the hierarchy, or zero if the link is at the top level in its menu.','','none'),
(11528,'For links corresponding to a Drupal path (external = 0), this connects the link to a {menu_router}.path for joins.','','none'),
(11529,'Flag indicating whether any links have this link as a parent (1 = children exist, 0 = no children).','','none'),
(11530,'Flag for whether this link should be rendered as expanded in menus - expanded links always have their child links displayed, instead of only when the link is in the active trail (1 = expanded, 0 = not expanded)','','none'),
(11531,'Link weight among links in the same menu at the same depth.','','none'),
(11532,'Choose the view and display that select the entities that can be referenced.<br />Only views with a display of type \"Entity Reference\" are eligible.','','none'),
(11533,'Display \"@display\" uses field %field as search field, but the field is no longer present. See the settings for the Entity Reference list format.','','none'),
(11534,'<strong>Note:</strong> In \'Entity Reference\' displays, all fields will be displayed inline unless an explicit selection of inline fields is made here.','','none'),
(11535,'Select the field(s) that will be searched when using the autocomplete widget.','','none'),
(11536,'Resource title','','none'),
(11537,'Easy','','none'),
(11538,'grouped','','none'),
(11539,'Maximum image dimensions','','none'),
(11540,'Layout options','','none'),
(11541,'The views entity selection mode requires a view.','','none'),
(11542,'Fill in the language details and save the language with <em>Add custom language</em>.','','none'),
(11543,'User module \'member for\' view element.','','none'),
(11544,'Language Code','','none'),
(11545,'The role machine-name of the role.','','none'),
(11546,'The base table used for this view.','','none'),
(11547,'The current page of results the view is on.','','none'),
(11548,'Override the default view title for this view. This is useful to display an alternative title when a view is empty.','','none'),
(11549,'Access @method on %label resource','','none'),
(11550,'Hero','','none'),
(11551,'media items','','none'),
(11552,'Replacement character','','none'),
(11553,'@module_name','','none'),
(11554,'Delete state','','none'),
(11555,'Navigation settings','','none'),
(11556,'Place a block','','none'),
(11557,'Field map','','none'),
(11558,'search page','','none'),
(11559,'The translation set id for this node','','none'),
(11560,'Init','','none'),
(11561,'Drupal @version','','none'),
(11562,'Media Image','','none'),
(11563,'Name of the file with no path components.','','none'),
(11564,'The content ID of the forum index entry.','','none'),
(11565,'Built-in English','','none'),
(11566,'no version','','none'),
(11567,'Provides a link to the node add overview page.','','none'),
(11568,'The new set label is required.','','none'),
(11569,'On UNIX, Linux, and Mac OS X, you will find the configuration in the file <em>/etc/syslog.conf</em>, or in <em>/etc/rsyslog.conf</em> or in the directory <em>/etc/rsyslog.d</em>. These files define the routing configuration. Messages can be flagged with the codes <code>LOG_LOCAL0</code> through <code>LOG_LOCAL7</code>. For information on Syslog facilities, severity levels, and how to set up <em>syslog.conf</em> or <em>rsyslog.conf</em>, see the <em>syslog.conf</em> or <em>rsyslog.conf</em> manual page on your command line.','','none'),
(11570,'User module form element.','','none'),
(11571,'System module form element.','','none'),
(11572,'Rendered entity - @label','','none'),
(11573,'Displays a rendered @label entity in an area.','','none'),
(11574,'In the menu, the heavier links will sink and the lighter links will be positioned nearer the top.','','none'),
(11575,'Fields to be included as links.','','none'),
(11576,'Include a \"destination\" parameter in the link to return the user to the original view upon completing the link action.','','none'),
(11577,'WARNING: Disabling SQL rewriting means that node access security is disabled. This may allow users to see data they should not be able to see if your view is misconfigured. Use this option only if you understand and accept this security risk.','','none'),
(11578,'No view mode selected','','none'),
(11579,'Do you want to break the lock on view %name?','','none'),
(11580,'Hard','','none'),
(11581,'Selects referenceable entities for an entity reference field.','','none'),
(11582,'Entity Reference inline fields','','none'),
(11583,'Returns results as a PHP array of labels and rendered rows.','','none'),
(11584,'Use fields as row data.','','none'),
(11585,'Serializer','','none'),
(11586,'Serializes views row data using the Serializer component.','','none'),
(11587,'Display reference to taxonomy term in RSS.','','none'),
(11588,'Views Exposed Filter Block','','none'),
(11589,'A simple pager containing previous and next links.','','none'),
(11590,'Autoplay: %autoplay','','none'),
(11591,'Loop: %loop','','none'),
(11592,'Display of multiple files','','none'),
(11593,'Save and select','','none'),
(11594,'Editorial','','none'),
(11595,'Protocol version','','none'),
(11596,'Edit form mode','','none'),
(11597,'Choose form mode entity type','','none'),
(11598,'Deleting a @entity-type will cause any output still requesting to use that @entity-type to use the default display settings.','','none'),
(11599,'Lines and paragraphs are automatically recognized. The &lt;br /&gt; line break, &lt;p&gt; paragraph and &lt;/p&gt; close paragraph tags are inserted automatically. If paragraphs are not recognized simply add a couple of blank lines.','','none'),
(11600,'Provides a row plugin to display search results.','','none'),
(11601,'Always display the more link','','none'),
(11602,'Check this to display the more link even if there are no more items to display.','','none'),
(11603,'The width of each column will be calculated automatically based on the number of columns provided. If additional classes are entered or a theme injects classes based on a grid system, disabling this option may prove beneficial.','','none'),
(11604,'Default column classes','','none'),
(11605,'Add the default views column classes like views-col, col-1 and clearfix to the output. You can use this to quickly reduce the amount of markup the view provides by default, at the cost of making it more difficult to apply CSS.','','none'),
(11606,'Custom column class','','none'),
(11607,'Additional classes to provide on each column. Separated by a space.','','none'),
(11608,'Default row classes','','none'),
(11609,'Adds the default views row classes like views-row, row-1 and clearfix to the output. You can use this to quickly reduce the amount of markup the view provides by default, at the cost of making it more difficult to apply CSS.','','none'),
(11610,'Custom row class','','none'),
(11611,'Additional classes to provide on each row. Separated by a space.','','none'),
(11612,'Default wizard','','none'),
(11613,'All Views-generated queries will include the name of the views and display \'view-name:display-name\' as a string at the end of the SELECT clause. This makes identifying Views queries in database server logs simpler, but should only be used when troubleshooting.','','none'),
(11614,'Additional data','','none'),
(11615,'If link text has been submitted for a URL, then by default this link text is displayed as a link to the URL. If you want to display both the link text <em>and</em> the URL, choose the appropriate link format from the drop-down menu in the <em>Manage display</em> page. If you only want to display the URL even if link text has been submitted, choose <em>Link</em> as the format, and then change its <em>Format settings</em> to display <em>URL only</em>.','','none'),
(11616,'You can add attributes to links, by changing the <em>Format settings</em> in the <em>Manage display</em> page. Adding <em>rel=\"nofollow\"</em> notifies search engines that links should not be followed.','','none'),
(11617,'Serialization is the process of converting data structures like arrays and objects into a string. This allows the data to be represented in a way that is easy to exchange and store (for example, for transmission over the Internet or for storage in a local file system). These representations can then be deserialized to get back to the original data structures.','','none'),
(11618,'Embedded displays can be used in code via views_embed_view().','','none'),
(11619,'Workflow type','','none'),
(11620,'Sample content','','none'),
(11621,'Display block title','','none'),
(11622,'Relate file entities to their usage.','','none'),
(11623,'In the field settings, you can allow users to toggle whether individual files are displayed. In the display settings, you can then choose one of the following formats: <ul><li><em>Generic file</em> displays links to the files and adds icons that symbolize the file extensions. If <em>descriptions</em> are enabled and have been submitted, then the description is displayed instead of the file name.</li><li><em>URL to file</em> displays the full path to the file as plain text.</li><li><em>Table of files</em> lists links to the files and the file sizes in a table.</li><li><em>RSS enclosure</em> only displays the first file, and only in a RSS feed, formatted according to the RSS 2.0 syntax for enclosures.</li></ul> A file can still be linked to directly by its URI even if it is not displayed.','','none'),
(11624,'The bundle of the shortcut.','','none'),
(11625,'Weight among shortcuts in the same shortcut set.','','none'),
(11626,'Expanding Views functionality','','none'),
(11627,'Tag based caching of data. Caches will persist until any related cache tags are invalidated.','','none'),
(11628,'Influence','','none'),
(11629,'On the <em>Manage display</em> page you can choose to display a trimmed version of the text, and if so, where to cut off the text.','','none'),
(11630,'State label','','none'),
(11631,'Depending on the chosen entity type, additional filtering and sorting options are available for the list of entities that can be referred to, in the field settings. For example, the list of users can be filtered by role and sorted by name or ID.','','none'),
(11632,'Displaying a reference','','none'),
(11633,'An entity reference can be displayed as a simple label with or without a link to the entity. Alternatively, the referenced entity can be displayed as a teaser (or any other available view mode) inside the referencing entity.','','none'),
(11634,'Selecting filters','','none'),
(11635,'There are three types of list fields, which store different types of data: <em>float</em>, <em>integer</em> or, <em>text</em>. The <em>float</em> type allows storing approximate decimal values. The <em>integer</em> type allows storing whole numbers, such as years (for example, 2012) or values (for example, 1, 2, 5, 305). The <em>text</em> list field type allows storing text values. No matter which type of list field you choose, you can define whatever labels you wish for data entry.','','none'),
(11636,'The date the taxonomy was most recently updated.','','none'),
(11637,'Toggle branding elements','','none'),
(11638,'Rendering language','','none'),
(11639,'Save and configure','','none'),
(11640,'The configuration synchronization failed validation.','','none'),
(11641,'The configuration was imported with errors.','','none'),
(11642,'Link data valid for link type.','Validation','none'),
(11643,'Could not save to map table due to missing destination id values','','none'),
(11644,'Site UUID in source storage does not match the target storage.','','none'),
(11645,'Contact messages','','none'),
(11646,'Providing module','','none'),
(11647,'Flag.','','none'),
(11648,'Whether the field is visible in the user registration form. (1 = yes, 0 = no)','','none'),
(11649,'Unique profile field ID.','','none'),
(11650,'The Drupal term IDs of the term\'s parents.','','none'),
(11651,'Displays messages in an area.','','none'),
(11652,'Bulk form','','none'),
(11653,'Delete form mode','','none'),
(11654,'The human-readable name of the view mode','','none'),
(11655,'Enable Display field','','none'),
(11656,'URL to file format settings','','none'),
(11657,'Suppress the itok query string for image derivatives','','none'),
(11658,'Language negotiation per type setting','','none'),
(11659,'Enabled negotiators','','none'),
(11660,'Negotiator weights','','none'),
(11661,'Language negotiation per type settings','','none'),
(11662,'Default translation server pattern','','none'),
(11663,'Override parent selector','','none'),
(11664,'Display setting for author and date Submitted by post information','','none'),
(11665,'Demote selected content from front page configuration','','none'),
(11666,'Promote selected content from front page configuration','','none'),
(11667,'Make selected content sticky configuration','','none'),
(11668,'Make selected content unsticky configuration','','none'),
(11669,'Unpublish content containing keyword(s) configuration','','none'),
(11670,'Node user ID','','none'),
(11671,'Node bulk form','','none'),
(11672,'List (float) settings','','none'),
(11673,'Options list default display settings','','none'),
(11674,'Tag i weight','','none'),
(11675,'Query key','','none'),
(11676,'Weight element maximum value','','none'),
(11677,'Requirements warning period','','none'),
(11678,'Requirements error period','','none'),
(11679,'Logging settings','','none'),
(11680,'Regular expression to not match','','none'),
(11681,'Stale file threshold','','none'),
(11682,'Delete vocabulary','','none'),
(11683,'Override selector','','none'),
(11684,'Taxonomy term ID with depth','','none'),
(11685,'Tour tip','','none'),
(11686,'UID of a nodes user posted/commented on','','none'),
(11687,'User flood settings','','none'),
(11688,'UID only identifier','','none'),
(11689,'IP window','','none'),
(11690,'User window','','none'),
(11691,'User operations bulk form','','none'),
(11692,'Should replacement tokens be used from the first row','','none'),
(11693,'The shown text of the result summary area','','none'),
(11694,'The title which will be overridden for the page','','none'),
(11695,'Group by Numeric','','none'),
(11696,'YearMonthDate','','none'),
(11697,'A string to identify the area instance in the admin UI.','','none'),
(11698,'Should the area be displayed on empty results.','','none'),
(11699,'The ID of the relationship instance used by this handler','','none'),
(11700,'Default argument options','','none'),
(11701,'Grouping field number %i','','none'),
(11702,'Group item','','none'),
(11703,'Query comment','','none'),
(11704,'Embed display options','','none'),
(11705,'Group by numeric','','none'),
(11706,'Groupwise max','','none'),
(11707,'Display extender','','none'),
(11708,'Display plugin','','none'),
(11709,'Default views row classes','','none'),
(11710,'Default views column classes','','none'),
(11711,'Oct','Abbreviated month name','none'),
(11712,'W','','none'),
(11713,'You can add a language that is not provided in the drop-down list by choosing <em>Custom language</em> at the end of the list. You then have to configure its language code, name, and direction in the form provided.','','none'),
(11714,'Users can choose a <em>Site language</em> on their profile page. This language is used for email messages, and can be used by modules to determine a user\'s language. It can also be used for interface text, if the <em>User</em> method is enabled as a <em>Detection and selection</em> method (see below). Administrative users can choose a separate <em>Administration pages language</em> for the interface text on administration pages. This configuration is only available on the user\'s profile page if the <em>Account administration pages</em> method is enabled (see below).','','none'),
(11715,'<em>URL</em> sets the interface language based on a path prefix or domain (for example specifying <em>de</em> for German would result in URLs like <em>example.com/de/contact</em>). The default language does not require a path prefix, but can have one assigned as well. If the language detection is done by domain name, a domain needs to be specified for each language.','','none'),
(11716,'<em>Session</em> determines the interface language from a request or session parameter (for example <em>example.com?language=de</em> would set the interface language to German based on the use of <em>de</em> as the <em>language</em> parameter).','','none'),
(11717,'<em>User</em> follows the language configuration set on the user\'s profile page.','','none'),
(11718,'<em>Account administration pages</em> follows the configuration set as <em>Administration pages language</em> on the profile page of an administrative user. This method is similar to the <em>User</em> method, but only sets the interface text language on administration pages, independent of the interface text language on other pages.','','none'),
(11719,'<em>Selected language</em> allows you to specify the site\'s default language or a specific language as the fall-back language. This method should be listed last.','','none'),
(11720,'Number of leading lines in a diff','','none'),
(11721,'Number of trailing lines in a diff','','none'),
(11722,'The email address to be used as the \'from\' address for all account notifications listed below. If <em>\'Visitors, but administrator approval is required\'</em> is selected above, a notification email will also be sent to this address for any new registrations. Leave empty to use the default system email address <em>(%site-email).</em>','','11.3.6'),
(11723,'Enable and edit email messages sent to users upon account activation (when an administrator activates an account of a user who has already registered, on a site where administrative approval is required).','','11.3.6'),
(11724,'This will make the query attempt to connect to a replica server if available.  If no replica server is defined or available, it will fall back to the default server.','','none'),
(11725,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML text attribute for each row.','','none'),
(11726,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML created attribute for each row.','','none'),
(11727,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML description attribute for each row.','','none'),
(11728,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML htmlUrl attribute for each row.','','none'),
(11729,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML language attribute for each row.','','none'),
(11730,'Row style plugin requires specifying which views field to use for OPML text attribute.','','none'),
(11731,'Row style plugin requires specifying which views field to use for XML URL attribute.','','none'),
(11732,'Row style plugin requires specifying which views field to use for URL attribute.','','none'),
(11733,'OPML Feed','','none'),
(11734,'Generates an OPML feed from a view.','','none'),
(11735,'Toolbar item','','none'),
(11736,'Authentication methods','','none'),
(11737,'The Custom Menu Links module allows users to create menu links. These links can be translated if multiple languages are used for the site.','','none'),
(11738,'Custom Menu Links','','none'),
(11739,'The entity ID for this menu link content entity.','','none'),
(11740,'The content menu link UUID.','','none'),
(11741,'The content menu link bundle.','','none'),
(11742,'The ID of the parent menu link plugin, or empty string when at the top level of the hierarchy.','','none'),
(11743,'Extending the Search module','','none'),
(11744,'Activity Tracker','','none'),
(11745,'Change to','','none'),
(11746,'- Not specified -','','none'),
(11747,'@path is not a valid path.','','none'),
(11748,'Alignments','','none'),
(11749,'When listing forms, those with lighter (smaller) weights get listed before forms with heavier (larger) weights. Forms with equal weights are sorted alphabetically.','','none'),
(11750,'Telephone numbers can be displayed as links with the scheme name <em>tel:</em> by choosing the <em>Telephone</em> display format on the <em>Manage display</em> page. Any spaces will be stripped out of the link text. This semantic markup improves the user experience on mobile and assistive technology devices.','','none'),
(11751,'Formatted text default display format settings','','none'),
(11752,'Display the referenced author user entity.','','none'),
(11753,'The <em>Exposed items per page</em> field\'s options must include the value from the <em>Items per page</em> field (@items_per_page).','','none'),
(11754,'Views tables include semantic markup to improve accessibility. Data cells are automatically associated with header cells through id and header attributes. To improve the accessibility of your tables you can add descriptive elements within the Views table settings. The <em>caption</em> element can introduce context for a table, making it easier to understand. The <em>summary</em> element can provide an overview of how the data has been organized and how to navigate the table. Both the caption and summary are visible by default and also implemented according to HTML5 guidelines.','','none'),
(11755,'Muted','','none'),
(11756,'Processed summary','','none'),
(11757,'Tabs are buttons, displayed in a bar across the top of the screen. Some tabs execute an action (such as starting Edit mode), while other tabs toggle which tray is open.','','none'),
(11758,'Trays','','none'),
(11759,'Trays are usually lists of links, which can be hierarchical like a menu. If a tray has been toggled open, it is displayed either vertically or horizontally below the tab bar, depending on the browser width. Only one tray may be open at a time. If you click another tab, that tray will replace the tray being displayed. In wide browser widths, the user has the ability to toggle from vertical to horizontal, using a link at the bottom or right of the tray. Hierarchical menus only have open/close behavior in vertical mode; if you display a tray containing a hierarchical menu horizontally, only the top-level links will be available.','','none'),
(11760,'Wrapping','','none'),
(11761,'tour','','none'),
(11762,'tours','','none'),
(11763,'Layout Builder','','none'),
(11764,'The mapping for the %browser browser language code has been deleted.','','none'),
(11765,'The browser language detection mapping for the %browser browser language code has been deleted.','','none'),
(11766,'The selected style or row format does not use fields.','','none'),
(11767,'The selected display type does not use @type plugins','','none'),
(11768,'Drupal Logo','','none'),
(11769,'Persist field storage with no fields','','none'),
(11770,'The default search index will be rebuilt.','','none'),
(11771,'Number of day\\s top views to display','','none'),
(11772,'Display extender settings','','none'),
(11773,'Leave blank to use the time of form submission.','','none'),
(11774,'Some content entity types are further grouped into sub-types (for example, you could have article and page content types within the main site content entity type, and tag and category vocabularies within the taxonomy term entity type); other entity types, such as user accounts, do not have sub-types. Programmers use the term <em>bundle</em> for entity sub-types.','','none'),
(11775,'Content entity types and sub-types store most of their text, file, and other information in <em>fields</em>. Fields are grouped by <em>field type</em>; field types define what type of data can be stored in that field, such as text, images, or taxonomy term references.','','none'),
(11776,'Content entity types and sub-types can have one or more <em>view modes</em>, used for displaying the entity items. For instance, a content item could be viewed in full content mode on its own page, teaser mode in a list, or RSS mode in a feed. In each view mode, each field can be hidden or displayed, and if it is displayed, you can choose and configure the <em>formatter</em> that is used to display the field. For instance, a long text field can be displayed trimmed or full-length, and taxonomy term reference fields can be displayed in plain text or linked to the taxonomy term page.','','none'),
(11777,'Widgets and form modes','','none'),
(11778,'Content entity types and sub-types can have one or more <em>form modes</em>, used for editing. For instance, a content item could be edited in a compact format with only some fields editable, or a full format that allows all fields to be edited. In each form mode, each field can be hidden or displayed, and if it is displayed, you can choose and configure the <em>widget</em> that is used to edit the field. For instance, a taxonomy term reference field can be edited using a select list, radio buttons, or an autocomplete widget.','','none'),
(11779,'Views entity field handler','','none'),
(11780,'On the <em>Manage fields</em> page for your entity type or sub-type, you can add, configure, and delete fields for that entity type or sub-type. Each field has a <em>machine name</em>, which is used internally to identify the field and must be unique across an entity type; once a field is created, you cannot change the machine name. Most fields have two types of settings. The field-level settings depend on the field type, and affect how the data in the field is stored. Once they are set, they can no longer be changed; examples include how many data values are allowed for the field and where files are stored. The sub-type-level settings are specific to each entity sub-type the field is used on, and they can be changed later; examples include the field label, help text, default value, and whether the field is required or not. You can return to these settings by choosing the <em>Edit</em> link for the field from the <em>Manage fields</em> page.','','none'),
(11781,'On the <em>Manage form display</em> page of your entity type or sub-type, you can configure how the field data is edited by default and in each form mode. If your entity type has multiple form modes (on most sites, most entities do not), you can toggle between the form modes at the top of the page, and you can toggle whether each form mode uses the default settings or custom settings in the <em>Custom display settings</em> section. For each field in each form mode, you can select the widget to use for editing; some widgets have additional configuration options, such as the size for a text field, and these can be edited using the Edit button (which looks like a wheel). You can also change the order of the fields on the form. You can exclude a field from a form by choosing <em>Hidden</em> from the widget drop-down list, or by dragging it into the <em>Disabled</em> section.','','none'),
(11782,'On the <em>Manage display</em> page of your entity type or sub-type, you can configure how each field is displayed by default and in each view mode. If your entity type has multiple view modes, you can toggle between the view modes at the top of the page, and you can toggle whether each view mode uses the default settings or custom settings in the <em>Custom display settings</em> section. For each field in each view mode, you can choose whether and how to display the label of the field from the <em>Label</em> drop-down list. You can also select the formatter to use for display; some formatters have configuration options, which you can edit using the Edit button (which looks like a wheel). You can also change the display order of fields. You can exclude a field from a specific view mode by choosing <em>Hidden</em> from the formatter drop-down list, or by dragging it into the <em>Disabled</em> section.','','none'),
(11783,'Forum leaf','Validation','none'),
(11784,'Content access view grants','','none'),
(11785,'<strong>Number fields</strong>: When you add a number field you can choose from three types: <em>decimal</em>, <em>float</em>, and <em>integer</em>. The <em>decimal</em> number field type allows users to enter exact decimal values, with fixed numbers of decimal places. The <em>float</em> number field type allows users to enter approximate decimal values. The <em>integer</em> number field type allows users to enter whole numbers, such as years (for example, 2012) or values (for example, 1, 2, 5, 305). It does not allow decimals.','','none'),
(11786,'Naming image styles','','none'),
(11787,'Configuring displays and form displays','','none'),
(11788,'On the <em>Manage display</em> page, you can choose the image formatter, which determines the image style used to display the image in each display mode and whether or not to display the image as a link. On the <em>Manage form display</em> page, you can configure the image upload widget, including setting the preview image style shown on the entity edit form.','','none'),
(11789,'Language codes or other custom text to use as a path prefix for URL language detection. For the selected fallback language, this value may be left blank. <strong>Modifying this value may break existing URLs. Use with caution in a production environment.</strong> Example: Specifying \"deutsch\" as the path prefix code for German results in URLs like \"example.com/deutsch/contact\".','','none'),
(11790,'A responsive image style associates an image style with each breakpoint defined by your theme.','','none'),
(11791,'Responsive image mapping type','','none'),
(11792,'Sizes attribute','','none'),
(11793,'The default drag-and-drop user interface for ordering tables in the administrative interface presents a challenge for some users, including users of screen readers and other assistive technology. The drag-and-drop interface can be disabled in a table by clicking a link labeled \"Show row weights\" above the table. The replacement interface allows users to order the table by choosing numerical weights instead of dragging table rows.','','none'),
(11794,'Append a destination query string to operation links.','','none'),
(11795,'Content language of view row','','none'),
(11796,'Original language of content in view row','','none'),
(11797,'Rendering Language','','none'),
(11798,'User search looks for user names and partial user names. Example: mar would match usernames mar, delmar, and maryjane.','','none'),
(11799,'Display \"@display\" uses a \"more\" link but there are no displays it can link to. You need to specify a custom URL.','','none'),
(11800,'Disabling SQL rewriting will omit all query tags, i. e. disable node access checks as well as override hook_query_alter() implementations in other modules.','','none'),
(11801,'Testing config overrides','','none'),
(11802,'Minimal profile for running tests with config overrides in a profile.','','none'),
(11803,'Configuring form displays','','none'),
(11804,'Reference fields have several widgets available on the <em>Manage form display</em> page:','','none'),
(11805,'The <em>Check boxes/radio buttons</em> widget displays the existing entities for the entity type as check boxes or radio buttons based on the <em>Allowed number of values</em> set for the field.','','none'),
(11806,'The <em>Select list</em> widget displays the existing entities in a drop-down list or scrolling list box based on the <em>Allowed number of values</em> setting for the field.','','none'),
(11807,'The <em>Autocomplete</em> widget displays text fields in which users can type entity labels based on the <em>Allowed number of values</em>. The widget can be configured to display all entities that contain the typed characters or restricted to those starting with those characters.','','none'),
(11808,'The <em>Autocomplete (Tags style)</em> widget displays a multi-text field in which users can type in a comma-separated list of entity labels.','','none'),
(11809,'If the part of the filename just before the extension is \'.tar\', include this in the extension output.','','none'),
(11810,'In the field settings you can define the allowed link type to be <em>internal links only</em>, <em>external links only</em>, or <em>both internal and external links</em>. <em>Internal links only</em> and <em>both internal and external links</em> options enable an autocomplete widget for internal links, so a user does not have to copy or remember a URL.','','none'),
(11811,'Page caching','','none'),
(11812,'Allowing users to add new terms gradually builds a vocabulary as content is added and edited. Users can add new terms if either of the two <em>Autocomplete</em> widgets is chosen for the Taxonomy term reference field in the <em>Manage form display</em> page for the field. You will also need to enable the <em>Create referenced entities if they don\'t already exist</em> option, and restrict the field to one vocabulary.','','none'),
(11813,'If you choose <em>Text (plain)</em> or <em>Text (formatted)</em> as the field type on the <em>Manage fields</em> page, then a field with a single row is displayed. You can change the maximum text length in the <em>Field settings</em> when you set up the field.','','none'),
(11814,'As an alternative to using a trimmed version of the text, you can enter a separate summary by choosing the <em>Text (formatted, long, with summary)</em> field type on the <em>Manage fields</em> page. Even when <em>Summary input</em> is enabled, and summaries are provided, you can display <em>trimmed</em> text nonetheless by choosing the appropriate format on the <em>Manage display</em> page.','','none'),
(11815,'Text to use for this variant, @count will be replaced with the value.','','none'),
(11816,'Text to use for the singular form, @count will be replaced with the value.','','none'),
(11817,'The Forum module lets you create threaded discussion forums with functionality similar to other message board systems. In a forum, users post topics and threads in nested hierarchies, allowing discussions to be categorized and grouped.','','none'),
(11818,'Threaded <em>comments</em> submitted by users (for example, <em>You wash the potatoes first and then...</em>).','','none'),
(11819,'Customize %language_name language detection to differ from Interface text language detection settings','','none'),
(11820,'The domain for %language may only contain the domain name, not a trailing slash, protocol and/or port.','','none'),
(11821,'If your site has multiple languages and translated entities, each result row in a view will contain one translation of each involved entity (a view can involve multiple entities if it uses relationships). You can use a filter to restrict your view to one language: without filtering, if an entity has three translations it will add three rows to the results; if you filter by language, at most one result will appear (it could be zero if that particular entity does not have a translation matching your language filter choice). If a view uses relationships, each entity in the relationship needs to be filtered separately. You can filter a view to a fixed language choice, such as English or Spanish, or to the language selected by the page the view is displayed on (the language that is selected for the page by the language detection settings either for Content or User interface).','','none'),
(11822,'Because each result row contains a specific translation of each entity, field-level filters are also relative to these entity translations. For example, if your view has a filter that specifies that the entity title should contain a particular English word, you will presumably filter out all rows containing Chinese translations, since they will not contain the English word. If your view also has a second filter specifying that the title should contain a particular Chinese word, and if you are using \"And\" logic for filtering, you will presumably end up with no results in the view, because there are probably not any entity translations containing both the English and Chinese words in the title.','','none'),
(11823,'Independent of filtering, you can choose the display language (the language used to display the entities and their fields) via a setting on the display. Your language choices are the same as the filter language choices, with an additional choice of \"Content language of view row\" and \"Original language of content in view row\", which means to display each entity in the result row using the language that entity has or in which it was originally created. In theory, this would give you the flexibility to filter to French translations, for instance, and then display the results in Spanish. The more usual choices would be to use the same language choices for the display language and each entity filter in the view, or to use the Row language setting for the display.','','none'),
(11824,'Entity delete link','','none'),
(11825,'Entity edit link','','none'),
(11826,'Options such as paging, table sorting, and exposed filters will not initiate a page refresh.','','none'),
(11827,'Cache tags','','none'),
(11828,'Testing config import','','none'),
(11829,'Tests install profiles in the config importer.','','none'),
(11830,'Weight for @title language detection method','','none'),
(11831,'Breakpoint groups: viewport sizing vs art direction','','none'),
(11832,'Breakpoint settings: sizes vs image styles','','none'),
(11833,'Viewport Sizing','','none'),
(11834,'Select a breakpoint group from the installed themes and modules. Below you can select which breakpoints to use from this group. You can also select which image style or styles to use for each breakpoint you use.','','none'),
(11835,'Warning: if you change the breakpoint group you lose all your image style selections for each breakpoint.','','none'),
(11836,'Select multiple image styles and use the sizes attribute.','','none'),
(11837,'Select image styles with widths that range from the smallest amount of space this image will take up in the layout to the largest, bearing in mind that high resolution screens will need images 1.5x to 2x larger.','','none'),
(11838,'Comment_forum','','none'),
(11839,'Default comment field','','none'),
(11840,'Overridden block the selected user(s)','','none'),
(11841,'No eligible views were found. <a href=\":create\">Create a view</a> with an <em>Entity Reference</em> display, or add such a display to an <a href=\":existing\">existing view</a>.','','none'),
(11842,'The Field module allows custom data fields to be defined for <em>entity</em> types (see below). The Field module takes care of storing, loading, editing, and rendering field data. Most users will not interact with the Field module directly, but will instead use the <a href=\":field-ui-help\">Field UI module</a> user interface. Module developers can use the Field API to make new entity types \"fieldable\" and thus allow fields to be attached to them. For more information, see the <a href=\":field\">online documentation for the Field module</a>.','','none'),
(11843,'You can add, edit, and delete view modes for entities on the <a href=\":view_modes\">View modes page</a>, and you can add, edit, and delete form modes for entities on the <a href=\":form_modes\">Form modes page</a>. Once you have defined a view mode or form mode for an entity type, it will be available on the Manage display or Manage form display page for each sub-type of that entity.','','none'),
(11844,'The File module allows you to create fields that contain files. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":file_documentation\">online documentation for the File module</a>.','','none'),
(11845,'If you do encounter problems, try using HTML character entities. A common example looks like &amp;amp; for an ampersand &amp; character. For a full list of entities see HTML\'s <a href=\":html-entities\">entities</a> page. Some of the available characters include:','','none'),
(11846,'Visit the <a href=\":forums\">Forums page</a> to set up containers and forums to hold your discussion topics.','','none'),
(11847,'The <a href=\":create-topic\">Forum topic</a> link on the <a href=\":content-add\">Add content</a> page creates the first post of a new threaded discussion, or thread.','','none'),
(11848,'Adjust the display of your forum topics. Organize the forums on the <a href=\":forum-structure\">forum structure page</a>.','','none'),
(11849,'The History module keeps track of which content a user has read. It marks content as <em>new</em> or <em>updated</em> depending on the last time the user viewed it. History records that are older than one month are removed during cron, which means that content older than one month is always considered <em>read</em>. The History module does not have a user interface but it provides a filter to <a href=\":views-help\">Views</a> to show new or updated content. For more information, see the <a href=\":url\">online documentation for the History module</a>.','','none'),
(11850,'The Image module allows you to create fields that contain image files and to configure <a href=\":image_styles\">Image styles</a> that can be used to manipulate the display of images. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for terminology and general information on entities, fields, and how to create and manage fields. For more information, see the <a href=\":image_documentation\">online documentation for the Image module</a>.','','none'),
(11851,'The concept of image styles is that you can upload a single image but display it in several ways; each display variation, or <em>image style</em>, is the result of applying one or more <em>effects</em> to the original image. As an example, you might upload a high-resolution image with a 4:3 aspect ratio, and display it scaled down, square cropped, or black-and-white (or any combination of these effects). The Image module provides a way to do this efficiently: you configure an image style with the desired effects on the <a href=\":image\">Image styles page</a>, and the first time a particular image is requested in that style, the effects are applied. The resulting image is saved, and the next time that same style is requested, the saved image is retrieved without the need to recalculate the effects. Drupal core provides several effects that you can use to define styles; others may be provided by contributed modules.','','none'),
(11852,'When you create an image field, you will need to choose whether the uploaded images will be stored in the public or private file directory defined in your settings.php file and shown on the <a href=\":file-system\">File system page</a>. This choice cannot be changed later. You can also configure your field to store files in a subdirectory of the public or private directory; this setting can be changed later and can be different for each entity sub-type using the field. For more information on file storage, see the <a href=\":system-help\">System module help page</a>.','','none'),
(11853,'By default, content is created in the site\'s default language and no language selector is displayed on content creation pages. On the <a href=\":content_language\">Content language</a> page you can customize the language configuration for any supported content entity on your site (for example for content types or menu links). After choosing an entity, you are provided with a drop-down menu to set the default language and a check-box to display language selectors.','','none'),
(11854,'The <a href=\":detection\">Detection and selection</a> page provides several methods for deciding which language is used for displaying interface text. When a method detects and selects an interface language, then the following methods in the list are not applied. You can order them by importance, with your preferred method at the top of the list, followed by one or several fall-back methods.','','none'),
(11855,'<em>Browser</em> sets the interface language based on the browser\'s language settings. Since browsers use different language codes to refer to the same languages, you can add and edit languages codes to map the browser language codes to the <a href=\":language_list\">language codes</a> used on your site.','','none'),
(11856,'Define how to decide which language is used to display page elements (primarily text provided by modules, such as field labels and help text). This decision is made by evaluating a series of detection methods for languages; the first detection method that gets a result will determine which language is used for that type of text. Be aware that some language detection methods are unreliable under certain conditions, such as browser detection when page-caching is enabled and a user is not currently logged in. Define the order of evaluation of language detection methods on this page. The default language can be changed in the <a href=\":admin-change-language\">list of languages</a>.','','none'),
(11857,'Browsers use different language codes to refer to the same languages. Internally, a best effort is made to determine the correct language based on the code that the browser sends. You can add and edit additional mappings from browser language codes to <a href=\":configure-languages\">site languages</a>.','','none'),
(11858,'Changing the selected language here (and leaving this option as the last among the detection and selection options) is the easiest way to change the fallback language for the website, if you need to change how your site works by default (e.g., when using an empty path prefix or using the default domain). <a href=\":admin-change-language\">Changing the site\'s default language</a> itself might have other undesired side effects.','','none'),
(11859,'The prefix may only be left blank for the <a href=\":url\">selected detection fallback language.</a>','','none'),
(11860,'The Link module allows you to create fields that contain internal or external URLs and optional link text. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":link_documentation\">online documentation for the Link module</a>.','','none'),
(11861,'One translation file could not be checked. <a href=\":url\">See the log</a> for details.@count translation files could not be checked. <a href=\":url\">See the log</a> for details.','','none'),
(11862,'The Interface Translation module allows you to translate interface text (<em>strings</em>) into different languages, and to switch between them for the display of interface text. It uses the functionality provided by the <a href=\":language\">Language module</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":doc-url\">online documentation for the Interface Translation module</a>.','','none'),
(11863,'You can check how much of the interface on your site is translated into which language on the <a href=\":languages\">Languages</a> page. On the <a href=\":translation-updates\">Available translation updates</a> page, you can check whether interface translation updates are available on the <a href=\":server\">Drupal translation server</a>.','','none'),
(11864,'You can translate individual strings directly on the <a href=\":translate\">User interface translation</a> page, or download the currently-used translation file for a specific language on the <a href=\":export\">Interface translation export</a> page. Once you have edited the translation file, you can then import it again on the <a href=\":import\">Interface translation import</a> page.','','none'),
(11865,'This page allows a translator to search for specific translated and untranslated strings, and is used when creating or editing translations. (Note: Because translation tasks involve many strings, it may be more convenient to <a title=\"User interface translation export\" href=\":export\">export</a> strings for offline editing in a desktop Gettext translation editor.) Searches may be limited to strings in a specific language.','','none'),
(11866,'This page allows translators to manually import translated strings contained in a Gettext Portable Object (.po) file. Manual import may be used for customized translations or for the translation of custom modules and themes. To customize translations you can download a translation file from the <a href=\":url\">Drupal translation server</a> or <a title=\"User interface translation export\" href=\":export\">export</a> translations from the site, customize the translations using a Gettext translation editor, and import the result using this page.','','none'),
(11867,'The Node module manages the creation, editing, deletion, settings, and display of the main site content. Content items managed by the Node module are typically displayed as pages on your site, and include a title, some meta-data (author, creation time, content type, etc.), and optional fields containing text or other data (fields are managed by the <a href=\":field\">Field module</a>). For more information, see the <a href=\":node\">online documentation for the Node module</a>.','','none'),
(11868,'When new content is created, the Node module records basic information about the content, including the author, date of creation, and the <a href=\":content-type\">Content type</a>. It also manages the <em>publishing options</em>, which define whether or not the content is published, promoted to the front page of the site, and/or sticky at the top of content lists. Default settings can be configured for each <a href=\":content-type\">type of content</a> on your site.','','none'),
(11869,'The Node module gives users with the <em>Administer content types</em> permission the ability to <a href=\":content-new\">create new content types</a> in addition to the default ones already configured. Creating custom content types gives you the flexibility to add <a href=\":field\">fields</a> and configure default settings that suit the differing needs of various site content.','','none'),
(11870,'Node from URL','','none'),
(11871,'The Options module allows you to create fields where data values are selected from a fixed list of options. Usually these items are entered through a select list, checkboxes, or radio buttons. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":options_do\">online documentation for the Options module</a>.','','none'),
(11872,'The Path module allows you to specify an alias, or custom URL, for any existing internal system path. Aliases should not be confused with URL redirects, which allow you to forward a changed or inactive URL to a new URL. In addition to making URLs more readable, aliases also help search engines index content more effectively. Multiple aliases may be used for a single internal system path. To automate the aliasing of paths, you can install the contributed module <a href=\":pathauto\">Pathauto</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":path\">online documentation for the Path module</a>.','','none'),
(11873,'If you create or edit a taxonomy term you can add an alias (for example <em>music/jazz</em>) in the field \"URL alias\". When creating or editing content you can add an alias (for example <em>about-us/team</em>) under the section \"URL path settings\" in the field \"URL alias\". Aliases for any other path can be added through the page <a href=\":aliases\">URL aliases</a>. To add aliases a user needs the permission <a href=\":permissions\">Create and edit URL aliases</a>.','','none'),
(11874,'The Responsive Image module provides an image formatter that allows browsers to select which image file to display based on media queries or which image file types the browser supports, using the HTML 5 picture and source elements and/or the sizes, srcset and type attributes. For more information, see the <a href=\":responsive_image\">online documentation for the Responsive Image module</a>.','','none'),
(11875,'By creating responsive image styles you define which options the browser has in selecting which image file to display. In most cases this means providing different image sizes based on the viewport size. On the <a href=\":responsive_image_style\">Responsive image styles</a> page, click <em>Add responsive image style</em> to create a new style. First choose a label, a fallback image style and a breakpoint group and click Save.','','none'),
(11876,'Below the Sizes field you can choose multiple image styles so the browser can choose the best image file size to fill the space defined in the Sizes field. Typically you will want to use image styles that resize your image to have options that range from the smallest px width possible for the space the image will appear in to the largest px width possible, with a variety of widths in between. You may want to provide image styles with widths that are 1.5x to 2x the space available in the layout to account for high resolution screens. Image styles can be defined on the <a href=\":image_styles\">Image styles page</a> that is provided by the <a href=\":image_help\">Image module</a>.','','none'),
(11877,'After defining responsive image styles, you can use them in the display settings for your Image fields, so that the site displays responsive images using the HTML5 picture tag. Open the Manage display page for the entity type (content type, taxonomy vocabulary, etc.) that the Image field is attached to. Choose the format <em>Responsive image</em>, click the Edit icon, and select one of the responsive image styles that you have created. For general information on how to manage fields and their display see the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI module help page</a>. For background information about entities and fields see the <a href=\":field_help\">Field module help page</a>.','','none'),
(11878,'See the <a href=\":responsive_image_help\">Responsive Image help page</a> for information on the sizes attribute.','','none'),
(11879,'The Search module provides the ability to set up search pages based on plugins provided by other modules. In Drupal core, there are two page-type plugins: the Content page type provides keyword searching for content managed by the Node module, and the Users page type provides keyword searching for registered users. Contributed modules may provide other page-type plugins. For more information, see the <a href=\":search-module\">online documentation for the Search module</a>.','','none'),
(11880,'To configure search pages, visit the <a href=\":search-settings\">Search pages page</a>. In the Search pages section, you can add a new search page, edit the configuration of existing search pages, enable and disable search pages, and choose the default search page. Each enabled search page has a URL path starting with <em>search</em>, and each will appear as a tab or local task link on the <a href=\":search-url\">search page</a>; you can configure the text that is shown in the tab. In addition, some search page plugins have additional settings that you can configure for each search page.','','none'),
(11881,'Some search page plugins, such as the core Content search page, index searchable text using the Drupal core search index, and will not work unless content is indexed. Indexing is done during <em>cron</em> runs, so it requires a <a href=\":cron\">cron maintenance task</a> to be set up. There are also several settings affecting indexing that can be configured on the <a href=\":search-settings\">Search pages page</a>: the number of items to index per cron run, the minimum word length to index, and how to handle Chinese, Japanese, and Korean characters.','','none'),
(11882,'Users with <a href=\":search_permission\">Use search</a> permission can use the Search block and <a href=\":search\">Search page</a>. Users with the <a href=\":node_permission\">View published content</a> permission can use configured search pages of type <em>Content</em> to search for content containing exact keywords; in addition, users with <a href=\":search_permission\">Use advanced search</a> permission can use more complex search filtering. Users with the <a href=\":user_permission\">View user information</a> permission can use configured search pages of type <em>Users</em> to search for active users containing the keyword anywhere in the username, and users with the <a href=\":user_permission\">Administer users</a> permission can search for active and blocked users, by email address or username keyword.','','none'),
(11883,'By default, the Search module only supports exact keyword matching in content searches. You can modify this behavior by installing a language-specific stemming module for your language (such as <a href=\":porterstemmer_url\">Porter Stemmer</a> for American English), which allows words such as walk, walking, and walked to be matched in the Search module. Another approach is to use a third-party search technology with stemming or partial word matching features built in, such as <a href=\":solr_url\">Apache Solr</a> or <a href=\":sphinx_url\">Sphinx</a>. There are also contributed modules that provide additional search pages. These and other <a href=\":contrib-search\">search-related contributed modules</a> can be downloaded by visiting Drupal.org.','','none'),
(11884,'The Shortcut module allows users to create sets of <em>shortcut</em> links to commonly-visited pages of the site. Shortcuts are contained within <em>sets</em>. Each user with <em>Select any shortcut set</em> permission can select a shortcut set created by anyone at the site. For more information, see the <a href=\":shortcut\">online documentation for the Shortcut module</a>.','','none'),
(11885,'Define which shortcut set you are using on the <a href=\":shortcut-link\">Shortcuts tab</a> of your account page.','','none'),
(11886,'You are now using the new %set_name shortcut set. You can edit it from this page or <a href=\":switch-url\">switch back to a different one.</a>','','none'),
(11887,'The name under which the set\'s links are stored.','','none'),
(11888,'The title of the set.','','none'),
(11889,'The users.uid for this set.','','none'),
(11890,'The shortcut_set.set_name that will be displayed for this user.','','none'),
(11891,'The module includes a <em>Popular content</em> block that displays the most viewed pages today and for all time, and the last content viewed. To use the block, enable <em>Count content views</em> on the <a href=\":statistics-settings\">Statistics page</a>, and then you can enable and configure the block on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>.','','none'),
(11892,'The Statistics module includes a counter for each page that increases whenever the page is viewed. To use the counter, enable <em>Count content views</em> on the <a href=\":statistics-settings\">Statistics page</a>, and set the necessary <a href=\":permissions\">permissions</a> (<em>View content hits</em>) so that the counter is visible to the users.','','none'),
(11893,'Users with appropriate permission can install and uninstall modules from the <a href=\":modules\">Extend page</a>. Depending on which distribution or installation profile you choose when you install your site, several modules are installed and others are provided but not installed. Each module provides a discrete set of features; modules may be installed or uninstalled depending on the needs of the site. Many additional modules contributed by members of the Drupal community are available for download from the <a href=\":drupal-modules\">Drupal.org module page</a>. Note that uninstalling a module is a destructive action: when you uninstall a module, you will permanently lose all data connected to the module.','','none'),
(11894,'When you are performing site maintenance, you can prevent non-administrative users (including anonymous visitors) from viewing your site by putting it in <a href=\":maintenance-mode\">Maintenance mode</a>. This will prevent unauthorized users from making changes to the site while you are performing maintenance, or from seeing a broken site while updates are in progress.','','none'),
(11895,'On the <a href=\":performance-page\">Performance page</a>, the site can be configured to aggregate CSS and JavaScript files, making the total request size smaller. Note that, for small- to medium-sized websites, the <a href=\":page-cache\">Internal Page Cache module</a> should be installed so that pages are efficiently cached and reused for anonymous users. Finally, for websites of all sizes, the <a href=\":dynamic-page-cache\">Dynamic Page Cache module</a> should also be installed so that the non-personalized parts of pages are efficiently cached (for all users).','','none'),
(11896,'Your site has several file directories, which are used to store and process uploaded and generated files. The <em>public</em> file directory, which is configured in your settings.php file, is the default place for storing uploaded files. Links to files in this directory contain the direct file URL, so when the files are requested, the web server will send them directly without invoking your site code. This means that the files can be downloaded by anyone with the file URL, so requests are not access-controlled but they are efficient. The <em>private</em> file directory, also configured in your settings.php file and ideally located outside the site web root, is access controlled. Links to files in this directory are not direct, so requests to these files are mediated by your site code. This means that your site can check file access permission for each file before deciding to fulfill the request, so the requests are more secure, but less efficient. You should only use the private storage for files that need access control, not for files like your site logo and background images used on every page. The <em>temporary</em> file directory is used internally by your site code for various operations, and is configured on the <a href=\":file-system\">File system settings</a> page. You can also see the configured public and private file directories on this page, and choose whether public or private should be the default for uploaded files.','','none'),
(11897,'See <a href=\":url\">@url</a> for information about the recommended .htaccess file which should be added to the %directory directory to help protect against arbitrary code execution.','','none'),
(11898,'More information about setting up scheduled tasks can be found by <a href=\":url\">reading the cron tutorial on drupal.org</a>.','','none'),
(11899,'The Taxonomy module allows users who have permission to create and edit content to categorize (tag) content of that type. Users who have the <em>Administer vocabularies and terms</em> <a href=\":permissions\" title=\"Taxonomy module permissions\">permission</a> can add <em>vocabularies</em> that contain a set of related <em>terms</em>. The terms in a vocabulary can either be pre-set by an administrator or built gradually as content is added and edited. Terms may be organized hierarchically if desired.','','none'),
(11900,'Users who have the <em>Administer vocabularies and terms</em> permission can add and edit vocabularies from the <a href=\":taxonomy_admin\">Taxonomy administration page</a>. Vocabularies can be deleted from their <em>Edit vocabulary</em> page. Users with the <em>Taxonomy term: Administer fields</em> permission may add additional fields for terms in that vocabulary using the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI module</a>.','','none'),
(11901,'Users who have the <em>Administer vocabularies and terms</em> permission or the <em>Edit terms</em> permission for a particular vocabulary can add, edit, and organize the terms in a vocabulary from a vocabulary\'s term listing page, which can be accessed by going to the <a href=\":taxonomy_admin\">Taxonomy administration page</a> and clicking <em>List terms</em> in the <em>Operations</em> column. Users must have the <em>Administer vocabularies and terms</em> permission or the <em>Delete terms</em> permission for a particular vocabulary to delete terms.','','none'),
(11902,'A user with the <em>Administer fields</em> permission for a certain entity type may add <em>Taxonomy term</em> reference fields to the entity type, which will allow entities to be classified using taxonomy terms. See the <a href=\":entity_reference\">Entity Reference help</a> for more information about reference fields. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them.','','none'),
(11903,'See the <a href=\":entity_reference\">Entity Reference help</a> page for the field widgets and formatters that can be configured for any reference field on the <em>Manage display</em> and <em>Manage form display</em> pages. Taxonomy additionally provides an <em>RSS category</em> formatter that displays nothing when the entity item is displayed as HTML, but displays an RSS category instead of a list when the entity item is displayed in an RSS feed.','','none'),
(11904,'The Telephone module allows you to create fields that contain telephone numbers. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":telephone_documentation\">online documentation for the Telephone module</a>.','','none'),
(11905,'If you choose <em>Text (plain)</em> or <em>Text (plain, long)</em> you restrict the input to <em>Plain text</em> only. If you choose <em>Text (formatted)</em>, <em>Text (formatted, long)</em>, or <em>Text (formatted, long with summary)</em> you allow users to write formatted text. Which options are available to individual users depends on the settings on the <a href=\":formats\">Text formats and editors page</a>.','','none'),
(11906,'The Tour module provides users with guided tours of the site interface. Each tour consists of several tips that highlight elements of the user interface, guide the user through a workflow, or explain key concepts of the website. For more information, see the <a href=\':tour\'>online documentation for the Tour module</a>.','','none'),
(11907,'The Activity Tracker module displays the most recently added and updated content on your site, and allows you to follow new content created by each user. This module has no configuration options. For more information, see the <a href=\":tracker\">online documentation for the Activity Tracker module</a>.','','none'),
(11908,'The <a href=\":recent\">Recent content</a> page shows new and updated content in reverse chronological order, listing the content type, title, author\'s name, number of comments, and time of last update. Content is considered updated when changes occur in the text, or when new comments are added. The <em>My recent content</em> tab limits the list to the currently logged-in user.','','none'),
(11909,'The {node}.nid this record tracks.','','none'),
(11910,'The {user}.nid this record tracks.','','none'),
(11911,'The Unix timestamp when the user was most recently saved or commented on.','','none'),
(11912,'The <a href=\":update-report\">Available updates report</a> displays core, contributed modules, and themes for which there are new releases available for download. On the report page, you can also check manually for updates. You can configure the frequency of update checks, which are performed during cron runs, and whether notifications are sent on the <a href=\":update-settings\">Update Manager settings page</a>.','','none'),
(11913,'The Update Manager module allows administrators to perform updates directly from the <a href=\":update-page\">Update page</a>. It lists all available updates, and you can confirm whether you want to download them. If you don\'t have sufficient access rights to your web server, you could be prompted for your FTP/SSH password. Afterwards the files are transferred into your site installation, overwriting your old files. Direct links to the Update page are also displayed on the <a href=\":modules_page\">Extend page</a> and the <a href=\":themes_page\">Appearance page</a>.','','none'),
(11914,'After creating roles, you can set permissions for each role on the <a href=\":permissions_user\">Permissions page</a>. Granting a permission allows users who have been assigned a particular role to perform an action on the site, such as viewing content, editing or creating  a particular type of content, administering settings for a particular module, or using a particular function of the site (such as search).','','none'),
(11915,'Because User accounts are an entity type, you can extend them by adding fields through the Manage fields tab on the <a href=\":accounts\">Account settings page</a>. By adding fields for e.g., a picture, a biography, or address, you can a create a custom profile for the users of the website. For background information on entities and fields, see the <a href=\":field_help\">Field module help page</a>.','','none'),
(11916,'An offset from the current time such as \"@example1\" or \"@example2\"','','none'),
(11917,'The Views UI module provides an interface for managing views for the <a href=\":views\">Views module</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":handbook\">online documentation for the Views UI module</a>.','','none'),
(11918,'By breaking this lock, any unsaved changes made by @user will be lost.','','none'),
(11919,'Hide logo','','none'),
(11920,'Automated Cron','','none'),
(11921,'You can define which users will be able to use each text format by selecting roles. To ensure security, anonymous and untrusted users should only have access to text formats that restrict them to either plain text or a safe set of HTML tags. This is because HTML tags can allow embedding malicious links or scripts in text. More trusted registered users may be granted permission to use less restrictive text formats in order to create rich text. <strong>Improper text format configuration is a security risk.</strong>','','none'),
(11922,'If translation is enabled for English, you can <em>override</em> the default English interface text strings in your site with other English text strings on the <a href=\":translate\">User interface translation</a> page. Translation is off by default for English, but you can turn it on by visiting the <em>Edit language</em> page for <em>English</em> from the <a href=\":languages\">Languages</a> page.','','none'),
(11923,'The <a href=\":status\">Status report</a> provides an overview of the configuration, status, and health of your site. Review this report to make sure there are not any problems to address, and to find information about the software your site and web server are using.','','none'),
(11924,'In order for the site and its modules to continue to operate well, a set of routine administrative operations must run on a regular basis; these operations are known as <em>cron</em> tasks. On the <a href=\":cron\">Cron page</a>, you can configure cron to run periodically as part of server responses by installing the <em>Automated Cron</em> module, or you can turn this off and trigger cron from an outside process on your web server. You can verify the status of cron tasks by visiting the <a href=\":status\">Status report page</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":handbook\">online documentation for configuring cron jobs</a>.','','none'),
(11925,'Twig debug mode','','11.3.6'),
(11926,'Fallback sort expose settings','','none'),
(11927,'Administer workflows','','none'),
(11928,'No messages for this migration.','','none'),
(11929,'Current workspace','','none'),
(11930,'Workspace switcher','','none'),
(11931,'HEAD method settings','','none'),
(11932,'PUT method settings','','none'),
(11933,'Delete transition','','none'),
(11934,'Field with source information','','none'),
(11935,'Install configuration','','none'),
(11936,'Create and manage workspaces.','','none'),
(11937,'Administer workspaces','','none'),
(11938,'Edit workspace %label','','none'),
(11939,'Workspace ID','','none'),
(11940,'Workspace %info has been created.','','none'),
(11941,'Workspace %info has been updated.','','none'),
(11942,'The workspace could not be saved.','','none'),
(11943,'The workspace ID.','','none'),
(11944,'@bundle_type is @bundles or @last','','none'),
(11945,'@bundle_type is @bundle','','none'),
(11946,'text format','','none'),
(11947,'Field %field set in %filter is not usable for this filter type. Combined field filter only works for simple fields.','','none'),
(11948,'Account %name has been deleted.','','none'),
(11949,'Is default revision','','none'),
(11950,'Revisions must be required when moderation is enabled.','','none'),
(11951,'Revisions are required.','','none'),
(11952,'When content reaches this state it should be made the default revision; this is implied for published states.','','none'),
(11953,'Valid moderation state','Validation','none'),
(11954,'Field identifier','','none'),
(11955,'Divider','','none'),
(11956,'Did not save to map table due to NULL value for key field @field','','none'),
(11957,'Default argument validator','','none'),
(11958,'The domain names to use for these languages. <strong>Modifying this value may break existing URLs. Use with caution in a production environment.</strong> Example: Specifying \"de.example.com\" as language domain for German will result in a URL like \"http://de.example.com/contact\".','','none'),
(11959,'URL query key value pairs','','none'),
(11960,'Review the detailed upgrade log','','none'),
(11961,'Review upgrade','','none'),
(11962,'The Syslog module logs events by sending messages to the logging facility of your web server\'s operating system. Syslog is an operating system administrative logging tool that provides valuable information for use in system management and security auditing. Most suited to medium and large sites, Syslog provides filtering tools that allow messages to be routed by type and severity. For more information, see the <a href=\":syslog\">online documentation for the Syslog module</a>, as well as PHP\'s documentation pages for the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.openlog.php\">openlog</a> and <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.syslog.php\">syslog</a> functions.','','none'),
(11963,'When printing URL paths, how to transform the case of the filter value. Do not use this unless with Postgres as it uses case sensitive comparisons.','','none'),
(11964,'This will add a more link to the bottom of this view, which will link to the page view. If you have more than one page view, the link will point to the display specified in \'Link display\' section under pager. You can override the URL at the link display setting.','','none'),
(11965,'This identifier has illegal characters.','','none'),
(11966,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML URL attribute for each row.','','none'),
(11967,'Module Permissions','','none'),
(11968,'workspace','','none'),
(11969,'Activate Workspace','','none'),
(11970,'Would you like to activate the %workspace workspace?','','none'),
(11971,'The workspace name.','','none'),
(11972,'The workspace owner.','','none'),
(11973,'The time that the workspace was last edited.','','none'),
(11974,'The user ID of the user on which the log entry was written.','','none'),
(11975,'The System module provides pages for managing basic site configuration, including <a href=\":date-time-settings\">Date and time formats</a> and <a href=\":site-info\">Basic site settings</a> (site name, email address to send mail from, home page, and error pages). Additional configuration pages are listed on the main <a href=\":config\">Configuration page</a>.','','none'),
(11976,'Tours guide you through workflows or explain concepts on various user interface pages. The tours with links in this list are on user interface landing pages; the tours without links will show on individual pages (such as when editing a View using the Views UI module). Available tours:','','none'),
(11977,'View the latest version','','none'),
(11978,'Source image','','none'),
(11979,'Allowed Tags','','none'),
(11980,'@count @label@count @label entities','Entity type label','none'),
(11981,'Create a new workspace','','none'),
(11982,'View own workspace','','none'),
(11983,'View any workspace','','none'),
(11984,'Edit own workspace','','none'),
(11985,'Edit any workspace','','none'),
(11986,'Delete own workspace','','none'),
(11987,'Delete any workspace','','none'),
(11988,'Bypass content entity access in own workspace','','none'),
(11989,'Allow all Edit/Update/Delete permissions for all content entities in a workspace owned by the user.','','none'),
(11990,'The Migrate Drupal UI module has been enabled. Proceed to the <a href=\":url\">upgrade form</a>.','','none'),
(11991,'Queue thumbnail downloads','','none'),
(11992,'Thumbnail downloader','','none'),
(11993,'Parent path','','none'),
(11994,'The import failed with the following message: %message','','none'),
(11995,'Use multiple @tag tags, each with a single source.','','none'),
(11996,'Use multiple sources within a single @tag tag.','','none'),
(11997,'The most recent time the node has been viewed','','none'),
(11998,'Media Embed','','none'),
(11999,'Parent menu link','','none'),
(12000,'The upload directory %directory for the file field %name could not be created or is not accessible. A newly uploaded file could not be saved in this directory as a consequence, and the upload was canceled.','','none'),
(12001,'%type: @message in %function (line %line of %file) @backtrace_string.','','none'),
(12002,'Starting execution of @module_cron(), execution of @module_previous_cron() took @time.','','none'),
(12003,'Place Blocks','','none'),
(12004,'The book page node.','','none'),
(12005,'Book Parent','','none'),
(12006,'Page has Children','','none'),
(12007,'Flag indicating whether this book page has children','','none'),
(12008,'Has Children','','none'),
(12009,'1st parent','','none'),
(12010,'2nd parent','','none'),
(12011,'3rd parent','','none'),
(12012,'4th parent','','none'),
(12013,'5th parent','','none'),
(12014,'6th parent','','none'),
(12015,'7th parent','','none'),
(12016,'8th parent','','none'),
(12017,'9th parent','','none'),
(12018,'The @parent of book node.','','none'),
(12019,'Book @parent','','none'),
(12020,'Add content and child pages to books and manage their hierarchies.','','none'),
(12021,'Top Level Book from current node','','none'),
(12022,'View display \'@id\': Comment field formatter \'@name\' was disabled because it is using the comment view display \'@display\' (@mode) that was just disabled.','','none'),
(12023,'The comment entity view mode to be used in this formatter','','none'),
(12024,'Comments view mode','','none'),
(12025,'Select the view mode used to show the list of comments.','','none'),
(12026,'Comment view mode: @mode','','none'),
(12027,'The configuration objects have different language codes so they cannot be translated:','','none'),
(12028,'Message displayed to user on submission','','none'),
(12029,'Redirect path on submission','','none'),
(12030,'The message to display to the user after submission of this form. Leave blank for no message.','','none'),
(12031,'Path to redirect the user to after submission of this form. For example, type \"/about\" to redirect to that page. Use a relative path with a slash in front.','','none'),
(12032,'Manage form modes','','none'),
(12033,'Storing files','','none'),
(12034,'Let scale make images larger than their original size.','','none'),
(12035,'To import files from your current Drupal site, enter a local file directory containing your site (e.g. /var/www/docroot), or your site address (for example http://example.com).','','none'),
(12036,'Use administration theme when editing or creating content','','none'),
(12037,'Set as current revision','','none'),
(12038,'Supported methods','','none'),
(12039,'Supported authentication providers','','none'),
(12040,'REST resource config','','none'),
(12041,'REST resource config ID','','none'),
(12042,'REST resource plugin id','','none'),
(12043,'REST resource configuration granularity','','none'),
(12044,'Authentication Provider','','none'),
(12045,'No authentication is set','','none'),
(12046,'The supported authentication methods for this view','','none'),
(12047,'Are you sure you want to delete all @entity_type_plural?','','none'),
(12048,'This action cannot be undone.<br />Make a backup of your database if you want to be able to restore these items.','','none'),
(12049,'Delete all @entity_type_plural','','none'),
(12050,'There are 0 @entity_type_plural to delete.','','none'),
(12051,'Deleting @entity_type_plural','','none'),
(12052,'Deleting items... Completed @percentage% (@current of @total).','','none'),
(12053,'All @entity_type_plural have been deleted.','','none'),
(12054,'And <strong>@count</strong> more @entity_type_singular.And <strong>@count</strong> more @entity_type_plural.','','none'),
(12055,'This will delete <strong>@count</strong> @entity_type_singular.This will delete <strong>@count</strong> @entity_type_plural.','','none'),
(12056,'Unrecognized username or password. <a href=\":password\">Forgot your password?</a>','','11.4.0'),
(12057,'Field %field set in %filter is not set in display %display.','','none'),
(12058,'%display: %filter can only be used on displays that use fields. Set the style or row format for that display to one using fields to use the combine field filter.','','none'),
(12059,'A label is required for the specified operator.','','none'),
(12060,'A label is required if the value for this item is defined.','','none'),
(12061,'A value is required if the label for this item is defined.','','none'),
(12062,'Views can be created from the <a href=\":list\">Views list page</a> by using the \"Add view\" action. Existing views can be managed from the <a href=\":list\">Views list page</a> by locating the view in the \"Enabled\" or \"Disabled\" list and selecting the desired operation action, for example \"Edit\".','','none'),
(12063,'responsive image styles','','none'),
(12064,'Status listing and form for the entity\'s moderation state.','','none'),
(12065,'The username of the entity creator.','','none'),
(12066,'The moderation state of the referenced content.','','none'),
(12067,'Content entity type ID','','none'),
(12068,'The ID of the content entity type this moderation state is for.','','none'),
(12069,'Content entity ID','','none'),
(12070,'The ID of the content entity this moderation state is for.','','none'),
(12071,'Content entity revision ID','','none'),
(12072,'The revision ID of the content entity this moderation state is for.','','none'),
(12073,'Content moderation state','','none'),
(12074,'content moderation state','','none'),
(12075,'content moderation states','','none'),
(12076,'Invalid state transition from %from to %to','','none'),
(12077,'An automated attempt to create the directory %directory failed, possibly due to a permissions problem. To proceed with the installation, either create the directory and modify its permissions manually or ensure that the installer has the permissions to create it automatically. For more information, see INSTALL.txt or the <a href=\":handbook_url\">online handbook</a>.','','none'),
(12078,'The Datetime Range module provides a Date field that stores start dates and times, as well as end dates and times. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI module help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":datetime_do\">online documentation for the Datetime Range module</a>.','','none'),
(12079,'Date range default display format settings','','none'),
(12080,'Date range plain display format settings','','none'),
(12081,'Date range custom display format settings','','none'),
(12082,'Date range select list display format settings','','none'),
(12083,'The string to separate the start and end dates','','none'),
(12084,'Set a default value for the start date.','','none'),
(12085,'The computed start DateTime object.','','none'),
(12086,'The computed end DateTime object.','','none'),
(12087,'Log data is corrupted and cannot be unserialized: @message','','none'),
(12088,'- Skip field -','','none'),
(12089,'Block Layout','','none'),
(12090,'Settings Tray','','none'),
(12091,'Save @block','','none'),
(12092,'Configure Content Moderation permissions','','none'),
(12093,'Upgraded @migration (processed 1 item total)Upgraded @migration (processed @count items total)','','none'),
(12094,'Continuing with @migration (processed 1 item)Continuing with @migration (processed @count items)','','none'),
(12095,'random between -@degrees° and @degrees°','','none'),
(12096,'The config object collection.','','none'),
(12097,'The config object name.','','none'),
(12098,'Serialized configuration object data.','','none'),
(12099,'Testing missing dependencies','','none'),
(12100,'Minimal profile for running a test when dependencies are listed but missing.','','none'),
(12101,'Media thumbnail field display format settings','','none'),
(12102,'Media source','','none'),
(12103,'Region: @region','','none'),
(12104,'Navigation menu','','none'),
(12105,'Last upgrade: @date','','none'),
(12106,'Your server is capable of displaying file upload progress, but does not have the required libraries. It is recommended to install the <a href=\"http://pecl.php.net/package/uploadprogress\">PECL uploadprogress library</a>.','','none'),
(12107,'Is front page','','none'),
(12108,'You may also use tokens: [node:author:mail], [comment:author:mail], etc. Separate recipients with a comma.','','none'),
(12109,'Preview sender message','','none'),
(12110,'Configuring workflows','','none'),
(12111,'The workflow the moderation state is in.','','none'),
(12112,'@bundle @label were skipped as they are under moderation and may not be directly published.','','none'),
(12113,'@bundle @label were skipped as they are under moderation and may not be directly unpublished.','','none'),
(12114,'The Field Layout module allows you to arrange fields into regions on forms and displays of entities such as nodes and users.','','none'),
(12115,'For more information, see the <a href=\":field-layout-documentation\">online documentation for the Field Layout module</a>.','','none'),
(12116,'Field Layout','','none'),
(12117,'Per-view-mode field layout settings','','none'),
(12118,'Image URL formatter settings','','none'),
(12119,'Layout Discovery allows modules or themes to register layouts, and for other modules to list the available layouts and render them.','','none'),
(12120,'For more information, see the <a href=\":layout-discovery-documentation\">online documentation for the Layout Discovery module</a>.','','none'),
(12121,'Layout Discovery cannot be installed because the Layout Plugin module is installed and incompatible.','','none'),
(12122,'Layout Discovery','','none'),
(12123,'Exited edit mode.','','none'),
(12124,'These are the supported authentication providers for this view. When this view is requested, the client will be forced to authenticate with one of the selected providers. Make sure you set the appropriate requirements at the <em>Access</em> section since the Authentication System will fallback to the anonymous user if it fails to authenticate. For example: require Access: Role | Authenticated User.','','none'),
(12125,'Drupal is unable to generate highly randomized numbers, which means certain security features like password reset URLs are not as secure as they should be. Instead, only a slow, less-secure fallback generator is available. The most likely cause is that open_basedir restrictions are in effect and /dev/urandom is not on the whitelist. See the <a href=\":drupal-php\">system requirements</a> page for more information. %exception_message','','none'),
(12126,'Drupal is unable to generate highly randomized numbers, which means certain security features like password reset URLs are not as secure as they should be. Instead, only a slow, less-secure fallback generator is available. See the <a href=\":drupal-php\">system requirements</a> page for more information. %exception_message','','none'),
(12127,'Less secure','','none'),
(12128,'Detailed cron logging','','none'),
(12129,'Visitors will only see the maintenance mode message. Only users with the \"@permission-label\" <a href=\":permissions-url\">permission</a> will be able to access the site. Authorized users can log in directly via the <a href=\":user-login\">user login</a> page.','','none'),
(12130,'Base default argument','','none'),
(12131,'Configure workflows.','','none'),
(12132,'Create and edit workflows.','','none'),
(12133,'Edit state','','none'),
(12134,'Edit transition','','none'),
(12135,'From state IDs','','none'),
(12136,'From state ID','','none'),
(12137,'To state ID','','none'),
(12138,'Created the %label Workflow. In order for the workflow to be enabled there needs to be at least one state.','','none'),
(12139,'Workflow %label deleted.','','none'),
(12140,'There are no states yet.','','none'),
(12141,'This workflow has no states and will be disabled until there is at least one, <a href=\":add-state\">add a new state.</a>','','none'),
(12142,'There are no transitions yet.','','none'),
(12143,'Add a new transition','','none'),
(12144,'Saved the %label Workflow.','','none'),
(12145,'Created %label state.','','none'),
(12146,'Are you sure you want to delete %state from %workflow?','','none'),
(12147,'State %label deleted.','','none'),
(12148,'Saved %label state.','','none'),
(12149,'The transition from %from to %to already exists.','','none'),
(12150,'Created %label transition.','','none'),
(12151,'Are you sure you want to delete %transition from %workflow?','','none'),
(12152,'%transition transition deleted.','','none'),
(12153,'Saved %label transition.','','none'),
(12154,'Profile field ID.','','none'),
(12155,'Locales target language ID.','','none'),
(12156,'Translation of either the title or explanation.','','none'),
(12157,'Windows installation depth','','none'),
(12158,'The public files directory path is %depth characters. Paths longer than 120 characters will cause problems on Windows.','','none'),
(12159,'Created the %label Workflow.','','none'),
(12160,'There are no transitions to or from this state yet.','','none'),
(12161,'The Migrate Drupal UI module provides a simple user interface to perform an upgrade from an earlier version of Drupal. For more information, see the <a href=\":migrate\">online documentation for the Migrate Drupal UI module</a>.','','none'),
(12162,'Preparing the site','','none'),
(12163,'Performing the upgrade','','none'),
(12164,'On the <a href=\":upgrade\">Upgrade</a> page, you are guided through performing the upgrade in several steps.','','none'),
(12165,'Reviewing the upgrade log','','none'),
(12166,'You can review a <a href=\":log\">log of upgrade messages</a> by clicking the link in the message provided after the upgrade or by filtering the messages for the type <em>migrate_drupal_ui</em> on the <a href=\":messages\">Recent log messages</a> page.','','none'),
(12167,'Rolling back an upgrade','','none'),
(12168,'Rolling back an upgrade is not yet supported through the user interface.','','none'),
(12169,'Sticky header','','none'),
(12170,'Content editor','','none'),
(12171,'Merge content','','none'),
(12172,'Upgrade log','','none'),
(12173,'Upgrade content and configuration from either a Drupal 6 or a Drupal 7 site.','','none'),
(12174,'View the upgrade log.','','none'),
(12175,'Quick edit settings','','none'),
(12176,'TRACE method settings','','none'),
(12177,'OPTIONS method settings','','none'),
(12178,'CONNECT method settings','','none'),
(12179,'Theme settings variable for a theme.','','none'),
(12180,'The theme settings variable value.','','none'),
(12181,'The user ID of the author.','','none'),
(12182,'Object type for this string','','none'),
(12183,'Grid gutter','','none'),
(12184,'Drupal version of the source site','','none'),
(12185,'To import public files from your current Drupal site, enter a local file directory containing your site (e.g. /var/www/docroot), or your site address (for example http://example.com).','','none'),
(12186,'Source database is Drupal version @version but version @selected was selected.','','none'),
(12187,'The term language.','','none'),
(12188,'Translation ID.','','none'),
(12189,'Name of property being translated.','','none'),
(12190,'Featured Articles','','none'),
(12191,'Advanced block options','','none'),
(12192,'Include locked languages such as <em>Not specified</em> and <em>Not applicable</em>','','none'),
(12193,'Universally Unique Identifier','Validation','none'),
(12194,'Book outline.','Validation','none'),
(12195,'You can only change the book outline for the <em>published</em> version of this content.','','none'),
(12196,'Comment bulk form','','none'),
(12197,'Commented entity','','none'),
(12198,'Comment operations bulk form','','none'),
(12199,'Add a form element that lets you run operations on multiple comments.','','none'),
(12200,'Are you sure you want to delete this comment and all its children?Are you sure you want to delete these comments and all their children?','','none'),
(12201,'The moderation state @state_label is being used, but is not in the source storage.','','none'),
(12202,'The workflow @workflow_label is being used, and cannot be deleted.','','none'),
(12203,'All @entity_type types','','none'),
(12204,'All @entity_type_plural_label','','none'),
(12205,'This workflow applies to:','','none'),
(12206,'There are no entity types.','','none'),
(12207,'@bundle types','','none'),
(12208,'State %state does not exist on %workflow workflow','','none'),
(12209,'Datetime format valid for datetime type.','Validation','none'),
(12210,'The field storage type.','','none'),
(12211,'The module that implements the field storage type.','','none'),
(12212,'The field storage status.','','none'),
(12213,'The field data.','','none'),
(12214,'The field instances.','','none'),
(12215,'This field cardinality is set to unlimited and cannot be configured.','','none'),
(12216,'This field cardinality is set to @cardinality and cannot be configured.','','none'),
(12217,'Controls if unused files should be marked temporary','','none'),
(12218,'Could not apply @style image style to @uri because the style does not support it.','','none'),
(12219,'The Inline Form Errors module makes it easier for users to identify which errors need to be resolved by providing a summary of all errors and by placing the individual error messages next to the form elements themselves. For more information, see the <a href=\":inline_form_error\">online documentation for the Inline Form Errors module</a>.','','none'),
(12220,'Displaying error messages','','none'),
(12221,'When a form is not filled in correctly (for example, if a required field is left blank), a warning message is displayed at the top of the form. This message links to the affected form elements, and individual error messages are displayed next to each form element.','','none'),
(12222,'Displaying error messages in browsers with HTML5 form validation','','none'),
(12223,'In browsers that support HTML5 form validation, users will first see the error messages generated by their browser. In this case, the inline form error messages are only displayed after the HTML5 validation errors have been resolved.','','none'),
(12224,'Language format settings','','none'),
(12225,'Include locked languages','','none'),
(12226,'Creating media items','','none'),
(12227,'When a new media item is created, the Media module records basic information about it, including the author, date of creation, and the <a href=\":media-type\">media type</a>. It also manages the <em>publishing options</em>, which define whether or not the item is published. Default settings can be configured for each type of media on your site.','','none'),
(12228,'Creating custom media types','','none'),
(12229,'The Media module gives users with the <em>Administer media types</em> permission the ability to <a href=\":media-new\">create new media types</a> in addition to the default ones already configured. Each media type has an associated media source (such as the image source) which support thumbnail generation and metadata extraction. Fields managed by the <a href=\":field\">Field module</a> may be added for storing that metadata, such as width and height, as well as any other associated values.','','none'),
(12230,'The Media module also enables you to create multiple versions of any media item, and revert to older versions using the <em>Revision information</em> settings.','','none'),
(12231,'The Media module makes a number of permissions available, which can be set by role on the <a href=\":permissions\">permissions page</a>.','','none'),
(12232,'Full URI to a folder where the media icons will be installed','','none'),
(12233,'Whether the thumbnail downloads should be queued','','none'),
(12234,'Media source settings','','none'),
(12235,'\"File\" media source configuration','','none'),
(12236,'\"Image\" media source configuration','','none'),
(12237,'Edit %type_label @label','','none'),
(12238,'@type %label has been created.','','none'),
(12239,'@type %label has been updated.','','none'),
(12240,'@type: added %label.','','none'),
(12241,'@type: updated %label.','','none'),
(12242,'- Create -','','none'),
(12243,'Select the field that will store essential information about the media item. If \"Create\" is selected a new field will be automatically created.','','none'),
(12244,'%field_type field will be automatically created on this type to store the essential information about the media item.','','none'),
(12245,'%field_name field is used to store the essential information about the media item.','','none'),
(12246,'Media source that is responsible for additional logic related to this media type.','','none'),
(12247,'Media source configuration','','none'),
(12248,'Media sources can provide metadata fields such as title, caption, size information, credits, etc. Media can automatically save this metadata information to entity fields, which can be configured below. Information will only be mapped if the entity field is empty.','','none'),
